QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR

o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                           to                            

Commission File Number 001-06605


EQUIFAX INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia   58-0401110
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1550 Peachtree Street, N.W.
Atlanta, Georgia 		 
30309
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 404-885-8000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class     Name of each exchange on which registered  
Common Stock, $1.25 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange
Common Stock Purchase Rights   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.


Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Exchange Act ("Act").     ý  YES     o  NO

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
             o  YES     ý  NO

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.                 ý  YES     o  NO

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ý

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

  ý  Large accelerated filer   o  Accelerated filer   o  Non-accelerated filer   o  Smaller reporting company
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     o  YES     ý  NO

As of June 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of Registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $4,322,249,330 based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. At January 31, 2009, there were 126,478,384 shares of Registrant's common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of Registrant's definitive proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this 10-K.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains information that may constitute "forward-looking statements." Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. All statements that address operating performance, events or developments that we expect or anticipate will occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made. However, forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our Company's historical experience and our present expectations or projections. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described below in Item 1A. Risk Factors, and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. As a result of such risks and uncertainties, we urge you not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date when made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

PART I

ITEM 1.   BUSINESS

INTRODUCTION

Equifax Inc. is a leading global provider of information solutions for businesses and consumers. We have a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including financial institutions, corporations, governments and individuals. Our products and services are based on comprehensive databases of consumer and business information derived from numerous types of credit, financial, public record, demographic and marketing data. We use proprietary analytical tools to analyze this data to create customized insights, decision-making solutions and processing services for businesses. We help consumers understand, manage and protect their personal information and to make more informed financial decisions. Additionally, we are a leading provider of payroll-related and human resources business process outsourcing services in the United States of America, or U.S.

We currently operate in three global regions: North America (U.S. and Canada), Europe (the United Kingdom, or U.K., Spain and Portugal) and Latin America (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Peru and Uruguay). We also maintain support operations in Costa Rica and the Republic of Ireland. During 2008, we expanded into Russia by acquiring an equity interest in a consumer credit information company. Of the countries in which we operate, 73% of our revenue was generated in the U.S. during 2008.

Equifax was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Georgia in 1913, and its predecessor company dates back to 1899. As used herein, the terms Equifax, the Company, we, our and us refer to Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where it is clear that the terms mean only Equifax Inc.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

On our Internet web site, www.equifax.com , we post the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These reports are required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and include annual reports on Form 10-K; quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; current reports on Form 8-K; proxy statements on Schedule 14A; and any amendments to these reports or statements. The SEC also maintains a website, www.sec.gov , that contains reports, proxy and information statements regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The content on any website referred to in this Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K unless expressly noted.

BUSINESS SEGMENTS

We are organized and report our business results in five operating segments, as follows:

•
U.S. Consumer Information Solutions (USCIS) — provides consumer information solutions to businesses in the U.S. including online credit data and credit decision

2

    technology solutions (OCIS), mortgage reporting and settlement solutions, consumer credit-based marketing services (CMS) and direct marketing services (DMS) based on demographic and other consumer information.

•
International — includes our Canada Consumer, Europe and Latin America business units. Products and services offered are similar to those available in the USCIS, North America Commercial Solutions and North America Personal Solutions operating segments but vary by geographic region.

•
TALX — provides services enabling clients to outsource and automate the performance of certain payroll and human resources business processes, including employment and income verification, tax management and talent management services.

•
North America Personal Solutions — provides products to consumers enabling them to monitor and protect their credit, credit score and identity information and make more informed financial decisions.

•
North America Commercial Solutions — provides credit, financial, marketing and other information regarding businesses in the U.S. and Canada.

Our revenue base and business mix are diversified among our five segments. As depicted in the chart below regarding our business mix, our core U.S. consumer credit reporting operating segment, USCIS, represented 46% of consolidated revenue in 2008 compared to 53% in 2007. Revenue from our newest operating segment, TALX Corporation, or TALX, was included from the date of its acquisition on May 15, 2007.

GRAPHIC

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

Our product and service offerings are highly diversified and include consumer and business credit information, information database management, marketing information, decisioning and analytical tools, and identity verification services that enable businesses to increase the speed and quality of their decision making regarding credit offers and other services, mitigate fraud, manage portfolio risk and customer relationships and develop marketing strategies. We also offer a portfolio of products marketed to individual consumers that enable them to better understand, manage and protect their financial affairs, and we provide employment and income verification and human resources business process outsourcing services.

3

The following chart depicts the types of products and services offered by each of the business units within our segments.

Summary of Key Products and Services by Business Unit

 
   
 
  USCIS    
   
  International   TALX
 
  OCIS
  CMS
  DMS
  Mortgage
Services
  North
America
Personal
Solutions
  North
America
Commercial
Solutions
  Canada
Consumer
  Europe
  Latin
America
  The Work
Number®
  Tax & Talent
Management
Services
 

Online consumer credit reports

  X           X   X       X   X   X        
 

Consumer scores and analytical services

  X   X   X   X   X       X   X   X        
 

Enabling technology services (i.e., credit decisioning platforms)

  X           X       X   X   X   X        
 

Consumer identity authentication

  X                       X   X   X        
 

Consumer marketing services and database management

      X   X   X           X   X   X        
 

Business credit reports, scores and analytical services

                      X       X   X        
 

Business marketing services and database management

                      X       X   X        
 

Business demographic information

          X           X       X            
 

Direct to consumer credit monitoring

                  X           X            
 

Mortgage settlement services

              X                            
 

Employment and income verification

                                      X    
 

Tax management services

                                          X
 

Talent management services

                                          X
 

Each of our operating segments is described more fully below.

USCIS

USCIS provides consumer information solutions to businesses in the U.S. through four product lines, as follows:

Online Consumer Information Solutions (OCIS).  OCIS products are derived from large databases of credit information that we maintain about individual consumers, including credit history, current credit status and consumer address information. Our customers utilize the credit report information we provide to make decisions for a wide range of credit and business purposes, such as whether, and on what terms, to approve auto loans or credit card applications, whether to allow a consumer to open a new utility or telephone account and similar business uses. We offer other analytical and predictive services based on the information in the consumer credit information databases to help further mitigate the risk of granting credit by verifying the identity of a consumer seeking credit, predicting the risk of consumer bankruptcy, or indicating the credit applicant's risk potential for account delinquency, for example. These risk management services, as well as fraud detection and prevention services, enable our customers to monitor default rates and proactively manage their existing credit card or other consumer loan accounts.

OCIS customers access products through a full range of electronic distribution mechanisms, including direct real-time access, which facilitates instant decisions,

4


e.g., for the immediate granting of credit. We also create and host customized decisioning technology for customers to obtain custom scores and analytical results along with consumer credit information to enhance the timeliness and quality of their decision-making process. These enabling technology applications facilitate pre-approved offers of credit and automate a variety of credit decisions through our Interconnect and Decision Power online technology platforms as well as automate loan underwriting processes with our LoanCenter platform.

Mortgage Solutions.  Our Mortgage Solutions products, offered in the U.S., consist of specialized credit reports that combine the reports of the three major consumer credit reporting agencies (Equifax, Experian and TransUnion) into a single credit report provided in an online format, commonly referred to as a tri-merge report. Mortgage lenders use these tri-merge reports in making their mortgage underwriting decisions. We also offer certain mortgage settlement services, such as appraisal, title and closing services, with our traditional mortgage service offerings, with certain of these services provided by third parties.

Credit Marketing Services (CMS).  Our CMS products enable customers to manage their customer marketing efforts for efficiency and effectiveness; identify and acquire new customers for credit relationships; and realize additional revenue from existing customers. These products utilize information derived from the credit-based consumer data that also underlies our OCIS products, provided in a batch output formatted to meet our customers needs. Customers use this detailed information to make decisions about which consumers to target for their credit-based marketing campaigns. We also provide account review services which assist our customers in managing their customers and prescreen services that help our clients identify potential new customers.

Direct Marketing Services (DMS).  Our DMS products enable customers to target specifically defined market segments and individuals based on individual consumer demographic characteristics; design more effective and economically-efficient marketing campaigns; facilitate improved direct mail response; and increase customer loyalty. We offer this information in the form of a list of consumers having specific attributes for ease of use by our customers. These lists categorize consumers based on meeting certain characteristics, interests or demographic attributes (e.g., those having recently acquired a new home). Much of the information used in these products is purchased or licensed from third parties under contracts which generally have one to three year terms. We compile the remainder of the data that we use from public record sources and information that is gathered from consumers directly through voluntary data submissions to us, an example of which is product registration cards. Since the purchased or licensed data is obtained from public sources or other lists containing data that is generally available from multiple sources, in the event that a termination of one or more of these contracts occurs, we believe we could readily acquire the data from other sources. The information in our DMS products is generally less regulated and restricted than the credit information that we maintain; see the "Information Security and Government Regulation" section below. We also offer database management services which facilitate our customers' use of demographic and credit data for marketing purposes.

International

The International operating segment includes our Canada Consumer, Europe and Latin America business units. These business units offer products that are similar to those available in the USCIS operating segment, although data sources tend to rely more heavily on government agencies than in the U.S. These products generate revenue in Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Peru, Portugal, Spain, the U.K. and Uruguay, with support operations located in the Republic of Ireland and Costa Rica.

Canada Consumer.  Similar to our OCIS, Mortgage Solutions and CMS business units, Canada Consumer offers products derived from the credit information that we maintain about individual consumers. We offer many products in Canada, including credit reporting and scoring, consumer marketing, risk management, fraud detection and modeling services, together with certain of our decisioning products that facilitate pre-approved offers of credit and automate a variety of credit decisions.

5

Europe.  Our European operation provides information solutions, marketing and personal solutions products. Information solutions and personal solutions products are generated from credit records that we maintain and include credit reporting and scoring, risk management, fraud detection and modeling services. Both of these products are sold in the U.K. and our information solutions products are sold in Portugal and Spain. Our commercial products, such as business credit reporting and commercial risk management services, are only available in the U.K. Marketing products, which are similar to those offered in our CMS and DMS business units, are primarily available in the U.K., though we offer some products in Spain as well. We maintain support operations in the Republic of Ireland.

Latin America.  Our Latin American operation provides consumer and commercial information solutions products and marketing products. We offer a full range of consumer products, generated from credit records that we maintain, including credit reporting and scoring, risk management, identity verification and fraud detection services. Our consumer products are the primary source of revenue in each of the countries in which we operate, with the exception of Brazil where we are a market leader in commercial products. We offer our commercial products, which include credit reporting, decisioning tools and risk management services, in varying degrees to the countries we serve. We also provide a variety of consumer and commercial marketing products generated from our credit information databases, including business profile analysis, business prospect lists and database management, in varying degrees to the countries we serve. The other countries in which we operate include Argentina, Chile, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Peru and Uruguay.

TALX

TALX operates in the U.S. through two business units, as follows:

The Work Number® (TWN Services).  TWN Services include employment and income verification services; W-2 management services (which include initial distribution, reissue and correction of W-2 forms); paperless pay services that enable employees to electronically receive pay statement information as well as review and change direct deposit account or W-4 information; integrated electronic time capture and reporting services; paperless new-hire services to bring new workers on board using electronic forms; and I-9 management services designed to help clients electronically comply with the immigration laws that require employers to complete an I-9 form for each new hire.

TWN Services enable employers to direct third-party verifiers to our website or to a toll-free telephone number to verify the employee's employment status and income data. We also offer an offline research verification service, which expands employment verification services to locate data which is not included in our existing TWN database. In 2008, we increased our services to provide income verifications through the Internal Revenue Service, using the IRS Direct® product.

We rely on payroll data from over 1,900 organizations, including over half of the Fortune 500, to regularly update the TWN database. This data is updated as employers transmit data electronically directly to us each payroll period. Employers contract to provide this data to us for specified periods under the terms of contracts which range from one to five years. We use this data to provide employment and income verifications to third-party verifiers; the fees we charge for these services are generally per transaction. After the expiration of the applicable contract, absent renewal by mutual agreement of the parties, we generally do not have any further right to use the employment data we obtained pursuant to the contract. We have not experienced significant turnover in the employer contributors to the TWN database because we generally do not charge them to add their employment data to the database and the verification service we offer relieves them of the administrative burden and expense of responding to third party employment verification requests. The database contained 188.9 million employment records at December 31, 2008.

Tax and Talent Management Services.  These services are aimed at reducing the cost to the human resources function of businesses by assisting with employment tax matters and planning and improving the cost-effectiveness of talent recruitment and management. We offer a broad suite of services designed to reduce the cost of unemployment

6


claims through effective claims representation and management and efficient processing and to better manage the tax rate that employers are assessed for unemployment taxes. We also offer our customers comprehensive services designed to research the opportunity for obtaining employer-based tax credits (e.g., the federal work opportunity and welfare to work tax credits as well as employment-based state tax credits), process the necessary filings and assist the customer in obtaining the tax credit. In talent management, we also offer secure, electronic-based psychometric testing and assessments, as well as onboarding services using online forms to complete the new hire process for employees of corporate and government agencies.

North America Personal Solutions

Our Personal Solutions products give consumers information to make financial decisions and monitor and protect credit, credit score and identity information through our Credit Watch, Score Watch and ID Patrol monitoring products. Consumers can obtain a copy of credit file information about them and their credit score. We offer monitoring products for consumers who are concerned about identity theft and data breaches, including the Credit Report Control service that allows consumers subscribing to our credit monitoring products to restrict access to their credit report to mitigate unauthorized use of Equifax credit file information by third parties. Our products are available to consumers directly and through relationships with business partners who distribute our products or provide these services to their employees or customers.

North America Commercial Solutions

Our Commercial Solutions products are derived from databases of credit, financial and marketing information regarding businesses in the U.S. and Canada. The business records included in the U.S. credit database have been developed primarily as a part of the Small Business Financial Exchange, Inc., or SBFE. SBFE members, which include a number of commercial lending financial institutions, contribute their data to the member-owned SBFE database which we exclusively manage. Our contract with the SBFE to manage this database is scheduled to expire in 2012, unless renewed by mutual agreement of the parties. The information comprising the database is generally not owned by us, and the participating organizations could discontinue contributing information to the database or our management contract may not be renewed; however, we believe that such an event is unlikely because contributors to the database use the aggregated information in the database to conduct their business and we have a good working relationship with the SBFE members as one of the original founders of this database.

Other databases we have compiled include loan; credit card; public records and leasing history data; trade accounts receivable performance; and Secretary of State and SEC registration information. We also offer scoring and analytical services that provide additional information to help mitigate the credit risk assumed by our customers. We also have a marketing database which hosts approximately 44 million commercial demographic data records from around the world helping companies to identify corporate family structures for enterprise visibility of customers and suppliers.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY

Our strategic objective is to be the trusted provider of information solutions that empower our customers to make critical decisions with greater confidence. Data is at the core of our value proposition to our customers. Through our people and technology, we create differentiated value for our customers by focusing on unique data for credit risk evaluation and high value, information-based decisions. Our long-term corporate growth strategy is driven by the following initiatives:

•
Increase penetration of our customers' information solutions needs.   We continue to increase our share of our customers' spending on information-related services through the development and introduction of new products, pricing our services in accordance with the value they create for customers, increasing the range of current services utilized by customers, and improving the quality of sales and customer support interactions with consumers.

7

•
Deploy enabling technology systems and analytics globally.   We continue to invest in new technology to enhance the cost-effectiveness, security and functionality of the services we offer and differentiate our products from those offered by our competitors. In addition to custom products for large customers, we seek to develop off-the-shelf enabling technology platforms that are more cost-effective for medium- and smaller-sized customers. We also develop predictive scores and analytics to help customers acquire and manage accounts. We develop industry scores for risk, bankruptcy and specific loan products as well as custom models.

•
Invest in unique data sources.   We continue to invest in unique sources of credit and non-credit information to enhance the variety and quality of our services and improve our customers' confidence in data-based business decisions. Our TALX business will continue to add employee files in the TWN Services database. Areas of focus for investment in new sources of data include, among others, positive payment data, real estate data and new commercial business data.

•
Pursue new vertical markets and expand into emerging markets.   We see numerous opportunities to expand in related or emerging markets both in the U.S. and internationally. As an example, we acquired TALX in 2007, which has employment data that expands on the types of services we can offer our customers. Internationally, we expanded into Russia in 2008. We intend to continue to add to our business growth through expansion into new developing and emerging markets such as India and China.

COMPETITION

The market for our products and services is highly competitive and is subject to constant change. Our competitors vary widely in size and the nature of the products and services they offer. Sources of competition are numerous and include the following:

•
Competition for our consumer information solutions and personal solutions products varies by both application and industry, but generally includes two global consumer credit reporting companies, Experian Group Limited, or Experian, and TransUnion LLC, or TransUnion, both of which offer a range of consumer credit reporting products that are similar to products we offer, as well as a large number of smaller competitors who offer competing products in specialized areas such as fraud prevention, data vendors, providers of automated data processing services, and software companies offering credit modeling rules or analytical development tools. We believe that our products offer our customers an advantage over those of our competitors because of the quality of our data files, which we believe to be superior in terms of depth and accuracy and the differentiated information solutions services and decisioning technology that provides customers greater value. Our competitive strategy is to emphasize customer solutions and quality while remaining competitive on price. Our marketing services products also compete with the foregoing companies and others who offer demographic information products, including Acxiom Corporation, Harte-Hanks, Inc. and infoUSA, Inc. We also compete with Fair Isaac Corporation with respect to our analytical tools.

•
Competition for our commercial solutions products primarily includes Experian and The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and providers of these services in the international markets we serve. We believe our U.S. small business loan information from financial institutions creates a unique database and product for the small business segment of that market.

•
Competition for our employment and income verification services includes large employers who serve their own needs through in-house systems to manage verification as well as outsourcers who manage verification services through a call center. Competition for complementary TWN Services includes payroll processors such as Automatic Data Processing, Inc., or ADP, Paychex, Inc. and Ceridian Corporation. Competitors of our Tax Management Services include in-house management of this function primarily by large employers; ADP; and a number of smaller regional firms that offer tax management services (including Barnett Associates, Thomas & Thorngren, UC Advantage). Talent Management Services competitors include assessment service providers that offer proprietary content (Previsor, Inc., Development Dimensions International, Brainbench, Inc.), human resources consulting firms (AON Corporation, Watson Wyatt Worldwide, Inc., Right Management Consulting) and assessment or test publishers that have proprietary delivery platforms (Devine Group, Inc., Hogan Assessments Systems, Inc., SHL Group plc).

8

We believe that none of our competitors offers the same mix of products and services as we do. Certain competitors may have larger shares of particular geographic or product markets or operate in geographic areas where we do not currently have a presence.

We assess the principal competitive factors affecting our markets to include: product attributes such as quality, adaptability, scalability, interoperability, functionality and ease-of-use; product price; technical performance; access to unique proprietary databases; availability in application service provider, or ASP, format; quickness of response, flexibility and customer services and support; the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts; existing market penetration; new product innovation; and our reputation as a trusted steward of information.

MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS

Our products and services serve clients across a wide range of industries, including financial services, consumer, human resources, commercial, retail, telecommunications, automotive, utilities, brokerage, healthcare and insurance industries, as well as state and federal governments. We also serve consumers directly. Our revenue stream is highly diversified with our largest customer providing less than 2% of total revenue. The following table outlines the various end-users we serve:

 
  Percentage of
Consolidated
Revenue
 
   
 
  2008
  2007
 
   

Financial

    31 %   32 %

Mortgage

    11 %   12 %

Consumer

    10 %   10 %

Human Resources

    9 %   5 %

Commercial

    7 %   8 %

Retail

    7 %   7 %

Telecommunications

    7 %   5 %

Automotive

    5 %   7 %

Other (1)

    13 %   14 %
   

    100 %   100 %
   
(1)
Other includes revenue from government, marketing services, insurance and healthcare end-users.

We market our products and services primarily through our own direct sales organization that is organized around sales teams that focus on customer segments typically aligned by vertical markets and geography. Sales groups are based in our headquarters and in field offices located in the U.S. and in markets outside the U.S. We also market our products and services through indirect channels, including alliance partners, joint ventures and other resellers. In addition, we sell through direct mail and various websites, such as www.equifax.com .

Our largest geographic market segments are North America (the U.S. and Canada); Europe (the U.K., Spain and Portugal); and Latin America (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Peru and Uruguay). We also maintain support operations in Costa Rica and the Republic of Ireland. In 2008, we expanded into Russia by acquiring a minority equity interest in a consumer credit reporting agency.

Revenue from international customers, including end-users and resellers, amounted to 27% of our total revenue in both 2008 and 2007 and 28% of our total revenue in 2006.

TECHNOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We generally seek protection under federal, state and foreign laws for strategic or financially important intellectual property developed in connection with our business. Certain intellectual property, where appropriate, is protected by registration under applicable trademark laws or by prosecution of patent applications. We own several patents registered in the U.S. and certain foreign countries. We also have certain registered trademarks in the U.S. and in many foreign countries. The most important of these are "Equifax," "TALX" and many variations thereof. These trademarks are used in connection with most of our product lines and services. Although these patents and trademarks are important and valuable assets in the aggregate, no single patent, group of patents or trademark, other than our Equifax trademark, is critical to the success of our business.

9

We license other companies to use certain data, technology and other intellectual property rights we own or control, primarily as core components of our products and services, on terms that are consistent with customary industry standards and that are designed to protect our interest in our intellectual property. An example of this type of arrangement is our contract to exclusively manage the SBFE database from 2007 until 2012.

We are licensed by others to use certain data, technology and other intellectual property rights they own or control, none of which is material to our business except for a license from Fair Isaac Corporation, relating to certain credit-scoring algorithms and the right to sell credit scores derived from them, which license has a five-year term expiring in June 2013 and provides for usage-based fees. Additionally, the licenses do not contain early termination provisions except for standard provisions providing the right to terminate in the event of breach by other party. We do not hold any franchises or concessions that are material to our business or results of operations.

INFORMATION SECURITY AND GOVERNMENT REGULATION

Safeguarding the privacy and security of consumer credit information, whether delivered online or in an offline format, is a top priority. We recognize the importance of secure online transactions and we maintain physical, administrative, and technical safeguards to protect personal and business identifiable information. We have security protocols and measures in place to protect information from unauthorized access or alteration. These measures include internal and external firewalls, physical security and technological security measures, and encryption of certain data.

Our databases are regularly updated by information provided by financial institutions, telecommunications companies, other trade credit providers, public records vendors and governments. Various laws and regulations govern the collection and use of this information. These laws and regulations impact how we are able to provide information to our customers and have significantly increased our compliance costs. We are subject to differing laws and regulations depending on where we operate.

U.S. Data and Privacy Protection

Our U.S. operations are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations governing the collection, protection and use of consumer credit and other information, and imposing sanctions for the misuse of such information or unauthorized access to data. Many of these provisions also affect our customers' use of consumer credit or other data we furnish. The information underlying our North America Commercial Services and Direct Marketing Services businesses is less regulated than the other portions of our business. A significant portion of the information maintained by our Direct Marketing Services business is voluntarily provided by individuals, thus this information is subject to fewer restrictions on use.

These laws and regulations that may be applied to portions of our business include, but are not limited to, the following:

•
The Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, which governs among other things the reporting of information to credit reporting agencies that engage in the practice of assembling or evaluating certain information relating to consumers, including Equifax's credit reporting business; making prescreened offers of credit; the sharing of consumer report information among affiliated and unaffiliated third parties; access to credit scores; and requirements for data furnishers and users of consumer report information. Violation of the FCRA, or of similar state laws, can result in an award of actual damages, as well as statutory and/or punitive damages in the event of a willful violation.

•
The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, or FACT Act, which amended the FCRA and requires, among other things, nationwide consumer credit reporting agencies, such as us, upon the request of a consumer, to place a fraud alert in the consumer's credit file stating that the consumer may be the victim of identity theft or other fraud, and furnish a free annual credit file disclosure to consumers through a centralized request facility we have established with the other nationwide credit reporting agencies. The FACT Act also includes current or pending rules requiring financial institutions to develop policies and procedures to identify potential identity theft, and consumer credit report notice requirements for lenders that use consumer report information

10

    in connection with risk-based credit pricing actions. Entities that furnish information to consumer reporting agencies are required to implement procedures and policies regarding the accuracy and integrity of the furnished information and regarding the correction of previously furnished information that is later determined to be inaccurate. Mortgage lenders are required to disclose credit scores to consumers. Additionally, the FACT Act prohibits a business that receives consumer information from an affiliate from using that information for marketing purposes unless the consumer is first provided a notice and an opportunity to direct the business not to use the information for such marketing purposes ("opt-out"), subject to certain exceptions.

•
The Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, or Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLB, which, among other things, regulates the use of non-public personal financial information of consumers that is held by financial institutions. Equifax is subject to various GLB provisions, including rules relating to the physical, administrative and technological protection of non-public personal financial information. Breach of the GLB can result in civil and/or criminal liability and sanctions by regulatory authorities, such as fines of up to $100,000 per violation and up to five years imprisonment for individuals.

•
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which requires reasonable safeguards to prevent intentional or unintentional use or disclosure of protected health information.

•
Federal and state laws governing the use of the Internet and regulating telemarketing, including the federal Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or CAN-SPAM, which regulates commercial email, prohibits false or misleading header information, requires that a commercial email be identified as an advertisement, and requires that commercial emails give recipients an opt-out method.

•
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac regulations applicable to our credit reporting and mortgage solutions products, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and HUD's Regulation X, which requires the disclosure of certain basic information to borrowers concerning settlement costs and prohibits the charging of unearned fees and certain "kickbacks" or other fees for referrals in connection with a residential mortgage settlement service.

A number of states in the U.S. have passed versions of security breach notification and credit file freeze legislation. A file freeze enables consumers, including identity theft victims, or in certain states recipients of data breach notices or all consumers, to place and lift a freeze on access to their credit files. File freeze laws impose differing requirements on credit reporting agencies with respect to how and when to respond to such credit file freeze requests and in the fees, if any, the agencies may charge for freeze-related actions.

We continue to monitor federal and state legislative and regulatory issues involving data privacy and protection.

International Data and Privacy Protection

We are subject to data protection, privacy and consumer credit laws and regulations in the foreign countries where we do business.

•
In Canada, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (2000) applies to organizations with respect to personal information that they collect, use or disclose in the course of commercial activities. It requires compliance with the National Standard of Canada Model Code for the Protection of Personal Information, covering accountability and identifying purposes, consent, collection, use, disclosure, retention, accuracy, safeguards, individual access and compliance. The Federal Privacy Commissioner is invested with powers of investigation and intervention, and provisions of Canadian law regarding civil liability apply in the event of unlawful processing which is prejudicial to the persons concerned.

•
In Europe, Equifax is subject to the European Union, or EU, data protection laws, including the comprehensive EU Directive on Data Protection (1995), which imposes a number of obligations on Equifax with respect to use of personal data, and includes a prohibition on the transfer of personal information from the EU to other countries that do not provide consumers with an "adequate" level of privacy or security. The EU standard for adequacy is generally stricter and more comprehensive than that of the U.S. and most other countries. In the U.K., the Data Protection Act of 1998 regulates the manner in which we can use third-party data. In addition, regulatory limitations affect our use of the Electoral Roll, one of our key data sources in the U.K. Generally, the data underlying

11

    the products offered by our U.K. Information Services and Personal Solutions product lines, excluding our Commercial Services products, are subject to these regulations. In Spain and Portugal, the privacy laws which are subject to the EU Directive on Data Protection regulate all credit bureau and personal solutions activities. Except for negative data, the laws in Spain and Portugal generally require consumer consent for all Equifax activities.

•
In Latin America, consumer data protection and privacy laws and regulations exist in Argentina, Chile, Peru and Uruguay. Uruguay generally follows the EU data protection model. There are also constitutional provisions in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru and certain other countries which declare the right to seek judicial protection regarding the use of personal data, and in many of those countries grant individuals the right to access and correction of information in the possession of data controllers.

TALX

The Tax Management business within our TALX segment is potentially impacted by changes in U.S. tax laws or interpretations, for example, those pertaining to work opportunity tax credits and unemployment compensation claims. A subsidiary of TALX, Talent Management, provides employee testing, assessment and talent management services to the federal government through a number of primary contracts and subcontracts with federal agencies, including the Transportation Security Administration. These contracts may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. federal government programs or contractor requirements, including the adoption of new laws or regulations.

PERSONNEL

Equifax employed approximately 6,500 employees in 15 countries as of December 31, 2008. None of our U.S. employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement and no work stoppages have been experienced. Pursuant to local laws, our employees in Brazil, Spain and Argentina are subject to collective bargaining agreements that govern general salary and compensation matters, basic benefits and hours of work. Equifax is not a party to these agreements.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF EQUIFAX

The executive officers of Equifax and their ages and titles are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

Richard F. Smith (49).  Mr. Smith has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since December 15, 2005. He was named Chairman-Elect and Chief Executive Officer effective September 19, 2005 and was elected as a Director on September 22, 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Smith served as Chief Operating Officer, GE Insurance Solutions, from 2004 to September 2005 and President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Property and Casualty Reinsurance from 2003 to 2004.

Lee Adrean (57).  Mr. Adrean has been Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since October 2006. Prior to joining Equifax, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NDCHealth Corporation from 2004 to 2006. Prior thereto, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EarthLink, Inc. from 2000 until 2004.

Kent E. Mast (65).  Mr. Mast has served as Chief Legal Officer since he joined Equifax in 2000. His responsibilities include legal services, global sourcing, security and compliance, government and legislative relations, corporate governance and privacy functions.

Coretha M. Rushing (52).  Ms. Rushing has been Corporate Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since 2006. Prior to joining Equifax, she served as an executive coach and HR Consultant with Atlanta-based Cameron Wesley LLC. Prior thereto, she was Senior Vice President of Human Resources at The Coca-Cola Company, where she was employed from 1996 until 2004.

Paul J. Springman (63).  Mr. Springman has served as Chief Marketing Officer since February 2004. Prior thereto, he was head of the Predictive Sciences unit from August 2002 until February 2004.

Robert J. Webb (40).  Mr. Webb has been Chief Information Officer since November 2004. Prior to joining Equifax, Mr. Webb was employed by General Electric Corporation from 1996 to 2004, where he held Chief Information Officer

12


positions for GE Commercial Finance, GE Global Consumer Finance and GE Energy Services.

J. Dann Adams (51).  Mr. Adams has been President, U.S. Consumer Information Solutions since 2007. Prior thereto, he served as Group Executive, North America Information Services from November 2003 until December 2006.

William W. Canfield (70).  Mr. Canfield has been President, TALX since May 2007. Prior thereto, he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of TALX Corporation since 1988.

Steven P. Ely (53).  Mr. Ely has been President, North American Personal Solutions since 2007. Prior thereto, he served as Group Executive, Personal Solutions from August 2005 until December 2006 and Senior Vice President of Product Management and Marketing from February 2004 until August 2005.

Rudolfo M. Ploder (48).  Mr. Ploder has been President, International since January 2007. Prior thereto, he was Group Executive, Latin America from February 2004 to January 2007.

Michael S. Shannon (53).  Mr. Shannon has been President, North America Commercial Solutions, since January 2007. Prior thereto, he was Group Executive, Europe from February 2002 until December 2006.

Nuala M. King (55).  Ms. King has been Senior Vice President and Controller since May 2006. Prior thereto, she was Vice President and Corporate Controller from March 2004 to April 2006. Prior to joining Equifax, Ms. King served as Corporate Controller for UPS Capital from March 2001 until March 2004.

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the following factors, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Declining general economic conditions and uncertainties in the global credit and equity markets may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions and particularly the level of consumer and commercial credit activity, both inside and outside the U.S. The U.S. economy has been in a recession since December 2007, according to the National Bureau of Economic Research, and it is widely believed that certain elements of the economy, such as housing, were in decline before that time. Other foreign economies in which we compete are also now demonstrating lower growth rates or recessionary declines in economic activity. Worldwide financial markets have experienced extreme disruption in recent months, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, credit rating downgrades, and declining valuations of investments. These factors contributed to reduced demand for our products and services in the fourth quarter of 2008.

We are unable to predict how long the economic downturn will last. However, a continuing economic downturn and financial market disruptions may continue to adversely impact our business through lower demand for consumer credit data and increases in the cancellation or deferral of new credit decision technology and marketing projects; increased pressure on the prices for our products and services; greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; reduced access to the credit markets to meet short-term cash needs in the U.S. and fund strategic initiatives; and greater risk of impairment to the value, and a detriment to the liquidity, of our defined benefit pension plan investment portfolio.

Our operating results and financial condition could be harmed if the markets into which we sell our products decline or do not grow as anticipated.

Any decline in our customers' markets or in general economic conditions, including declines related to the current market disruptions described above, would likely result in a reduction in demand for our products and services. In general, our customers use our credit information and related services to process applications for new credit cards, automobile loans, home mortgages, home equity loans and other consumer loans. They also use our credit information

13

and services to monitor existing credit relationships. Consumer demand for credit (i.e., rates of spending and levels of indebtedness) tends to grow more slowly or decline during periods of economic contraction or slow economic growth. Rising rates of interest or reduced access to credit may reduce consumer demand for mortgage loans and also impact our mortgage solutions business. Also, if our customers' markets decline, we may not be able to collect on outstanding amounts due to us. Such decline could harm our consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows, and stock price, and could limit our ability to sustain profitability. Also, in such an environment, pricing pressures could intensify. Since a significant portion of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to sales, research and development and other costs, if we were unable to respond quickly enough these pricing pressures could further reduce our gross margins.

We could face increased competitive pricing pressures.

In the current difficult economic environment, pricing pressures could intensify. Some of our competitors may choose to sell products competitive to ours at lower prices by accepting lower margins and profitability, or may be able to sell products competitive to ours at lower prices given proprietary ownership of data, technical superiority or economies of scale. Price reductions by our competitors could negatively impact our margins and results of operations, and could also harm our ability to obtain new customers on favorable terms. Historically, certain of our products have experienced declines in per unit pricing due to competitive factors and customer demand. If prices decline in the future at faster rates than in the past due to unforeseen changes in competition or customer demand, our business could be adversely affected. Since a significant portion of our operating expenses is relatively fixed in nature due to sales, research and development and other costs, if we were unable to respond quickly enough these pricing pressures could further reduce our gross margins.

The loss of access to credit and other data from external sources could harm our ability to provide our products and services.

We rely extensively upon data from external sources to maintain our proprietary and non-proprietary databases, including data received from customers, strategic partners and various government and public record sources. Our data sources could withdraw their data from us for a variety of reasons, including legislatively or judicially imposed restrictions on use. We also compete with several of our third-party data suppliers. If a substantial number of data sources or certain key data sources were to withdraw or be unable to provide their data, if we were to lose access to data due to government regulation, or if the collection of data becomes uneconomical, our ability to provide products and services to our clients could be materially adversely impacted, which could result in decreased revenues, net income and earnings per share.

Our markets are highly competitive and new product introductions and pricing strategies being offered by our competitors could decrease our sales and market share or require us to reduce our prices in a manner that reduces our operating margins.

We operate in a number of geographic, product and service markets that are highly competitive, as described above under "Item 1. Business — Competition." Competitors may develop products and services that are superior to or that achieve greater market acceptance than our products and services. The sizes of our competitors vary across market segments, as do the resources we have allocated to the segments we target. Therefore, some of our competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing or other resources than we do in one or more of our market segments, or overall. As a result, our competitors may be in a position to respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, or may devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion, sale and support of products and services. Moreover, new competitors or alliances among our competitors may emerge and potentially reduce our market share, revenue or margins. For example, we currently have a business relationship with Fair Isaac Corporation to resell their credit scoring products, and TransUnion and Experian with respect to the VantageScore (SM) credit scoring product which is competitive with certain of Fair Isaac's products.

14

Our cost reduction and restructuring initiatives may not result in anticipated savings or more efficient operations.

Over the past several years, we have implemented, and are continuing to implement, significant cost-reduction measures. These measures have been taken in an effort to improve our profitability, or maintain profitability in the face of pressure on revenues, and realign our company to focus on strategic initiatives. We have incurred restructuring charges in connection with these cost reduction efforts. If these measures are not fully completed or are not completed in a timely fashion, we may not realize their full potential benefit. Such efforts may be disruptive to our operations. These cost reduction measures may have the effect of reducing our talent pool and available resources and, consequently, could have long-term effects on our business by decreasing or slowing improvements in our products, affecting our ability to respond to customers, limiting our ability to expand in new markets and limiting our ability to hire and retain key personnel.

Disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our ability to access short-term and long-term capital.

The capital and credit markets have become more volatile as a result of adverse conditions that have caused the failure and near failure of a large number of large financial services companies. Our access to funds under short-term credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the participating banks to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity. Longer disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to capital needed for our business. In addition, if the cost of one or more of our strategic acquisition opportunities exceeds our existing resources, or the CSC option described below is exercised, we may be required to seek additional capital.

A decline in our credit ratings could adversely impact on ability to access capital and significantly increase our cost of capital.

Our ability to obtain adequate and cost effective financing depends on our credit ratings as well as the liquidity of financial markets. A negative change in our ratings outlook or any downgrade in our current investment-grade credit ratings by our rating agencies could adversely affect our cost and/or access to sources of liquidity and capital. Additionally, such a downgrade could further limit our access to private credit markets, increase the costs of borrowing under available credit lines and adversely affect our earnings.

If interest rates increase, our net income could be negatively affected.

We maintain levels of debt that we consider prudent based on our cash flows, interest coverage ratio and percentage of debt to capital. We use debt financing to lower our cost of capital, which increases our return on shareholders' equity. This exposes us to adverse changes in interest rates. When appropriate, we use derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate risks. We cannot assure you, however, that our financial risk management program will be successful in reducing the risks inherent in exposures to interest rate fluctuations. Our interest expense is also affected by our credit ratings. In assessing our credit strength, credit rating agencies consider our capital structure and financial policies as well as the aggregate balance sheet and other financial information for the Company. It is our expectation that the credit rating agencies will continue using this methodology. If our credit ratings were to be downgraded as a result of changes in our capital structure, changes in the credit rating agencies' methodology in assessing our credit strength or for any other reason, our cost of borrowing could increase.

We may suffer adverse financial consequences if Computer Sciences Corporation requires us to purchase its credit reporting business at a time when the public equity or debt markets or other financing conditions are unfavorable to us.

In 1988, we entered into an agreement with Computer Sciences Corporation, or CSC, and certain of its affiliates under which CSC's credit reporting agencies utilize our

15

computerized credit database services. Under this agreement, CSC has an option, exercisable at any time, to sell its credit reporting business to us. The option expires in August 2013. The option exercise price will be determined by an appraisal process and would be due in cash within 180 days after the exercise of the option. We estimate that if CSC were to exercise the option at December 31, 2008, the option price would have been approximately $600.0 million to $675.0 million. This estimate is based solely on our internal analysis of the value of the business, current market conditions and other factors, all of which are subject to constant change. Therefore, the actual option exercise price could be materially higher or lower than the estimated amount. If CSC were to exercise its option, we would have to obtain additional sources of funding. We believe that this funding would be available from sources such as additional bank lines of credit and the issuance of public debt and/or equity. However, the availability and terms of any such capital financing would be subject to a number of factors, including credit market conditions, the state of the equity markets, general economic conditions and our financial performance and condition. Because we do not control the timing of CSC's exercise of its option, we could be required to seek such financing and increase our debt levels at a time when market or other conditions are unfavorable.

If we are not able to achieve our overall long-term goals, the value of an investment in our Company could be negatively affected.

We have established and publicly announced certain long-term growth objectives. These objectives were based on our evaluation of our growth prospects, which are generally based on volume and sales potential of many product types, some of which are more profitable than others, and on an assessment of potential level or mix of product sales. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the required volume or revenue growth or mix of products necessary to achieve our growth objectives.

If we do not introduce successful new products and services in a timely manner, our products and services will become obsolete, and our operating results will suffer.

We generally sell our products in industries that are characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product and service introductions and changing industry standards. In addition, many of the markets in which we operate are seasonal and cyclical. Without the timely introduction of new products, services and enhancements, our products and services will become technologically or commercially obsolete over time, in which case our revenue and operating results would suffer. The success of our new products and services will depend on several factors, including our ability to properly identify customer needs; innovate and develop new technologies, services and applications; successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner; produce and deliver our products in sufficient volumes on time; differentiate our offerings from our competitors' offerings; price our products competitively; anticipate our competitors' development of new products, services or technological innovations; and control product quality in our product development process.

Dependence on outsourcing certain portions of our supply and distribution chain may adversely affect our ability to bring products to market and damage our reputation. Dependence on outsourced information technology and other administrative functions may impair our ability to operate effectively.

As part of our efforts to streamline operations and to cut costs, we have been outsourcing aspects of our application development, information technology, operational support and administrative functions and will continue to evaluate additional outsourcing. Although we have implemented service level agreements and have established monitoring controls, if our outsourcing vendors fail to perform their obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, our ability to bring products to market, our ability to support our customers, and our reputation could suffer. Any failure to perform on the part of these third party providers could impair our ability to operate effectively and could result in lower future revenue, unexecuted efficiencies and impact our results of operations and our stock price.

16

Much of our outsourcing takes place in developing countries and, as a result, may be subject to geopolitical uncertainty.

Failure to adjust our business due to changing market conditions or failure to estimate our customers' demand could adversely affect our income.

Our income could be harmed if we are unable to adjust our business to market fluctuations, including those caused by the seasonal or cyclical nature of the markets in which we operate. The sale of our products and services are dependent, to a large degree, on customers whose industries are subject to seasonal or cyclical trends in the demand for their products. For example, consumer demand for credit is particularly volatile, making demand difficult to anticipate.

Poor investment performance of pension plan holdings and other factors impacting pension plan costs could unfavorably impact our results of operations and liquidity.

Our costs of providing for non-contributory defined benefit pension plans are dependent on a number of factors, such as the rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, the level of interest rates used to measure the required minimum funding levels of the plan, future government regulation and our required or voluntary contributions made to the plans. A significant decline in the value of investments that fund our pension plans, if not offset or mitigated by a decline in our liabilities, may significantly differ from or alter the values and actuarial assumptions used to calculate our future pension expense. A decline in the value of these investments could increase the expense of our pension plans, and we could be required to fund our plans with significant amounts of cash. Such cash funding obligations could have a material impact on our liquidity by reducing cash flows and could negatively affect results of operations.

If we are unable to expand our operations in developing and emerging markets, our growth rate could be negatively affected.

Our success depends in part on our ability to grow our business in developing and emerging markets, which in turn depends on economic and political conditions in those markets and on our ability to acquire or form strategic business alliances and joint ventures and to make necessary investments in facilities, training, marketing and technology. Moreover, the products and services we offer in developing and emerging markets must match our customers' demand for those products. Due to product price, limited purchasing power and differences in the development of consumer credit markets, there can be no assurance that our products will be accepted in any particular developing or emerging market.

Economic, political and other risks associated with international sales and operations could adversely affect our results of operations.

Because we sell our products and services worldwide, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. We anticipate that revenue from international operations will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue. In addition, many of our employees, suppliers, job functions and facilities are increasingly located outside the U.S. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including changes in a specific country's or region's political, economic or other conditions; trade protection measures; data privacy and consumer protection regulations; negative consequences from changes in tax laws; difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations; differing labor regulations; differing protection of intellectual property; unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; and geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism and war.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange could affect our financial results.

We earn revenues, pay expenses, own assets and incur liabilities in countries using currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including among others the British pound, the Euro, the Canadian dollar and the Brazilian real. In 2008, we derived approximately 27 percent of our net operating revenue from operations outside of the U.S. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate revenues, income and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect during or at the end of each reporting period. Therefore, increases or decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar against other major currencies will affect our net operating revenues, operating income and the value of balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies. Because of the geographic diversity of our operations, weaknesses in some currencies might be offset by

17

strengths in others over time. We may, but generally do not, use derivative financial instruments to reduce our net exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations. However, we cannot assure you that fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies, would not materially affect our consolidated financial results.

The impact of consolidation in the financial services, mortgage, retail, telecommunications and other markets is difficult to predict and may harm our business.

The financial services, mortgage, retail and telecommunications industries are intensely competitive and have been subject to increasing consolidation. Consolidation in these and other industries which has occurred in the U.S. and certain foreign markets in 2008 and which may continue to occur in 2009 and beyond could result in lower average prices for the larger combined entities, lower combined purchases of our services than were purchased cumulatively by separate entities prior to consolidation, or existing competitors increasing their market share in newly consolidated entities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations if we are not retained or chosen as a service provider. We may not be able to compete successfully in an increasingly consolidated industry and cannot predict with certainty how industry consolidation will affect our competitors or us.

Our acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures and divestitures may result in financial outcomes that are different than expected.

In the normal course of business, we frequently engage in discussions with third parties relating to possible acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures and divestitures, and generally expect to complete several transactions per year that we believe are aligned with our strategic focus. We cannot provide assurances that we will be able to find appropriate candidates for acquisitions, reach agreement to acquire them, have the cash or other resources necessary to acquire them, or obtain requisite shareholder or regulatory approvals needed to close strategic acquisitions. The impact of future acquisitions on our business, operating results and financial condition are not known at this time. In the case of businesses we may acquire in the future, we may have difficulty assimilating these businesses and their products, services, technologies, and personnel into our operations. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business, distract our management and workforce, increase our expenses and materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. Also, we may not be able to retain key management and other critical employees after an acquisition. We may also acquire unanticipated liabilities. In addition to these risks, we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions.

Our customers and we are subject to various governmental regulations, compliance with which may cause us to incur significant expenses, and if we fail to maintain satisfactory compliance with certain regulations, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties.

Our businesses are subject to various significant international, federal, state and local regulations, including but not limited to privacy and consumer data protection, health and safety, tax, labor and environmental regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. We may be required to incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations or to remedy violations of these regulations. Any failure by us to comply with applicable government regulations could also result in cessation of our operations or portions of our operations or impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations. In addition, because many of our products are regulated or sold into regulated industries, we must comply with additional regulations in marketing our products.

We also have agreements relating to the sale of our products to government entities, including through the Performance Assessment Network subsidiary of our TALX business and, as a result, we are subject to various statutes and regulations that apply to companies doing business with the government. The laws governing government contracts differ from the laws governing private contracts. For example, many government contracts contain pricing terms and conditions that are not applicable to private contracts. We are also subject to investigation for compliance with the regulations governing government contracts. A failure to comply with these regulations might result in suspension of these contracts, or administrative penalties.

18


Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expenses or be prevented from selling products or services.

From time to time, third parties may claim that one or more of our products or services infringe their intellectual property rights. We analyze and take action in response to such claims on a case by case basis. Any dispute or litigation regarding patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming due to the complexity of our technology and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. A claim of intellectual property infringement could force us to enter into a costly or restrictive license agreement, which might not be available under acceptable terms or at all, or could subject us to significant damages or to an injunction against development and sale of certain of our products or services. Our intellectual property portfolio may not be useful in asserting a counterclaim, or negotiating a license, in response to a claim of intellectual property infringement. In certain of our businesses we rely on third party intellectual property licenses and we cannot ensure that these licenses will be available to us in the future on favorable terms or at all.

Third parties may infringe our intellectual property and we may suffer competitive injury or expend significant resources enforcing our rights.

Our success increasingly depends on our proprietary technology. We rely on various intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, database rights, trademarks and trade secrets, as well as confidentiality provisions and licensing arrangements, to establish our proprietary rights. The extent to which such rights can be protected varies in different jurisdictions. If we do not enforce our intellectual property rights successfully our competitive position may suffer which could harm our operating results. Our pending patent applications, and our pending copyright and trademark registration applications, may not be allowed or competitors may challenge the validity or scope of our patents, copyrights or trademarks. In addition, our patents, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights may not provide us a significant competitive advantage.

We may need to spend significant resources monitoring our intellectual property rights and we may or may not be able to detect infringement by third parties. Our competitive position may be harmed if we cannot detect infringement and enforce our intellectual property rights quickly or at all. In some circumstances, enforcement may not be available to us because an infringer has a dominant intellectual property position or for other business reasons. In addition, competitors might avoid infringement by designing around our intellectual property rights or by developing non-infringing competing technologies. Intellectual property rights and our ability to enforce them may be unavailable or limited in some countries which could make it easier for competitors to capture market share and could result in lost revenue.

If we experience system failures, the delivery of our products and services to our customers could be delayed or interrupted, which could harm our business and reputation and result in the loss of customers.

Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer network systems and data centers. Some of these systems have been outsourced to third-party providers. Any significant interruptions could severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of customers and large expenses to repair or replace the facility. Our systems and operations could be exposed to damage or interruption from power disruption, fire, flood, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry and computer viruses, terrorism or other natural or man-made disasters. The steps we have taken and are taking to prevent a system failure, including backup disaster recovery systems, may not be effective. Our property and business interruption insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses or failures that may occur. Also, our third party insurance coverage will vary from time to time in both type and amount depending on availability, cost and our decisions with respect to risk retention.

Changes in the legislative, regulatory and judicial environment in the countries in which we operate may adversely affect our ability to collect, manage, aggregate and use data and could increase our costs or reduce our net operating revenues.

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations in the countries throughout the world in which we do business, including laws and regulations relating to competition,

19

data privacy, consumer protection, and employment and labor practices. Changes in applicable laws or regulations or evolving interpretations thereof could, in certain circumstances, result in increased compliance costs or capital expenditures, which could affect our profitability, or impede the production or distribution of our products, which could affect our net operating revenues.

In particular, the credit reporting, direct marketing and employment verification industries are subject to substantial government regulation relating to individual privacy and the collection, distribution and use of information about individuals. The information and personal data we collect is subject to a variety of government regulations, including, but not limited to, those described above under "Item 1. Business — Information Security and Government Regulation." In addition, public interest in individual privacy rights and the collection, protection, distribution and use of information about individuals may result in the adoption of new federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that could include increased compliance requirements and restrictions on the purchase, sale, maintenance, handling and sharing of information about consumers for commercial purposes. This could have a negative impact on our ability to collect such information provided by consumers voluntarily. Future laws and regulations with respect to the collection, management and use of data about individuals, and adverse publicity, judicial interpretations or potential litigation concerning the commercial use of such information may result in substantial regulatory compliance costs, litigation expense or a loss of revenue.

If we are unable to protect our information systems against data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted.

We are highly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information. In particular, we depend on our information technology infrastructure for business-to-business and business-to-consumer electronic commerce. Security breaches of this infrastructure can create system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. If we are unable to prevent such breaches, our operations could be disrupted, or we may suffer financial damage or loss because of lost or misappropriated information.

Many of our products are accessed through the Internet, including our consumer and commercial information services that are delivered via ePORT, our Internet delivery channel, and our Personal Solutions services accessible through the www.equifax.com website. Security breaches in connection with the delivery of our products and services via ePORT, our Personal Solutions website, or well-publicized security breaches not involving the Internet that may affect us or our industry, such as database intrusion, could be detrimental to our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting the networks that access our products, consumer services and proprietary database information.

Our business will suffer if we are not able to retain and hire key personnel.

Our future success depends partly on the continued service of our key development, sales, marketing, executive and administrative personnel. If we fail to retain and hire a sufficient number of these personnel, we will not be able to maintain or expand our business. We believe our pay levels are competitive within the regions that we operate. However, there is also intense competition for certain highly technical specialties in geographic areas where we continue to recruit, and it may become more difficult to retain our key employees.

We may be required to recognize additional impairment charges.

We assess our goodwill, trademarks and other intangible assets and our long-lived assets as and when required by generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. to determine whether they are impaired. Unexpected declines in our operating results and structural changes in our principal markets may also result in impairment charges. Additional impairment charges would reduce our reported earnings for the periods in which they are recorded.

20

Changes in accounting standards and taxation requirements could affect our financial results.

New accounting standards or pronouncements that may become applicable to our Company from time to time, or changes in the interpretation of existing standards and pronouncements, could have a significant effect on our reported results for the affected periods. We are also subject to income tax in the numerous jurisdictions in which we generate net operating revenues. Increases in income tax rates could reduce our after-tax income from affected jurisdictions, while increases in indirect taxes could affect our products' affordability and therefore reduce demand for our products.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

We are party to various litigation claims and legal proceedings. We evaluate these litigation claims and legal proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we establish reserves and/or disclose the relevant litigation claims or legal proceedings, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. We caution you that actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from those envisioned by our current assessments and estimates. In addition, we have business operations in emerging or developing markets with high-risk legal compliance environments. Our policies and procedures require strict compliance by our employees and agents with all U.S. and local laws and regulations applicable to our business operations, including those prohibiting improper payments to government officials. Nonetheless, we cannot assure you that our policies, procedures and related training programs will always ensure full compliance by our employees and agents with all applicable legal requirements. Improper conduct by our employees or agents could damage our reputation in the U.S. and internationally or lead to litigation or legal proceedings that could result in civil or criminal penalties, including substantial monetary fines, as well as disgorgement of profits.

ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

Our executive offices are located at 1550 Peachtree Street, N.W., Atlanta, Georgia, in a leased facility. Our other properties are geographically distributed to meet sales and operating requirements worldwide. We consider these properties to be both suitable and adequate to meet our current operating requirements, and most of the space is being utilized. We ordinarily lease office space for conducting our business and are obligated under approximately 100 leases and other rental arrangements for our headquarters and field locations. We owned four office buildings at December 31, 2008, including two buildings which house our Atlanta, Georgia data center, as well as buildings utilized by our Latin America operations located in Sao Paulo, Brazil and Santiago, Chile. We also own 23.5 acres adjacent to the Atlanta, Georgia data center.

For additional information regarding our obligations under leases, see Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. We believe that suitable additional space will be available to accommodate our future needs.

ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Equifax, certain of its subsidiaries, and other persons have been named as parties in various legal actions and administrative proceedings arising in connection with the operation of Equifax's businesses. In most cases, plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and other relief. These actions include the following:

California Bankruptcy Litigation.  As previously reported, in a series of actions filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California between October 14, 2005 and November 2, 2005 which have now been consolidated, captioned Terri N. White, et al. v. Equifax Information Services LLC, Jose Hernandez v. Equifax Information Services LLC, Kathryn L. Pike v. Equifax Information Services LLC, and Jose L. Acosta, Jr., et al. v. Trans Union LLC, et al., plaintiffs asserted that Equifax violated federal and state law (the FCRA, the California Credit

21


Reporting Act and the California Unfair Competition Law) by failing to follow reasonable procedures to determine whether credit accounts are discharged in bankruptcy, including the method for updating the status of an account following a bankruptcy discharge. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and injunctive relief. On August 20, 2008, the District Court approved a Settlement Agreement and Release providing for certain changes in the procedures used by defendants to record discharges in bankruptcy on consumer credit files. That settlement resolved claims for injunctive relief, but not plaintiffs' claims for damages. Defendants have reached a tentative compromise of plaintiffs' damage claims against them, subject to negotiation of a definitive agreement. If the parties file such agreement by April 24, 2009, the District Court will hold a hearing on preliminary approval of the settlement on May 1, 2009.

Harris Litigation.  In an action filed June 15, 2006 in the U.S. District Court for the District of South Carolina, captioned William A. Harris, Sr., et al. v. Equifax Information Services LLC, et al. , plaintiffs asserted that Equifax, Experian and TransUnion violated the Fair Credit Reporting Act by reporting tradeline information from Capital One that did not contain credit limit information. On May 30, 2008, the District Court denied plaintiffs' motion for certification of a nationwide class action, but certified a class consisting of certain consumers residing in five southeastern states. On September 3, 2008, the District Court denied defendants' petition for permission to appeal the class certification. The regional class seeks nominal and statutory damages and attorneys' fees. Discovery is ongoing, and trial is scheduled currently for July 2009.

Gillespie Litigation.  In an action filed January 10, 2005 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, captioned Heather Gillespie, et al. v. Equifax Information Services LLC, plaintiffs asserted on behalf of themselves and all similarly situated individuals that Equifax violated the Fair Credit Reporting Act by failing to clearly and accurately disclose the date of first delinquency in consumer credit file disclosures. On March 9, 2006, the District Court granted Equifax's motion for summary judgment on all claims, and denied plaintiffs' motion for class certification as moot. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, which in May 2007, reversed the grant of summary judgment in favor of Equifax and remanded the case to the District Court for further proceedings. On October 15, 2008, the District Court granted plaintiffs' motion for certification of a class action consisting of certain consumers who resided in New Jersey or North Carolina during the class period. On December 1, 2008, the District Court denied Equifax's motion to file an immediate appeal of the District Court's denial of Equifax's motion for summary judgment and review of the class action order. The class seeks statutory and punitive damages and attorneys' fees. Discovery is ongoing.

Other.  Equifax has been named as a defendant in various other legal actions, including administrative claims, class actions and other litigation arising in connection with our business. Some of the legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We believe we have strong defenses to, and where appropriate, will vigorously contest, many of these matters. Given the number of these matters, some are likely to result in adverse judgments, penalties, injunctions, fines or other relief. However, we do not believe that these litigation matters will be individually material to our financial condition or results of operations. We may explore potential settlements before a case is taken through trial because of the uncertainty and risks inherent in the litigation process.

For information regarding contingent tax claims raised by the Canada Revenue Agency, and our accounting for legal contingencies, see Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.

22

PART II

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Equifax's common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "EFX". As of January 31, 2009, Equifax had approximately 6,468 holders of record; however, Equifax believes the number of beneficial owners of common stock exceeds this number.

The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of Equifax common stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, for each quarter in the last two fiscal years and dividends declared per share:

(In dollars)
  High
Sales
Price
  Low
Sales
Price
  Dividends (1)
 
   

2008

                   

First Quarter

  $ 37.28   $ 31.49   $ 0.04  

Second Quarter

  $ 39.95   $ 33.43   $ 0.04  

Third Quarter

  $ 37.29   $ 32.43   $ 0.04  

Fourth Quarter

  $ 34.20   $ 19.38   $ 0.04  

2007

                   

First Quarter

  $ 42.00   $ 35.91   $ 0.04  

Second Quarter

  $ 44.88   $ 36.50   $ 0.04  

Third Quarter

  $ 46.30   $ 35.93   $ 0.04  

Fourth Quarter

  $ 40.21   $ 35.22   $ 0.04  
   
(1)
Equifax's Senior Credit Facility restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock or repurchase capital stock if a default exists or would result according to the terms of the credit agreement.

The table below contains information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Equifax of its common stock during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2008:

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period
  Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
  Average Price
Paid Per Share (2)
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of
Publicly-Announced
Plans or Programs
  Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the
Plans or Programs (3)
 
   

September 30, 2008

                    $ 170,007,030  

October 1 – October 31, 2008

    500,000   $ 23.54     500,000   $ 158,234,930  

November 1 – November 30, 2008

    —   $ —     —   $ 158,234,930  

December 1 – December 31, 2008

    43,912   $ —     —   $ 158,234,930  
   
 

Total

    543,912   $ 23.54     500,000   $ 158,234,930  
   
(1)
The total number of shares purchased includes: (a) shares purchased pursuant to our publicly-announced share repurchase program, or Program; and (b) shares surrendered, or deemed surrendered, in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of employee stock options and vesting of restricted stock, totaling no shares for the months of October and November 2008 and 43,912 shares for the month of December 2008.
(2)
Average price paid per share for shares purchased as part of our publicly-announced plan (includes brokerage commissions).
(3)
At December 31, 2008, the amount authorized for future share repurchases under the Program was $158.2 million.

23

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The table below summarizes our selected historical financial information for each of the last five years. The summary of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, has been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K. The summary of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, has been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements not included in this report. The historical selected financial information may not be indicative of our future performance and should be read in conjunction with the information contained in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

 
  Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
   
(In millions, except per share data)
  2008 (1)(2)
  2007 (3)
  2006 (2)(5)
  2005
  2004
 
   

Summary of Operations:

                               

Operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7   $ 1,843.0   $ 1,546.3   $ 1,443.4   $ 1,272.8  

Operating expenses

  $ 1,458.5   $ 1,356.8   $ 1,110.2   $ 1,021.4   $ 897.0  

Operating income

  $ 477.2   $ 486.2   $ 436.1   $ 422.0   $ 375.8  

Income from continuing operations

  $ 272.8   $ 272.7   $ 274.5   $ 246.5   $ 237.3  

Dividends paid

  $ 20.5   $ 20.7   $ 20.3   $ 20.2   $ 15.0  

Per common share (diluted):

                               

Income from continuing operations per share

  $ 2.09   $ 2.02   $ 2.12   $ 1.86   $ 1.78  

Cash dividends declared per share

  $ 0.16   $ 0.16   $ 0.16   $ 0.15   $ 0.11  

Weighted-average common shares oustanding (diluted) (3)

    130.4     135.1     129.4     132.2     133.5  

 

 
  As of December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007 (3)(4)
  2006
  2005
  2004
 
   

Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Total assets

  $ 3,260.3   $ 3,523.9   $ 1,790.6   $ 1,831.5   $ 1,557.2  

Short-term debt and current maturities

  $ 31.9   $ 222.1   $ 330.0   $ 92.3   $ 255.7  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

  $ 1,187.4   $ 1,165.2   $ 173.9   $ 463.8   $ 398.5  

Total debt, net

  $ 1,219.3   $ 1,387.3   $ 503.9   $ 556.1   $ 654.2  

Shareholders' equity

  $ 1,312.4   $ 1,399.2   $ 838.1   $ 820.3   $ 523.6  
(1)
During 2008, we recorded restructuring and asset write-down charges of $16.8 million ($10.5 million, net of tax) related to business realignment. For additional information about these charges, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.
(2)
In 2008 and 2006, we recorded income tax benefits of $14.6 million and $9.5 million, respectively, related to uncertain tax positions for which the statute of limitations expired. For additional information about these benefits, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.
(3)
On May 15, 2007, we acquired all the outstanding shares of TALX. Under the terms of the transaction, we issued 20.6 million shares of Equifax common stock and 1.9 million fully-vested options to purchase Equifax common stock, and paid approximately $288.1 million in cash, net of cash acquired. We also assumed TALX's outstanding debt, which had a fair value totaling $177.6 million at May 15, 2007. The results of TALX's operations are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on the date of acquisition. For additional information about the TALX acquisition, see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.
(4)
In 2007, total debt increased as a result of our issuance of $550.0 million of ten- and thirty-year fixed rate senior notes during the second quarter, our assumption of $75.0 million in senior guaranteed notes of TALX due 2012, and the commencement of a commercial paper program for general corporate purposes.
(5)
On January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, "Share-Based Payment", or SFAS 123R, which resulted in additional stock-based compensation expense during 2008, 2007 and 2006 when compared to 2005 and 2004. For additional information about our stock-based compensation, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

24

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

As used herein, the terms Equifax, the Company, we, our and us refer to Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where it is clear that the terms mean only Equifax Inc.

All references to earnings per share data in Management's Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, are to diluted earnings per share, or EPS, unless otherwise noted. Diluted EPS is calculated to reflect the potential dilution that would occur if stock options or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and resulted in additional common shares outstanding.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

We are a leading global provider of information solutions, employment and income verification and human resources business process outsourcing services. We leverage some of the largest sources of consumer and commercial data, along with advanced analytics and proprietary technology, to create customized insights which enable our business customers to grow faster, more efficiently, more profitably and to inform and empower consumers.

Businesses rely on us for consumer and business credit intelligence, credit portfolio management, fraud detection, decisioning technology, marketing tools, and human resources and payroll services. We also offer a portfolio of products that enable individual consumers to manage their financial affairs and protect their identity. Our revenue stream is diversified among individual consumers and among businesses across a wide range of industries and international geographies.

Segment and Geographic Information

Segments.  The U.S. Consumer Information Solutions, or USCIS, segment, the largest of our five segments, consists of four product and service lines: Online Consumer Information Solutions, or OCIS; Mortgage Solutions; Credit Marketing Services; and Direct Marketing Services. OCIS and Mortgage Solutions revenue is principally transaction-based and is derived from our sales of products such as consumer credit reporting and scoring, mortgage settlement services, identity verification, fraud detection and modeling services. USCIS also markets certain of our decisioning products which facilitate and automate a variety of consumer credit-oriented decisions. A significant majority of USCIS products are delivered electronically. Credit Marketing Services and Direct Marketing Services revenue is principally project- and subscription-based and is derived from our sales of batch credit or demographic information such as those that assist clients in acquiring new customers, cross-selling to existing customers and managing portfolio risk.

The International segment consists of Canada Consumer, Europe and Latin America. Canada Consumer's products and services are similar to our USCIS offerings, while Europe and Latin America are made up of varying mixes of product lines that are in our USCIS, North America Commercial Solutions and North America Personal Solutions reportable segments.

The TALX segment consists of The Work Number® and Tax and Talent Management business units. The Work Number revenue is transaction-based and is derived primarily from verification of employment and income data of employees in the U.S. reported to us by employers. Tax and Talent Management revenues are derived from our provision of certain human resources business process outsourcing services that include both transaction- and subscription-based product offerings. These services assist our customers with the administration of unemployment claims and employer-based tax credits and the assessment of new hires.

North America Personal Solutions revenue is both transaction- and subscription-based and is derived from the sale of credit monitoring and identity theft protection products, which we deliver to consumers through the mail and electronically via the internet.

North America Commercial Solutions revenue is principally transaction-based and is derived from the sale of business information, credit scores and portfolio analytics that enable customers to utilize our reports to make financial, marketing and purchasing decisions related to businesses.

25

Geographic Information.  We currently operate in the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Costa Rica, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Peru, Portugal, the Republic of Ireland, Spain, the U.K., Uruguay, and the U.S. Our operations in Costa Rica and the Republic of Ireland focus on data processing and customer support activities. During the second quarter of 2008, we expanded into Russia by acquiring an equity interest in a consumer credit information company. Of the countries we operate in, 73% of our revenue was generated in the U.S. during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.

Key Performance Indicators.  Management focuses on a variety of key indicators to monitor operating and financial performance. These performance indicators include measurements of operating revenue, change in operating revenue, operating income, operating margin, net income, diluted earnings per share, cash provided by operating activities and capital expenditures. The key performance indicators for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, were as follows:

 
  Key Performance Indicators
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
   
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7   $ 1,843.0   $ 1,546.3  

Change in operating revenue

    5 %   19 %   7 %

Operating income

  $ 477.2   $ 486.2   $ 436.1  

Operating margin

    24.7 %   26.4 %   28.2 %

Net income

  $ 272.8   $ 272.7   $ 274.5  

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 2.09   $ 2.02   $ 2.12  

Cash provided by operating activities

  $ 444.7   $ 449.9   $ 372.1  

Capital expenditures

  $ 110.5   $ 118.5   $ 52.0  

Operational Highlights.

•
Revenue increased five percent to $1.9 billion.

•
EPS for the full year 2008 was $2.09, a four percent increase over $2.02 in 2007.

•
During the third quarter of 2008, we realigned our business to better support our strategic objectives which resulted in $16.8 million of restructuring and asset write-down charges ($10.5 million, net of tax). We also recognized a tax benefit of $14.6 million related to uncertain tax positions for which the statute of limitations expired.

•
We repurchased 4.5 million shares of our common stock on the open market for $155.7 million during 2008.

•
Our effective tax rate for the full year 2008 was 32.8 percent, down from 35.8 percent in 2007.

•
Total debt was $1.22 billion at December 31, 2008, a decrease of $168 million from December 31, 2007.

Business Environment, Company Outlook and Strategy

During 2008, the financial markets experienced unprecedented volatility around the world. Many of our customers, especially financial institutions, are encountering much uncertainty, which limits our visibility into their future plans and activities. A number of our customers have reduced their level of activity as a result of continued weakening of the U.S. and U.K. economies in particular.

Additionally, there has been more significant activity related to the consolidation of financial institutions, including the recent acquisitions of Wachovia by Wells Fargo, of Countywide Financial by Bank of America and Washington Mutual by JPMorgan Chase. In the past, we have been impacted by industry consolidation. While average core product unit prices tend to decline as a result of consolidation, we look to negotiate higher volumes and capitalize on opportunities to sell additional products and services to offset the decline in prices. However, given significant financial stress impacting financial markets and reduced willingness to extend credit, past experience may or may not continue in the current market.

Given the slowing global economic growth and challenging business environment, we continue to focus on our initiatives to reduce and manage our expenses, while trying to preserve our operating margins, earnings performance and cash flows from operations. Also, we continue to realign our resources to pursue key strategic objectives, including new product innovation and international expansion. Based

26


on the uncertainty in the global economy, assuming exchange rates remain at levels consistent with December 31, 2008, we expect revenue in the first quarter of 2009 to be similar to the fourth quarter of 2008.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2007 AND 2006

Consolidated Financial Results

Operating Revenue

Operating Revenue
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 890.8   $ 969.7   $ 968.1   $ (78.9 )   (8 )% $ 1.6     0 %

International

    505.7     472.8     402.8     32.9     7 %   70.0     17 %

TALX

    305.1     179.4     —     125.7     70 %   179.4     nm  

North America Personal Solutions

    162.6     153.5     126.0     9.1     6 %   27.5     22 %

North America Commercial Solutions

    71.5     67.6     49.4     3.9     6 %   18.2     37 %
                   

Consolidated operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7   $ 1,843.0   $ 1,546.3   $ 92.7     5 % $ 296.7     19 %
                   

nm — not meaningful

2008 revenue increased 5%, or $92.7 million, compared to 2007 primarily due to the full year inclusion of TALX, which was acquired on May 15, 2007. Revenue in our four other business units collectively declined by $33.0 million, or two percent, as growth in our International, North America Personal Solutions and North America Commercial Solutions segments through the first nine months of the year was able to partially, but not fully, offset an eight percent decline in our USCIS business. Although the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on 2008 full year revenue growth was minimal, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to 2007 exchange rates negatively impacted fourth quarter revenue growth. If foreign exchange rates remain at levels consistent with December 31, 2008, foreign currency translation would negatively impact expected 2009 revenue growth by approximately four percent.

The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, is primarily due to $179.4 million of incremental revenue from our acquisition of TALX. Additionally, double-digit growth in our International, North America Personal Solutions and North America Commercial Solutions segments also contributed to the increase in revenue, as discussed in greater detail in "Segment Financial Results" below. Foreign currency had a favorable impact on 2007 revenue growth of $32.5 million, or 2%, when using 2006 exchange rates.

Operating Expenses

Operating Expenses
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Consolidated cost of services

  $ 778.8   $ 752.0   $ 626.4   $ 26.8     4 % $ 125.6     20 %

Consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses

    524.3     477.1     401.0     47.2     10 %   76.1     19 %

Consolidated depreciation and amortization expense

    155.4     127.7     82.8     27.7     22 %   44.9     54 %
                   

Consolidated operating expenses

  $ 1,458.5   $ 1,356.8   $ 1,110.2   $ 101.7     8 % $ 246.6     22 %
                   

27

Cost of Services.  Cost of services in 2008 increased, as compared to 2007, mainly as a result of our acquisition of TALX, which contributed $38.3 million of incremental cost period-over-period, as well as increased production and salary costs related to growth in our Latin America operations. These increases were partially offset by declining costs due to decreased revenue and expense efficiency initiatives in USCIS.

The 2007 increase in cost of services, as compared to 2006, was significantly affected by our acquisition of TALX, which contributed $60.1 million of this increase. The remainder of the increase is primarily due to (1) higher production and related costs due to revenue growth, including costs related to converting a major customer to our enabling technologies; (2) the impact of foreign currency translation; (3) expenditures to enhance the efficiency, effectiveness and reliability of our information technology platforms, processes, and development capabilities in support of our long-term growth strategy; and (4) higher salary and contractor staffing costs, partly due to increased call volume and a second outsourced call center related to North America Personal Solutions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expense for 2008, as compared to 2007, increased mainly as a result of our acquisition of TALX, which contributed $39.2 million of incremental cost year-over-year. This increase was also due to a $14.4 million charge recorded in the third quarter of 2008 related to headcount reductions and certain contractual costs. These charges were related to our business realignment to better support our strategic objectives in the current economic environment. These increases were partially offset by reduced personnel costs, incentive expenses and discretionary spending based on actions taken as a response to the deteriorating U.S. economy in 2008.

The 2007 increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, as compared to 2006, was mainly due to our acquisition of TALX, which contributed $51.8 million of this increase. The remainder of the increase is primarily due to (1) salary costs related to increased headcount for the expansion of corporate capabilities in key support areas, including marketing and technology; (2) the impact of foreign currency translation; and (3) expenses related to Austin-Tetra (which was acquired in October 2006). This increase was partially offset by lower litigation costs.

Depreciation and Amortization.  The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for 2008, as compared to 2007, was primarily due to the inclusion of a full year of results from our acquisition of TALX, which contributed $24.3 million of incremental depreciation and amortization expense in 2008, and a $2.4 million software write-down charge recorded in the third quarter of 2008 associated with our business realignment.

The 2007 increase in depreciation and amortization expense, as compared to 2006, was mainly due to $38.3 million in incremental depreciation and amortization expense related to our acquisition of TALX. The remainder of the increase is primarily due to higher depreciation expense related to increased capital expenditures in 2007, including the purchase of our data center facility in Atlanta, Georgia in July 2007, and higher intangible amortization expense related to our acquisitions of Austin-Tetra in October 2006 and of three mortgage affiliates in the first quarter of 2007.

For additional information about the charges and fees related to our business realignment, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

28

Operating Income and Operating Margin

Operating Income and
Operating Margin
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Consolidated operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7   $ 1,843.0   $ 1,546.3   $ 92.7     5 % $ 296.7     19 %

Consolidated operating expenses

    (1,458.5 )   (1,356.8 )   (1,110.2 )   (101.7 )   8 %   (246.6 )   22 %
                   

Consolidated operating income

  $ 477.2   $ 486.2   $ 436.1   $ (9.0 )   (2 )% $ 50.1     11 %
                   

Consolidated operating margin

    24.7 %   26.4 %   28.2 %         (1.7 ) pts         (1.8 ) pts

The decline in the operating margin for 2008, as compared to 2007, mainly reflects higher acquisition-related amortization expense, which increased $20.9 million primarily due to our acquisition of TALX; the increase in general corporate expense, which includes the $16.8 million restructuring and asset write-down charges related to our business realignment recorded in the third quarter of 2008; and the decrease in operating margin for our USCIS business, as described in more detail below.

The 2007 decline in operating margin, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to a decline in the margins of our USCIS business unit and the impact of acquisition-related amortization expense from our acquisition of TALX. This amortization expense represented 2% of 2007 consolidated revenue.

Other Expense, Net

Other Expense, Net
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Consolidated interest expense

  $ 71.3   $ 58.5   $ 31.9   $ 12.8     22 % $ 26.6     83 %

Consolidated minority interests in earnings, net of tax

    6.2     6.1     4.5     0.1     2 %   1.6     36 %

Consolidated other income, net

    (6.2 )   (3.0 )   (16.2 )   (3.2 )   106 %   13.2     (81 )%
                   

Consolidated other expense, net

  $ 71.3   $ 61.6   $ 20.2   $ 9.7     16 % $ 41.4     205 %
                   

Annual average cost of debt

    5.3 %   6.1 %   5.7 %                        

Total consolidated debt, net

  $ 1,219.3   $ 1,387.3   $ 503.9   $ (168.0 )   (12 )% $ 883.4     175 %

The increases in other expense, net, for 2008 and 2007 as compared to the prior periods, were primarily due to increased interest expense driven by a higher level of debt which was used to fund the acquisition of TALX in 2007 and our share repurchase activity in both years. For additional information about our debt agreements, see Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Other income, net, in 2008 includes a $5.5 million gain on our repurchase of $20 million principal amount of ten-year senior notes due 2017. The decrease in other income, net, in 2007 over 2006 was primarily due to the $14.1 million non-taxable gain recognized during 2006 in connection with our Naviant litigation settlement.

29

Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Consolidated provision for income taxes

  $ 133.1   $ 151.9   $ 141.4   $ (18.8 )   (12 )% $ 10.5     7 %

Effective income tax rate

    32.8 %   35.8 %   34.0 %                        

Our effective income tax rate for 2008 was down from 2007, primarily due to the recognition of a $14.6 million income tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions associated with our Brazilian operations, for which the statute of limitations expired during the third quarter of 2008.

The 2007 increase in our effective income tax rate, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to changes in several tax reserves in 2006 that did not recur in 2007. This increase was partially offset by a lower foreign and state tax rate compared to 2006; a favorable second quarter 2007 discrete item related to our foreign tax credit utilization; and discrete items recorded during fourth quarter 2007, including a $2.9 million benefit for refunds related to our 2002 and 2003 U.S. federal income tax filings.

Net Income

Net Income
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Consolidated net income

  $ 272.8   $ 272.7   $ 274.5   $ 0.1     0 % $ (1.8 )   (1 )%

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 2.09   $ 2.02   $ 2.12   $ 0.07     4 % $ (0.10 )   (5 )%

Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted earnings per share, in millions

    130.4     135.1     129.4                          

Net income for 2008, as compared to 2007, was flat as contribution from TALX since its acquisition in May 2007, growth in operating income for International, North America Personal Solutions and North America Commercial Solutions, and lower income tax expense were offset by higher general corporate expense, which includes the aforementioned restructuring and asset write-down charges recorded in 2008, lower operating income for our USCIS businesses and higher interest expense.

The decline in net income for 2007, as compared to 2006, was a function of growth in operating income from our International, North America Personal Solutions and North America Commercial Solutions segments, when compared to 2006, and from the acquisition of TALX, more than offset by increased interest expense and a higher provision for income taxes.

Our 2008 earnings per share, as compared to 2007, was positively impacted by the reduction in our weighted-average shares outstanding resulting from the repurchase of 4.5 million shares in 2008.

Our 2007 earnings per share, as compared to 2006, was negatively impacted by the increase in our weighted-average shares outstanding resulting from our issuance of 20.6 million shares of common stock in connection with the TALX acquisition in May 2007, partially offset by the impact of 17.9 million shares repurchased in 2007 subsequent to the acquisition.

30

Segment Financial Results

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Operating revenue:

                                           

Online Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 594.5   $ 639.0   $ 619.2   $ (44.5 )   (7 )% $ 19.8     3 %

Mortgage Solutions

    70.2     66.1     71.7     4.1     6 %   (5.6 )   (8 )%

Credit Marketing Services

    132.0     156.4     166.3     (24.4 )   (16 )%   (9.9 )   (6 )%

Direct Marketing Services

    94.1     108.2     110.9     (14.1 )   (13 )%   (2.7 )   (2 )%
                   

Total operating revenue

  $ 890.8   $ 969.7   $ 968.1   $ (78.9 )   (8 )% $ 1.6     0 %
                   

% of consolidated revenue

    46 %   53 %   63 %                        

Total operating income

  $ 337.1   $ 383.5   $ 395.7   $ (46.4 )   (12 )% $ (12.2 )   (3 )%

Operating margin

    37.9 %   39.6 %   40.9 %         (1.7 ) pts         (1.3 ) pts

The decreases in revenue for 2008, as compared to 2007, were mainly due to effects of the continued weakness in the U.S. credit and retail economy, offset by growth in the Mortgage Solutions business primarily due to increased activity with our settlement services products. The slight increase in revenue in 2007, as compared to 2006, was due to growth in Online Consumer Information Solutions (OCIS), largely offset by decreased revenues in the other three service lines due primarily to weakness in the U.S. consumer credit and mortgage markets.

Revenues in our OCIS and Credit Marketing Services service lines and in our USCIS segment as a whole decreased sequentially in each quarter during 2008, as a result of the weakening U.S. economy. Based on current rates of economic and credit activity in the U.S., we currently expect revenue in the OCIS and Credit Marketing Services service lines and in the overall USCIS segment in 2009 to be below levels achieved in 2008.

OCIS.  For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue declined primarily due to a seven percent reduction of online credit decision transaction volume resulting from the weakness of the U.S. economy. The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to volume increases from our regional customers and both volume and price increases from our smaller customers. Revenue from resellers also rose during 2007 due to price increases that became effective near the end of 2006, and we recorded higher revenue from our insurance, banking and regulatory brokerage monitoring customers. These increases were partially offset by price and volume decreases from certain large financial services institutions.

Mortgage Solutions.  For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue grew due to a four-fold increase in activity associated with our settlement services products and incremental revenue from our acquisition of certain assets of FIS Credit Services, Inc. in February 2008. These increases were partially offset by continued weakness in the U.S. housing market, which led to reduced transaction volumes from our existing mortgage customer base. The 2007 decline in revenue, as compared to 2006, was primarily a result of weakness in the U.S. mortgage markets, which led to reduced transaction volumes from our existing customer base and caused several large mortgage brokerage customers to cease operations during 2007. This decrease was partially offset by incremental revenue from our acquisition of three mortgage affiliates in the first quarter of 2007 and increased revenue related to new settlement services products.

Credit Marketing Services.  For 2008 and 2007, as compared to prior years, revenue declined due to volume decreases from our existing customer base, primarily due to lower revenue associated with new account acquisition services as financial institutions have scaled back significantly on new marketing and extension of credit. These declines were partially offset by a continued increase in revenue related to customer portfolio management services

31


used by institutions to manage and sustain existing customers. Our financial services customers began increased usage of our portfolio management services in 2007 and less usage of prescreen services, which reflects a continuing trend towards the enhanced management of their existing customer portfolios as opposed to new account acquisitions.

Direct Marketing Services.  For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue declined primarily due to reduced mailing volumes for existing customers reflecting the slowdown in retail sales and the marketing campaigns of many retailers, as well as changes to a contract with a large marketing services reseller. The 2007 decrease in revenue, as compared to 2006, was mainly due to reduced mailing volumes from our existing customer base, driven in part by the increase in postage rates, partially offset by increased revenue from new and renewed contracts to provide services related to our customers' marketing databases.

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions Operating Margin.  Operating margin decreased for 2008, as compared to 2007, mainly due to the decline in revenue described above. With a high portion of fixed costs, USCIS operating expenses generally do not decline at the same rate as our revenue. The decline in revenue was partially offset by lower production and royalty costs due to a decrease in volume, as well as the impact of cost saving initiatives. Recognizing the continuing impact in 2009 of current economic conditions, management has taken and is continuing to take steps to streamline operations and increase efficiency in order to minimize the potential negative effect on operating margins of lower annual revenue.

The 2007 decline in operating margin, as compared to 2006, was primarily a result of the fixed cost nature of the USCIS business in the midst of revenue declines in our Mortgage Solutions, Credit Marketing Services and Direct Marketing Services business units. While revenue of the entire USCIS business was essentially flat, the operating expense of maintaining the databases, products, and customer support capabilities required for the business increased by 2.4%, reflecting annual compensation increases and enhanced product, processing and support capabilities.

International

International
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Operating revenue:

                                           

Europe

  $ 175.0   $ 183.8   $ 153.6   $ (8.8 )   (5 )% $ 30.2     20 %

Latin America

    219.9     182.5     154.0     37.4     20 %   28.5     19 %

Canada Consumer

    110.8     106.5     95.2     4.3     4 %   11.3     12 %
                   

Total operating revenue

  $ 505.7   $ 472.8   $ 402.8   $ 32.9     7 % $ 70.0     17 %
                   

% of consolidated revenue

    26 %   26 %   26 %                        

Total operating income

  $ 149.9   $ 141.1   $ 118.1   $ 8.8     6 % $ 23.0     20 %

Operating margin

    29.6 %   29.8 %   29.3 %         (0.2 ) pts         0.5  pts

For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue increased primarily due to growth in Latin America and Canada; offset by a decline in Europe due to weakness in the U.K. economy. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar minimally impacted our International revenue in 2008 and provided a favorable impact in 2007 of $31.0 million, or 7%. In local currency, revenue was up 7% in 2008 and 10% in 2007, when compared to the prior year. The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, is attributable to growth in all three geographical areas. As noted above regarding our consolidated operating revenue, if foreign exchange rates remain at levels consistent with December 31, 2008, foreign currency translation would negatively impact expected 2009 revenue by approximately $80 million.

Europe.  The decrease in revenue for 2008, as compared to 2007, was primarily due to the impact of foreign currency. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar negatively impacted Europe revenue by $8.4 million, or 5%, for 2008, when compared to 2007. Growth in the U.K. in

32


the first half of 2008 was offset by declines in revenue, when compared to 2007, in the last six months of 2008 attributable to the weakening U.K. economy. The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, was mainly attributable to our consumer risk products, with volume increases in the U.K. and new customers and pricing management strategies in Spain and Portugal. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar favorably impacted 2007 Europe revenue growth by $14.6 million, or 10%, as revenue was up 10% in local currency.

Latin America.  For 2008, as compared to 2007, increased revenue was driven by double-digit growth in all countries in which we operate. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar favorably impacted Latin America revenue growth by $9.3 million, or 5%, for 2008, when compared to 2007, as revenue in local currency grew 15%, when comparing these periods. This broad-based revenue growth was primarily due to higher volumes related to our online solutions, enabling technologies and marketing products, as well as a new contract in Brazil to provide data to a large regional consumer services data provider. The increases were also impacted by acquisitions of several small businesses in Ecuador, Chile, Argentina, Brazil and El Salvador during 2008.

The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, was driven by double-digit sales growth in six of the seven country markets in which we operate, primarily due to higher volumes of our online solutions, enabling technologies and marketing products. This was partially offset by weaker performance, in local currency, from Brazil due to increased competition, as volumes from small- and medium-sized commercial customers declined. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar favorably impacted our Latin America revenue growth by $10.2 million, or 7%, as revenue grew 12% in local currency in 2007.

Canada Consumer.  For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue growth was driven by higher prices and volume related to our marketing services and technology products. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar favorably impacted revenue growth by $1.2 million, or 1%, and revenue in local currency grew 3% for 2008, as compared to 2007. Although revenue increased year over year, revenue growth during the first nine months of 2008 was partially offset by weakness in the fourth quarter revenue due to the stronger U.S. dollar and deteriorating conditions in the Canadian economy. The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, was primarily driven by price and volume increases for our consumer risk products, as well as increased volumes for marketing products. Local currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar favorably impacted revenue growth by $6.1 million, or 6%, as revenue grew 6% in local currency in 2007.

International Operating Margin.  Operating margin for 2008 was relatively flat at 29.6%, when compared to 2007 as operating expenses for the overall International business were generally managed in line with revenue. The 2007 increase in operating margin, as compared to 2006, was primarily driven by revenue growth, partially offset by higher production costs and increased salary costs due to additional headcount as we invest for international growth. The increase in production costs was impacted by certain vendor price reductions received by our European business during 2006 that did not recur in 2007. We also invested in our Canada Consumer business for mainframe and data center improvements.

33

TALX

TALX
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Operating revenue:

                                           

The Work Number

  $ 131.9   $ 72.6   $ —     59.3     82 %   nm     nm  

Tax and Talent Management

    173.2     106.8     —     66.4     62 %   nm     nm  
                   

Total operating revenue

  $ 305.1   $ 179.4   $ —     125.7     70 %   nm     nm  
                   

% of consolidated revenue

    16 %   10 %   nm                          

Total operating income

  $ 53.1   $ 29.3   $ —     23.8     81 %   nm     nm  

Operating margin

    17.4 %   16.3 %   nm           1.1  pts         nm  

nm — not meaningful

The financial results of TALX's operations are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on May 15, 2007, resulting in a partial period for 2007. This is the primary reason for the significant increase in revenue for 2008, as compared to 2007. The Work Number revenue for the third and fourth quarters of 2008, as compared to the same periods in 2007, increased 12 percent due to growth in the government and consumer collections sectors. For Tax and Talent Management Services, revenue declined two percent for the third and fourth quarters of 2008, as compared to 2007, as a result of reduced government hiring activity which impacted our Talent Management business. This decrease was partially offset by steady growth in Tax Management Services, driven by increased unemployment compensation claims activity.

TALX acquisition-related amortization expense was $54.5 million for 2008, compared to $34.0 million for 2007. Total employment records in The Work Number database increased during the year to 188.9 million at December 31, 2008, compared to 165.9 million at December 31, 2007.

North America Personal Solutions

North America Personal Solutions
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Total operating revenue

  $ 162.6   $ 153.5   $ 126.0   $ 9.1     6 % $ 27.5     22 %

% of consolidated revenue

    8 %   8 %   8 %                        

Total operating income

  $ 46.3   $ 34.0   $ 13.6   $ 12.3     36 % $ 20.4     150 %

Operating margin

    28.4 %   22.1 %   10.8 %         6.3  pts         11.3  pts

For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue increased primarily due to higher subscription revenue associated with our 3-in-1 Monitoring, ScoreWatch, CreditWatch, ID Patrol and Credit Report Control products, partially offset by declines in transaction revenue and breach revenue. Although revenue increased year over year, revenue growth during the first nine months of 2008 was partially offset by a three percent decline in fourth quarter revenue due to lower breach, partner and transaction-based revenue caused in part by the weakness in the U.S. economy. Subscription customers totaled 1.2 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in operating margin in 2008 is mainly due to continued subscription-based revenue growth and reduced operating expenses driven by reduced customer support costs, when compared to 2007.

The 2007 increase in revenue, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to higher subscription revenue associated with our 3-in-1 Monitoring, ScoreWatch and Credit Watch products. Subscription customers grew to 1.3 million in 2007, up from 1.0 million in 2006. This increase was partially offset by declining transactional revenue associated with our Credit Profiles, Score Power and Credit Rankings products. During 2007, we also increased revenues

34


through targeted advertising, improvement in the conversion of inquiries to sales, and growth in services provided in third-party data breaches. The 2007 increase in operating margin, as compared to 2006, was mainly due to continued subscription-based revenue growth, $5.0 million operating expense impact of legal contingencies in 2006 that did not recur in 2007, and decreased advertising expense due to a reduction in radio advertising. This improvement was partially offset by higher personnel and training costs due to higher call center volumes and the addition of a second outsourced call center in 2007.

North America Commercial Solutions

North America Commercial Solutions
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Total operating revenue

  $ 71.5   $ 67.6   $ 49.4   $ 3.9     6 % $ 18.2     37 %

% of consolidated revenue

    4 %   3 %   3 %                        

Total operating income

  $ 13.6   $ 12.0   $ 9.9   $ 1.6     13 % $ 2.1     21 %

Operating margin

    19.0 %   17.7 %   20.2 %         1.3  pts         (2.5 ) pts

For 2008, as compared to 2007, revenue increased mainly due to higher sales volume for products in our U.S. Commercial business, as well as $0.3 million, or 1%, of favorable foreign currency impact. Although revenue increased year over year, revenue grew at low double digit rates during the first half of the year, but was essentially flat with the prior year in local currency due to increasing weakness in the U.S. and Canadian economies in the second half of the year. Online transaction volume for U.S. commercial credit information products increased to 4.9 million during 2008, up 4%, from 2007. For 2008, as compared to 2007, operating margin increased primarily due to revenue growth in our U.S. Commercial business partially offset by increased personnel and software costs as we continue to invest for future growth.

The increase in revenue in 2007, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to our October 2006 acquisition of Austin-Tetra and volume growth in the U.S. and Canada as we continue to expand the markets for our commercial credit information and marketing products. Of the 37% revenue growth in 2007, as compared to 2006, Austin-Tetra contributed 14% and Canada currency fluctuation against the U.S. dollar favorably impacted revenue by 3%, or $1.5 million. The remaining 20% of revenue growth in 2007, as compared to 2006, was due to organic growth within our legacy North America Commercial Solutions product offerings. Online transaction volume for our U.S. commercial credit information products was 4.7 million in 2007, up from 3.6 million in 2006. The 2007 decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to increased volume-related costs and our investing for future growth in this segment, including higher salary costs in 2007 due to additional headcount.

General Corporate Expense

General Corporate Expense
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

General corporate expense

  $ 122.8   $ 113.7   $ 101.2   $ 9.1     8 % $ 12.5     12 %

Our general corporate expenses are costs that are incurred at the corporate level and include those expenses impacted by corporate direction, such as shared services, administrative, legal, equity compensation costs and restructuring expenses. General corporate expenses for 2008, as compared to 2007, increased primarily as a result of a $16.8 million restructuring and asset write-down charge during 2008, which consisted of a $10.3 million charge related to headcount reductions, a $4.1 million charge associated with certain contractual costs and a

35


$2.4 million software write-down charge, all related to our business realignment. This increase was partially offset by reduced incentive costs, litigation and payroll tax. We expect an additional workforce reduction charge of $6 million to $8 million in the first quarter of 2009.

The 2007 increase in general corporate expense, as compared to 2006, was primarily driven by our acquisition of TALX; higher litigation costs; expansion of corporate capabilities in key support areas, including marketing; and expenditures to enhance certain technology processes and development capabilities to support continued long-term growth and operating efficiency.

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

Management assesses liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund operating, investing and financing activities. We continue to generate substantial cash from operating activities and remain in a strong financial position, with resources available for reinvestment in existing businesses, strategic acquisitions and managing our capital structure to meet short- and long-term objectives.

Sources and Uses of Cash

Funds generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, and our credit facilities continue to be our most significant sources of liquidity. Despite the capital markets turmoil that emerged in September 2008, which had an adverse impact on our ability to utilize commercial paper as a source of funds in the fourth quarter, we continue to have access to short-term liquidity through our Senior Credit Facility. Conditions have improved and we have returned to utilization of our commercial paper program since year end; however, if conditions were to deteriorate, we are able to rely on our Senior Credit Facility, which does not mature until July 2011. At December 31, 2008, we had $427.0 million available to borrow on our Senior Credit Facility. Based on information available to us, we have no indication that the financial institutions included in our Senior Credit Facility would be unable to fulfill their commitments as of the filing date of this Form 10-K. Additionally, our Senior Credit Facility does not include a provision under which lenders could refuse to allow us to borrow under this facility in the event of a material adverse change in our financial condition as long as we are in compliance with the covenants in the agreement. We believe that funds generated from expected results of operations and available cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to finance our anticipated working capital and other cash requirements (such as capital expenditures, interest payments, potential pension funding contributions, dividend payments and stock repurchases, if any) for the foreseeable future.

If the capital and credit markets continue to experience volatility and the availability of funds remains limited in 2009, we could incur increased costs associated with issuing commercial paper and/or other debt instruments. In addition, it is possible that our ability to access the capital and credit markets may be limited by these or other factors at a time when we would like, or need, to do so, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions. See further discussion of our borrowings and credit facility availability below.

36

Information about our cash flows, by category, is presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows. The following table summarizes our cash flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

Net cash provided by (used in):
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
 
   
   
   
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  $
  %
  $
  %
 
   

Operating activities

  $ 444.7   $ 449.9   $ 372.1   $ (5.2 )   (1 )% $ 77.8     21 %

Investing activities

  $ (141.6 ) $ (422.3 ) $ (86.8 ) $ 280.7     nm   $ (335.5 )   nm  

Financing activities

  $ (315.7 ) $ (17.6 ) $ (255.0 ) $ (298.1 )   nm   $ 237.4     nm  

nm — not meaningful

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operations in 2008 of $444.7 million was one percent less than 2007. Although 2008 net income was flat when compared to 2007, higher depreciation and amortization expense and improved accounts receivable collections were offset by year to year reductions in operating liabilities.

The 2007 increase in operating cash flow, as compared to 2006, was primarily due to incremental income from our TALX acquisition, revenue growth in our existing businesses and positive changes in our working capital, partially offset by increased interest payments.

Fund Transfer Limitations.  The ability of certain of our subsidiaries and associated companies to transfer funds to us is limited, in some cases, by certain restrictions imposed by foreign governments; these restrictions do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially limit our ability to service our indebtedness, meet our current obligations or pay dividends.

Investing Activities

Capital Expenditures

Net cash used in:
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
   

Capital expenditures

  $ 110.5   $ 118.5   $ 52.0   $ (8.0 ) $ 66.5  

Our capital expenditures are used for developing, enhancing and deploying new and existing software in support of our expanding product set, replacing or adding equipment, updating systems for regulatory compliance, the licensing of software applications and investing in system reliability, security and disaster recovery enhancements. During 2007, our capital expenditures increased due to the purchase of our data center facility in Atlanta, Georgia for cash consideration of approximately $30 million, as well as the assumption of the prior owner's $12.5 million mortgage obligation due in 2012, and improvements made to this facility. Capital expenditures in 2008 continued to be higher than the periods prior to 2007 due to completion of improvements of our data center. We expect capital expenditures in 2009 to be less than 2008 or 2007, due to substantial completion of the Atlanta data center improvements, but still in the range of $75 million to $100 million, as we continue to invest for growth.

Acquisitions and Investments

Net cash used in:
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
   

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  $ 27.4   $ 303.8   $ 34.8   $ (276.4 ) $ 269.0  

Investment in unconsolidated affiliates

  $ 3.7   $ —   $ —   $ 3.7   $ —  

37

2008 Acquisitions and Investments.  To further enhance our market share and grow our credit data business, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we completed nine acquisitions and investments in small businesses totaling $27.4 million, net of cash acquired. Six of the transactions were in our International segment, two within our U.S. Consumer Information Solutions segment and one within our TALX segment. The acquisition within our TALX segment, completed in the fourth quarter of 2008, is subject to a contingent earn-out payment not to exceed $6.0 million measured on the accomplishment of 2009 revenue targets. The results of these acquisitions are not material.

On June 30, 2008, as a part of our long-term growth strategy of entering new geographies, we acquired a 28 percent equity interest in Global Payments Credit Services LLC, or GPCS, a credit information company in Russia, for cash consideration of $4.4 million, which is now doing business as Equifax Credit Services, LLC in Russia. Under our shareholders' agreement, we have the option to acquire up to an additional 22 percent interest in GPCS between 2011 and 2013 for cash consideration based on a formula for determining equity value of the business and the assumption of certain debt, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

2007 Acquisitions.  On May 15, 2007, we acquired all the outstanding shares of TALX. Under the terms of the transaction, we issued 20.6 million shares of Equifax treasury stock and 1.9 million fully-vested options to purchase Equifax common stock, and paid approximately $288.1 million in cash, net of cash acquired. We also assumed TALX's outstanding debt, which had a fair value totaling $177.6 million at May 15, 2007. We financed the cash portion of the acquisition and $96.6 million outstanding on the TALX revolving credit facility at the date of acquisition initially with borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility, and subsequently refinanced this debt in the second quarter of 2007 with ten- and thirty-year notes. Subsequent to the date of the acquisition, we paid $4.1 million to the former owners of a company purchased by TALX pursuant to an earn-out agreement.

On October 19, 2007, in order to continue to grow our credit data business, our Peruvian subsidiary purchased 100% of the stock of a credit reporting business located in Peru for cash consideration of approximately $8.0 million.

2006 Acquisitions.  On October 6, 2006, we acquired Austin Consolidated Holdings, Inc., known as Austin-Tetra, for $34.4 million in cash. Austin-Tetra is a provider of business-to-business data management and enhancement services to the commercial market.

For additional information about our acquisitions, see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Financing Activities

Borrowings and Credit Facility Availability

Net cash provided by (used in):
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
   

Net short-term (repayments) borrowings

  $ (184.8 ) $ 139.7   $ (12.2 ) $ (324.5 ) $ 151.9  

Net borrowings (repayments) under long-term revolving credit facilities

  $ 45.0   $ 253.4   $ (40.0 ) $ (208.4 ) $ 293.4  

Payments on long-term debt

  $ (17.8 ) $ (250.0 ) $ —   $ 232.2   $ (250.0 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

  $ 2.3   $ 545.7   $ —   $ (543.4 ) $ 545.7  

Credit Facility Availability.  Equifax's $850.0 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility (which we refer to as the Senior Credit Facility), with a group of banks expires in July 2011.

Our $850.0 million commercial paper program has been established to allow for borrowing through the private placement of commercial paper notes. Maturities of commercial paper can range from overnight to 397 days. The commercial paper program is supported by our Senior

38


Credit Facility and, pursuant to our existing Board of Directors authorization, the total amount of commercial paper which may be issued is reduced by the amount of any outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility.

In June 2008, we entered into a new 364-day revolving credit agreement with a Canadian financial institution that replaced a previous credit facility with the bank; the permitted borrowings were increased from C$10.0 million (denominated in Canadian dollars) to C$40.0 million and financial and other covenants were updated and conformed to those contained in our Senior Credit Facility. The new Canadian Credit Facility terminates in June 2009 and is available for general corporate purposes.

At December 31, 2008, $420.0 million was outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, which is included in long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheet; and $25.8 million was outstanding under our short-term Canadian Credit Facility; and $3.0 million in commercial paper notes was outstanding. The weighted-average interest rate on these borrowings, all with maturities less than 90 days, was 2.1% per annum. At December 31, 2008, a total of $434.0 million was available under our committed credit facilities. Although outstanding commercial paper borrowings at December 31, 2008 were significantly less than the $219.5 million of borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2007, this decrease was driven by our effort to lower the effective cost of our variable rate borrowing by alternating borrowing under our Senior Credit Facility and through the commercial paper program, when available, based on the rates available to us.

At December 31, 2008, approximately 63% of our debt was fixed-rate debt and 37% was variable-rate debt. Our variable-rate debt, consisting of commercial paper notes and borrowings under our credit facilities, generally bears interest based on a specified margin plus a base rate (LIBOR) or on commercial paper rates. The interest rates reset periodically, depending on the terms of the respective financing arrangements. At December 31, 2008, interest rates on our variable-rate debt ranged from 1.7% to 2.4%.

Borrowing and Repayment Activity.  Net short-term (repayments) borrowings during 2008 and 2007 primarily represent activity under our commercial paper program, which is backstopped by our Senior Credit Facility as described above, as well as activity under our Canadian Credit Facility in 2008. In 2008, the activity in this balance primarily reflects the net repayment of $216.5 million of the balance outstanding on our commercial paper notes at December 31, 2007, offset by the increase of $25.8 million in borrowings under our Canadian Credit Facility. In 2007, net borrowing activity under our commercial paper program was partially offset by net repayments under our trade receivables-backed revolving credit facility, which we elected to terminate on November 29, 2007. The 2006 net short-term (repayments) borrowings represent activity under our trade receivables-backed revolving credit facility.

Net borrowings (repayments) under long-term revolving credit facilities during 2008, 2007 and 2006 relate to activity on our Senior Credit Facility. Borrowings may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and share repurchase programs. In 2008, the net borrowing activity under long-term revolving credit facilities primarily represents our pay down of $216.5 million of commercial paper notes outstanding at December 31, 2007 from cash from operations and borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility to lower the average cost of our debt and due to the adverse conditions in the commercial paper market discussed above. In 2007, the net borrowing activity under long-term revolving credit facilities primarily represents our refinancing of the $250.0 million principal amount relating to our 4.95% notes in November 2007. During 2008, we purchased $20.0 million principal amount of the ten-year senior notes issued in 2007 for $14.3 million. There were no material payments on long-term debt during 2006.

On June 28, 2007, we issued $300.0 million principal amount of 6.3%, ten-year senior notes and $250.0 million principal amount of 7.0%, thirty-year senior notes, which we refer to collectively as the Senior Notes, in underwritten public offerings. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes to reduce the amount outstanding in our commercial paper program. In conjunction with the sale of the Senior Notes, we entered into cash flow hedges on $200.0 million and $250.0 million notional amount, respectively, of ten-year and thirty-year treasury notes. These hedges were settled in cash on June 25 and 26, 2007, respectively, the date the Senior

39


Notes were sold, requiring a cash payment by us of $1.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively. There were no material proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt during 2008 and 2006.

Debt Covenants.  Our outstanding indentures and comparable instruments contain customary covenants including for example limits on the incurrence of secured debt and sale/leaseback transactions. In addition, our Senior Credit Facility and Canadian Credit Facility each require us to maintain a maximum leverage ratio of not more than 3.5 to 1.0. Our leverage ratio was 1.98 to 1.0 at December 31, 2008. None of these covenants are considered restrictive to our operations and, as of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

We do not have any credit rating triggers that would accelerate the maturity of a material amount of our outstanding debt; however, our Senior Notes, discussed above, contain change in control provisions. If we experience a change of control or publicly announce our intention to effect a change of control and the rating on the Senior Notes is lowered by each of Standard & Poor's, or S&P, and Moody's Investors Service, or Moody's, below an investment grade rating within 60 days of such change of control or notice thereof, then we will be required to offer to repurchase the Senior Notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Credit Ratings.  Credit ratings reflect an independent agency's judgment on the likelihood that a borrower will repay a debt obligation at maturity. The ratings reflect many considerations, such as the nature of the borrower's industry and its competitive position, the size of the company, its liquidity and access to capital and the sensitivity of a company's cash flows to changes in the economy. The two largest rating agencies, S&P and Moody's, use alphanumeric codes to designate their ratings. The highest quality rating for long-term credit obligations is AAA and Aaa for S&P and Moody's, respectively. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.

Long-term ratings of BBB- and Baa3 or better by S&P and Moody's, respectively, reflect ratings on debt obligations that fall within a band of credit quality considered to be "investment grade". At December 31, 2008, the long-term ratings for our obligations were BBB+ and Baa1, which are consistent with the ratings and outlooks which existed at December 31, 2007. A downgrade in our credit rating would increase the cost of borrowings under our commercial paper program and credit facilities, and could limit, or in the case of a significant downgrade, preclude our ability to issue commercial paper. If our credit ratings were to decline to lower levels, we could experience increases in the interest cost for any new debt. In addition, the market's demand for, and thus our ability to readily issue, new debt could become further influenced by the economic and credit market environment.

For additional information about our debt, including the terms of our financing arrangements, basis for variable interest rates and debt covenants, see Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Equity Transactions

Net cash provided by (used in):
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
  Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  2008 vs. 2007
  2007 vs. 2006
 
   

Treasury stock repurchases

  $ (155.7 ) $ (718.7 ) $ (215.2 ) $ 563.0   $ (503.5 )

Dividends paid

  $ (20.5 ) $ (20.7 ) $ (20.3 ) $ 0.2   $ (0.4 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  $ 14.7   $ 31.6   $ 26.1   $ (16.9 ) $ 5.5  

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation plans

  $ 2.1   $ 7.0   $ 7.2   $ (4.9 ) $ (0.2 )

40

Sources and uses of cash related to equity during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

•
Under share repurchase programs authorized by our Board of Directors, we purchased 4.5 million, 17.9 million and 6.0 million common shares on the open market during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for $155.7 million, $718.7 million and $212.7 million, respectively, at an average price per common share of $34.41, $40.12 and $35.64, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $158.2 million remaining for stock repurchases under the existing Board authorization.

    As of February 20, 2009, we had acquired an additional 0.4 million shares for $9.1 million since December 31, 2008.

•
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid cash dividends of $20.5 million, $20.7 million and $20.3 million, respectively, at $0.16 per share for all periods.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2008. The table excludes commitments that are contingent based on events or factors uncertain at this time. Some of the excluded commitments are discussed below the footnotes to the table.

 
  Payments due by
 
   
(In millions)
  Total
  Less than 1 year
  1 to 3 years
  3 to 5 years
  Thereafter
 
   

Debt (1)

  $ 1,217.3   $ 31.9   $ 458.9   $ 31.5   $ 695.0  

Operating leases (2)

    122.7     20.6     28.4     18.5     55.2  

Data processing, outsourcing agreements and other purchase obligations (3)

    305.3     91.2     125.8     81.3     7.0  

Other long-term liabilities (4) (6)

    89.9     9.1     15.4     8.8     56.6  

Interest payments (5)

    941.9     60.7     117.0     93.6     670.6  
   

  $ 2,677.1   $ 213.5   $ 745.5   $ 233.7   $ 1,484.4  
   
(1)
The amounts are gross of unamortized discounts totaling $2.1 million and a purchase accounting fair value adjustment of $4.1 million at December 31, 2008. Total debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets is net of the unamortized discounts and fair value adjustment.
(2)
Our operating lease obligations principally involve office space and equipment, which includes the lease associated with our headquarters building that expires in 2010 and the ground lease associated with our headquarters building that expires in 2048.
(3)
These agreements primarily represent our minimum contractual obligations for services that we outsource associated with our computer data processing operations and related functions, and certain administrative functions. These agreements expire between 2009 and 2013.
(4)
These long-term liabilities primarily relate to obligations associated with certain pension, postretirement and other compensation-related plans, some of which are discounted in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We made certain assumptions about the timing of such future payments. In the table above, we have not included amounts related to future pension plan obligations, as such required funding amounts beyond 2009 have not been deemed necessary due to our current expectations regarding future plan asset performance. During January 2009, we made a $15.0 million contribution to fund our Equifax Inc. Pension Plan.
(5)
For future interest payments on related variable-rate debt, which is generally based on LIBOR or commercial paper plus a specified margin, we used the variable rate in effect at December 31, 2008 to calculate these payments. The variable portion of the rate at December 31, 2008 (excluding the margin and facility fees) was between 1.7% and 2.4% for substantially all of our variable-rate debt. Future interest payments related to our $850.0 million revolving credit facility and our commercial paper program are based on the borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2008 through their respective maturity dates, assuming such borrowings are outstanding until that time. Future interest payments may be different depending on future borrowing activity under this revolving credit facility.
(6)
This table excludes $22.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, as we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities.

A potential significant future use of cash would be the payment to Computer Sciences Corporation, or CSC, if it were to exercise its option to sell its credit reporting business to us at any time prior to 2013. The option exercise price would be determined by agreement or by an appraisal process and would be due in cash within 180 days after the exercise of the option. We estimate that if the option had been exercised at December 31, 2008, the price range would have been approximately $600.0 million to

41


$675.0 million. This estimate is based solely on our internal analysis of the value of the business, current market conditions and other factors, all of which are subject to constant change. Therefore, the actual option exercise price could be materially higher or lower than our estimate. Our agreement with CSC, which expires on July 31, 2018, also provides us with an option to purchase its credit reporting business if it does not elect to renew the agreement or if there is a change in control of CSC while the agreement is in effect. If CSC were to exercise its option, or if we were able to and decided to exercise our option, then we would have to obtain additional sources of funding. We believe that this funding would be available from sources such as additional bank lines of credit and the capital markets for debt and/or equity financing. However, the availability and terms of any such capital financing would be subject to a number of factors, including credit market conditions, the state of the equity markets, general economic conditions, our credit ratings and our financial performance and condition.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

Other than facility leasing arrangements and limited foreign currency hedge activity, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing activities. In 1998, we entered into a synthetic lease on our Atlanta corporate headquarters building in order to obtain favorable financing terms with regard to this facility. This $29.0 million lease expires in March 2010. Lease payments for the remaining term totaled $2.2 million at December 31, 2008. Under this synthetic lease arrangement, we have guaranteed the residual value of the leased property to the lessor. In the event that the property were to be sold by the lessor at the end of the lease term, we would be responsible for any shortfall of the sales proceeds, up to a maximum amount of $23.2 million, which equals 80% of the value of the property at the beginning of the lease term. The liability for this shortfall, which was $1.9 million at December 31, 2008, is recorded in other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Pursuant to the terms of the industrial revenue bonds, we transferred title of certain fixed assets with a cost of $28.4 million, as of December 31, 2008, to a local governmental authority in the U.S. to receive a property tax abatement related to economic development. The title to these assets will revert back to us upon retirement or cancellation of the applicable bonds. These fixed assets are still recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as all risks and rewards remain with the Company.

Letters of Credit and Guarantees

We will from time to time issue standby letters of credit, performance bonds or other guarantees in the normal course of business. The aggregate notional amount of all performance bonds and standby letters of credit was not material at December 31, 2008, and all have a maturity of two years or less. Guarantees are issued from time to time to support the needs of our operating units.

In connection with the sale of our risk management collections business to RMA Holdings, LLC, or RMA, in October 2000, we guaranteed the operating lease payments of a partnership affiliated with RMA to a lender of the partnership pursuant to a term loan. The operating lease, which expires December 31, 2011, has a remaining balance of $4.0 million, based on the undiscounted value of remaining lease payments, including real estate taxes, at December 31, 2008. On September 12, 2005, RMA sold substantially all of its assets to NCO Group, Inc., or NCO. In conjunction with this sale, NCO agreed to assume the operating lease obligations discussed above, which we will continue to guarantee. We believe that the likelihood of demand for payment by us is minimal and expect no material losses to occur related to this guarantee. Accordingly, we do not have a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 or 2007 related to this guarantee.

Benefit Plans

At December 31, 2008, our U.S. Retirement Income Plan, or USRIP, and the Equifax Inc. Pension Plan, or EIPP, met or exceeded ERISA's minimum funding requirements. In January 2009, 2007 and 2006, we made contributions of $15.0 million, $12.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively, to the EIPP. We also made a $2.0 million discretionary contribution in 2006 to fund certain other post-retirement benefit plans. In the future, we will make minimum funding contributions as required and may make discretionary contributions, depending on certain circumstances, including market conditions and liquidity needs. We believe additional funding contributions, if any, would not prevent us from continuing to meet our liquidity needs, which are primarily

42

funded from cash flows generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, and our credit facilities.

For our non-U.S., tax-qualified retirement plans, we fund an amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements but no more than allowed as a tax deduction pursuant to applicable tax regulations. For the non-qualified supplementary retirement plans, we fund the benefits as they are paid to retired participants, but accrue the associated expense and liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

For additional information about our benefit plans, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in certain of our revenue streams. Revenue generated from The Work Number and Tax and Talent Management business units within the TALX operating segment is generally higher in the first quarter due primarily to the provision of Form W-2 preparation services which occur in the first quarter each year. Revenue from our OCIS and Mortgage Solutions business units tends to increase in periods of the year in which our customers have higher volumes of credit granting decisions, most commonly the second and third calendar quarters.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

Equifax's operating results are not materially affected by inflation, although inflation may result in increases in the Company's expenses, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other adverse effects upon the securities markets and upon the value of financial instruments, it may adversely affect the Company's financial position and profitability.

A significant portion of the Company's business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar can therefore affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored. Although the Company historically has not adopted strategies designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company's financial performance, where cost-justified the Company may elect to do so in the future.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For information about new accounting pronouncements and the potential impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. This requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements The following accounting policies involve a critical accounting estimate because they are particularly dependent on estimates and assumptions made by management about matters that are uncertain at the time the accounting estimates are made. In addition, while we have used our best estimates based on facts and circumstances available to us at the time, different estimates reasonably could have been used in the current period, or changes in the accounting estimates that we used are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, either of which may have a material impact on the presentation of our Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Income. We also have other significant accounting policies which involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that are relevant to understanding our results. For additional information about these policies, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. Although we believe that our estimates, assumptions and judgments are reasonable, they are based upon information available at the time. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions, judgments or conditions.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, collectibility of arrangement consideration is reasonably assured, the arrangement fees are fixed or determinable and delivery of the product or service has been completed.

43

If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that collectibility is not reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the earlier of when collectibility becomes probable or the receipt of payment. If there is uncertainty as to the customer's acceptance of our deliverables, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of receipt of customer acceptance or expiration of the acceptance period. If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that the arrangement fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred until the arrangement fee becomes estimable, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

We have certain information solution offerings that are sold as multiple element arrangements. To account for each of these elements separately, the delivered elements must have stand-alone value to our customer, and there must exist objective and reliable evidence of the fair value for any undelivered elements.

Judgments and uncertainties — Each element of a multiple element arrangement must be considered separately to ensure that appropriate accounting is performed for these deliverables. These considerations include assessing the price at which the element is sold compared to its relative fair value; concluding when the element will be delivered; and determining whether any contingencies exist in the related customer contract that impact the prices paid to us for the services.

For certain contracts containing multiple elements, the total arrangement fee is allocated to the undelivered elements based on their relative fair values and to the initial delivered elements using the residual method. If we are unable to unbundle the arrangement into separate elements for accounting or fair value is not known for any undelivered elements, arrangement consideration may only be recognized as the final contract element is delivered to our customer.

In addition, the determination of certain of our marketing information services and tax management services revenue requires the use of estimates, principally related to transaction volumes in instances where these volumes are reported to us by our clients on a monthly basis in arrears. In these instances, we estimate transaction volumes based on average actual volumes reported in the past. Differences between our estimates and actual final volumes reported are recorded in the period in which actual volumes are reported.

Effects if actual results differ from assumptions — We have not experienced significant variances between our estimates of marketing information services revenues reported to us by our customers and actual reported volumes in the past. We monitor actual volumes to ensure that we will continue to make reasonable estimates in the future. If we determine that we are unable to make reasonable future estimates, revenue may be deferred until actual customer data is obtained. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, or if our customer arrangements become more complex or include more bundled offerings in the future, we may be required to recognize revenue differently in the future to account for these changes. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to recognize revenue.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually (as of September 30) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", or SFAS 142. These events or circumstances could include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, or competition, sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

Judgments and uncertainties — The provisions of SFAS 142 require that we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. Our reporting units are one level below our operating segments and represent our various business lines. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a weighting of income and market approaches. Under the income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on estimated future discounted cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on

44


market multiples of revenue or earnings for comparable companies. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

SFAS 142 also requires that the fair value of intangible assets with indefinite lives be estimated and compared to the carrying value. We estimate the fair value of these intangible assets using an income approach. We recognize an impairment loss when the estimated fair value of the intangible asset is less than the carrying value.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, foreign currency exchange rates and estimates of capital charges. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value.

Effect if actual results differ from assumptions — We believe that our estimates are consistent with assumptions that marketplace participants would use in their estimates of fair value. Additionally, we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

Loss Contingencies

We are subject to various proceedings, lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of our business. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," we determine whether to disclose and/or accrue for loss contingencies based on our assessment of whether the potential loss is probable, reasonably possible or remote.

Judgments and uncertainties — We periodically review claims and legal proceedings and assess whether we have potential financial exposure based on consultation with internal and outside legal counsel and other advisors. If the likelihood of an adverse outcome from any claim or legal proceeding is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we record a liability in our Consolidated Balance Sheet for the estimated settlement costs. If the likelihood of an adverse outcome is reasonably possible, but not probable, we provide disclosures related to the potential loss contingency. Our assumptions related to loss contingencies are inherently subjective.

Effect if actual results differ from assumptions — We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine loss contingencies. However, if facts and circumstances change in the future that change our belief regarding assumptions used to determine our estimates, we may be exposed to a loss that could be material.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," and FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109." We record deferred income taxes using enacted tax laws and rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid. We periodically assess the likelihood that our net deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income or other tax planning strategies. To the extent that we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount we estimate will be recoverable.

Our income tax provisions are based on assumptions and calculations which will be subject to examination by various tax authorities. We record tax benefits for positions in which we believe are more likely than not of being sustained under such examinations. Regularly, we assess the

45


potential outcome of such examinations to determine the adequacy of our income tax accruals.

Judgments and uncertainties — We consider accounting for income taxes critical because management is required to make significant judgments in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and our future taxable income for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our deferred tax assets. These judgments and estimates are affected by our expectations of future taxable income, mix of earnings among different taxing jurisdictions, and timing of the reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

We also use our judgment to determine whether it is more likely than not that we will sustain positions that we have taken on tax returns and, if so, the amount of benefit to initially recognize within our financial statements. We regularly review our uncertain tax positions and adjust our unrecognized tax benefits in light of changes in facts and circumstances, such as changes in tax law, interactions with taxing authorities and developments in case law. These adjustments to our unrecognized tax benefits may affect our income tax expense. Settlement of uncertain tax positions may require use of our cash. At December 31, 2008, we have $22.3 million recorded for uncertain tax benefits, including interest and penalties, of which it is reasonably possible that up to $6.0 million of our unrecognized tax benefit may change within the next twelve months.

Effect if actual results differ from assumptions — Although management believes that the judgments and estimates discussed herein are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in income tax expense that could be material.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

Our pension and other postretirement plans are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)." Actuarial valuations are used in determining our benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost as required by SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pension," or SFAS 87, and SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions". We consider accounting for our U.S. and Canadian pension and other postretirement plans critical because management is required to make significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial assumptions, which include discount rates, salary growth, expected return on plan assets, interest cost and mortality rates.

Judgments and uncertainties — We believe that the most significant assumptions related to our net periodic benefit cost are (1) the discount rate and (2) the expected return on plan assets.

We determine our discount rates primarily based on high-quality, fixed-income investments and yield-to-maturity analysis specific to our estimated future benefit payments available as of the measurement date. Discount rates are reset annually on the measurement date to reflect current market conditions. We use a publicly published yield curve updated monthly to develop our discount rates. The yield curve provides discount rates related to a dedicated high-quality bond portfolio whose cash flows extend beyond the current period, from which we choose a rate matched to the expected benefit payments required for each plan.

The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on both our historical returns and forecasted future investment returns by asset class, as provided by our external investment advisor. Prior to 2008, the U.S. Pension Plans investment returns were 10.9%, 13.0% and 7.5% over three, five and ten years, respectively. The returns exceeded the S&P 500 returns for similar periods of time primarily due to an asset allocation strategy where large allocations to alternative asset classes (hedge fund of funds, private equity, real estate and real assets) provided consistently higher returns with a low correlation to equity market returns. These returns historically demonstrate a long-term record of producing returns at or above the expected rate of return. In 2008, the investment returns were approximately negative 20%, exceeding the S&P 500 index returns (over negative 38%), and again reflecting the asset allocation benefit. We feel 2008 investment market returns were abnormal and are not reflective of our expected future investment returns. Our external investment advisor has

46


provided projected ten year investment returns by asset class and, based on our asset allocation strategy, the expected return assumes a return to pre-2008 historical trends.

Under SFAS 87, the expected long-term rate of return is calculated on the market-related value of assets. SFAS 87 allows for the use of an asset value that smoothes actual investment gains and losses on pension and postretirement plan assets over a period up to five years. We have elected to smooth asset gains and losses on our pension plans over the five year period.

Annual differences, if any, between the expected and actual returns are included in the unrecognized net actuarial gain or loss amount. We generally amortize any unrecognized net actuarial gain or loss, in accordance with SFAS 87, in net periodic pension expense over the average future service of active employees or over the remaining lifespan for retired participants. See Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on changes in the pension benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets.

Effect if actual results differ from assumptions — We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions that are used in our actuarial valuations. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to changes in pension expense that could be material. Adjusting our expected long-term rate of return (8.00% at December 31, 2008) by 0.5% would change our estimated pension expense in 2009 by approximately $2.9 million. Adjusting our weighted-average discount rate (6.23% at December 31, 2008) by 0.5% would change our estimated pension expense in 2009 by approximately $2.0 million.

47

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In the normal course of our business, we are exposed to market risk, primarily from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, that could impact our results of operations and financial position. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities, and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, to hedge certain of these exposures. We use derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

A substantial majority of our revenue, expense and capital expenditure activities are transacted in U.S. dollars. However, we do transact business in other currencies, primarily the British pound, the Chilean peso, the Euro, the Canadian dollar and the Brazilian real. For most of these foreign currencies, we are a net recipient, and, therefore, benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to the foreign currencies in which we transact significant amounts of business.

We are required to translate, or express in U.S. dollars, the assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries that are denominated or measured in foreign currencies at the applicable year-end rate of exchange on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and income statement items of our foreign subsidiaries at the average rates prevailing during the year. We record the resulting translation adjustment, and gains and losses resulting from the translation of intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature within other comprehensive income, as a component of our shareholders' equity. Other immaterial foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income. We generally do not mitigate the risks associated with fluctuating exchange rates, although we may from time to time through forward contracts or other derivative instruments hedge a portion of our translational foreign currency exposure or exchange rate risks associated with material transactions which are denominated in a foreign currency.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, a 10% weaker U.S. dollar against the currencies of all foreign countries in which we had operations during 2008 would have increased our revenue by $52.3 million and our pre-tax operating profit by $16.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, a 10% weaker U.S. dollar against the currencies of all foreign countries in which we had operations during 2007 would have increased our revenue by $46.1 million and our pre-tax operating profit by $14.4 million. A 10% stronger U.S. dollar would have resulted in similar decreases to our revenue and pre-tax operating profit for 2008 and 2007.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our variable-rate, long-term Senior Credit Facility and commercial paper borrowings. We attempt to achieve the lowest all-in weighted-average cost of debt while simultaneously taking into account the mix of our fixed- and floating-rate debt, and the average life and scheduled maturities of our debt. At December 31, 2008, our weighted average cost of debt was 4.9% and weighted-average life of debt was 11.5 years. At December 31, 2008, 63% of our debt was fixed rate, and the remaining 37% was variable rate. Occasionally we use derivatives to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates by entering into interest rate swaps. A 1% change in the weighted-average interest rate on our variable-rate debt would have reduced our 2008 net income by approximately $5 million.

Based on the amount of outstanding variable-rate debt, we have material exposure to interest rate risk. In the future, if our mix of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt were to change due to additional borrowings under existing or new variable-rate debt, we could have additional exposure to interest rate risk. The nature and amount of our long-term and short-term debt, as well as the proportionate amount of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt, can be expected to vary as a result of future business requirements, market conditions and other factors.

48

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Index to Financial Statements

   

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

  49

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

  50

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  51

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008

  52

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007

  53

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008

  54

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008

  55

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  57

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Equifax is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Equifax's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that:

•
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Equifax;

•
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles;

•
Provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of Equifax are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and the Board of Directors of Equifax; and

•
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices, and actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of Equifax's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in "Internal Control — Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management's assessment included an evaluation of the design of Equifax's internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of its Board of Directors.

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2008, Equifax maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP, the Company's independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008.

49

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Equifax Inc.:

We have audited Equifax Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Equifax Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Equifax Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 of Equifax Inc. and our report dated February 25, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
February 25, 2009

50

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Equifax Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Equifax Inc., as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Equifax Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Equifax Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP                                                 

Atlanta, Georgia
February 25, 2009

51


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
   
(In millions, except per share amounts)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7   $ 1,843.0   $ 1,546.3  
   

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below)

    778.8     752.0     626.4  
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    524.3     477.1     401.0  
 

Depreciation and amortization

    155.4     127.7     82.8  
   
   

Total operating expenses

    1,458.5     1,356.8     1,110.2  
   

Operating income

    477.2     486.2     436.1  
 

Interest expense

    (71.3 )   (58.5 )   (31.9 )
 

Minority interests in earnings, net of tax

    (6.2 )   (6.1 )   (4.5 )
 

Other income, net

    6.2     3.0     16.2  
   

Income before income taxes

    405.9     424.6     415.9  
 

Provision for income taxes

    (133.1 )   (151.9 )   (141.4 )
   

Net income

  $ 272.8   $ 272.7   $ 274.5  
   

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 2.13   $ 2.07   $ 2.16  
   

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic earnings per share

    128.1     132.0     127.1  
   

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 2.09   $ 2.02   $ 2.12  
   

Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted earnings per share

    130.4     135.1     129.4  
   

Dividends per common share

  $ 0.16   $ 0.16   $ 0.16  
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions, except par values)
  2008
  2007
 
   

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 58.2   $ 81.6  
 

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $14.5 and $8.9 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

    253.4     295.8  
 

Prepaid expenses

    22.9     25.8  
 

Other current assets

    19.3     21.8  
   
   

Total current assets

    353.8     425.0  
   

Property and equipment:

             
 

Capitalized internal-use software and system costs

    313.9     292.2  
 

Data processing equipment and furniture

    176.6     184.7  
 

Land, buildings and improvements

    124.0     89.5  
   
   

Total property and equipment

    614.5     566.4  
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (328.2 )   (306.9 )
   
   

Total property and equipment, net

    286.3     259.5  
   

Goodwill

    1,760.0     1,834.6  

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

    95.1     95.7  

Purchased intangible assets, net

    682.2     764.5  

Prepaid pension asset

    8.3     72.2  

Other assets, net

    74.6     72.4  
   
   

Total assets

  $ 3,260.3   $ 3,523.9  
   

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             
 

Short-term debt and current maturities

  $ 31.9   $ 222.1  
 

Accounts payable

    29.9     31.1  
 

Accrued expenses

    57.6     79.4  
 

Accrued salaries and bonuses

    54.2     63.5  
 

Deferred revenue

    65.7     69.9  
 

Other current liabilities

    78.7     80.9  
   
   

Total current liabilities

    318.0     546.9  

Long-term debt

    1,187.4     1,165.2  

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

    215.3     277.1  

Long-term pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities

    166.0     62.8  

Other long-term liabilities

    61.2     72.7  
   
   

Total liabilities

    1,947.9     2,124.7  
   

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 5)

             

Shareholders' equity:

             
 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Authorized shares — 10.0; Issued shares — none

    —     —  
 

Common stock, $1.25 par value: Authorized shares — 300.0; Issued shares — 189.2 and 188.5 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively; Outstanding shares — 126.3 and 129.7 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

    236.5     235.6  
 

Paid-in capital

    1,075.2     1,040.8  
 

Retained earnings

    2,281.0     2,030.0  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (390.6 )   (170.5 )
 

Treasury stock, at cost, 59.7 shares and 55.1 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

    (1,837.9 )   (1,679.0 )
 

Stock held by employee benefits trusts, at cost, 3.2 shares and 3.7 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

    (51.8 )   (57.7 )
   
 

Total shareholders' equity

    1,312.4     1,399.2  
   
   

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 3,260.3   $ 3,523.9  
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 272.8   $ 272.7   $ 274.5  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
   

Depreciation and amortization

    155.4     127.7     82.8  
   

Stock-based compensation expense

    19.9     17.6     17.4  
   

Tax effects of stock-based compensation plans

    2.9     6.6     8.9  
   

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation plans

    (2.1 )   (7.0 )   (7.2 )
   

Deferred income taxes

    7.7     7.9     (2.6 )
   

Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:

                   
     

Accounts receivable, net

    24.2     (1.6 )   (22.8 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3.5     (5.3 )   (2.4 )
     

Other assets

    (2.2 )   (18.7 )   (1.6 )
     

Current liabilities, excluding debt

    (23.4 )   38.9     49.1  
     

Other long-term liabilities, excluding debt

    (14.0 )   11.1     (24.0 )
   

Cash provided by operating activities

    444.7     449.9     372.1  
   

Investing activities:

                   
 

Capital expenditures

    (110.5 )   (118.5 )   (52.0 )
 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (27.4 )   (303.8 )   (34.8 )
 

Investment in unconsolidated affiliates

    (3.7 )   —     —  
   

Cash used in investing activities

    (141.6 )   (422.3 )   (86.8 )
   

Financing activities:

                   
 

Net short-term (repayments) borrowings

    (184.8 )   139.7     (12.2 )
 

Net borrowings (repayments) under long-term revolving credit facilities

    45.0     253.4     (40.0 )
 

Payments on long-term debt

    (17.8 )   (250.0 )   —  
 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    2.3     545.7     —  
 

Treasury stock purchases

    (155.7 )   (718.7 )   (215.2 )
 

Dividends paid

    (20.5 )   (20.7 )   (20.3 )
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    14.7     31.6     26.1  
 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation plans

    2.1     7.0     7.2  
 

Other

    (1.0 )   (5.6 )   (0.6 )
   

Cash used in financing activities

    (315.7 )   (17.6 )   (255.0 )
   

Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    (10.8 )   3.8     —  
   

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (23.4 )   13.8     30.3  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    81.6     67.8     37.5  
   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 58.2   $ 81.6   $ 67.8  
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Common Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
       
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
  Stock
Held By
Employee
Benefits Trusts
  Total
Shareholders'
Equity
 
(In millions, except per share values)
  Shares
Outstanding
  Amount
  Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
 
   

Balance, December 31, 2005

    129.2   $ 231.5   $ 559.0   $ 1,525.1   $ (157.8 ) $ (1,274.6 ) $ (62.9 ) $ 820.3  
   

Net income

    —     —     —     274.5     —     —     —     274.5  

Other comprehensive income

    —     —     —     —     36.3     —     —     36.3  

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of tax

    —     —     —     —     (110.7 )   —     —     (110.7 )

Shares issued under stock and benefit plans, net of minimum tax withholdings

    1.3     1.2     22.6     —     —     (3.6 )   3.1     23.3  

Treasury stock purchased under share repurchase program ($35.64 per share)*

    (6.0 )   —     —     —     —     (212.7 )   —     (212.7 )

Cash dividends ($0.16 per share)

    —     —     —     (21.0 )   —     —     —     (21.0 )

Dividends paid to employee benefits trusts

    —     —     0.7     —     —     —     —     0.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —     —     17.4     —     —     —     —     17.4  

Tax effects of stock-based compensation plans

    —     —     8.9     —     —     —     —     8.9  

Other

    0.2     0.2     0.6     —     —     —     0.3     1.1  
   

Balance, December 31, 2006

    124.7   $ 232.9   $ 609.2   $ 1,778.6   $ (232.2 ) $ (1,490.9 ) $ (59.5 ) $ 838.1  
   

Net income

    —     —     —     272.7     —     —     —     272.7  

Other comprehensive income

    —     —     —     —     61.7     —     —     61.7  

Shares issued under stock and benefit plans, net of minimum tax witholdings

    2.3     2.7     28.9     —     —     (2.3 )   1.8     31.1  

Equity consideration issued for TALX acquisition

    20.6     —     372.4     —     —     532.9     —     905.3  

Treasury stock purchased under share repurchase program ($40.12 per share)*

    (17.9 )   —     —     —     —     (718.7 )   —     (718.7 )

Cash dividends ($0.16 per share)

    —     —     —     (21.3 )   —     —     —     (21.3 )

Reclassification of director deferred compensation plan from liabilities to shareholders' equity based on plan amendments

    —     —     5.5     —     —     —     —     5.5  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —     —     17.6     —     —     —     —     17.6  

Tax effects of stock-based compensation plans

    —     —     6.6     —     —     —     —     6.6  

Dividends paid to employee benefits trusts

    —     —     0.6     —     —     —     —     0.6  
   

Balance, December 31, 2007

    129.7   $ 235.6   $ 1,040.8   $ 2,030.0   $ (170.5 ) $ (1,679.0 ) $ (57.7 ) $ 1,399.2  
   

Net income

    —     —     —     272.8     —     —     —     272.8  

Other comprehensive income

    —     —     —     —     (220.1 )   —     —     (220.1 )

Shares issued under stock and benefit plans, net of minimum tax withholdings

    1.1     0.9     11.1     —     —     (3.2 )   5.9     14.7  

Treasury stock purchased under share repurchase program ($34.41 per share)*

    (4.5 )   —     —     —     —     (155.7 )   —     (155.7 )

Cash dividends ($0.16 per share)

    —     —     —     (21.0 )   —     —     —     (21.0 )

Dividends paid to employee benefits trusts

    —     —     0.5     —     —     —     —     0.5  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —     —     19.9     —     —     —     —     19.9  

Tax effects of stock-based compensation plans

    —     —     2.9     —     —     —     —     2.9  

Adjustment to initially apply EITF 06-04 and EITF 06-10

    —     —     —     (0.8 )   —     —     —     (0.8 )
   

Balance, December 31, 2008

    126.3   $ 236.5   $ 1,075.2   $ 2,281.0   $ (390.6 ) $ (1,837.9 ) $ (51.8 ) $ 1,312.4  
   
*
At December 31, 2008, $158.2 million was authorized for future repurchases of our common stock.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss consists of the following components:

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Foreign currency translation

  $ (178.4 ) $ (60.1 ) $ (113.2 )

Unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service cost related to our pension and other postretirement benefit plans, net of accumulated tax of $119.2 and $61.3 in 2008 and 2007, respectively

    (208.5 )   (106.5 )   —  

Minimum pension liability, net of accumulated tax of $4.5 in 2006

    —     —     (7.7 )

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158 in 2006, net of accumulated tax of $63.8 (see Note 9)

    —     —     (110.7 )

Cash flow hedging transactions, net of tax of $2.1, $2.2 and $0.4 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively

    (3.7 )   (3.9 )   (0.6 )
   
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ (390.6 ) $ (170.5 ) $ (232.2 )
   

Comprehensive Income is as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Net income

  $ 272.8   $ 272.7   $ 274.5  

Other comprehensive income:

                   
 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (118.3 )   53.1     26.9  
 

Recognition of prior service cost and actuarial (losses) gains related to our pension and other postretirement benefit plans

    (102.0 )   11.9     9.0  
 

Change in cumulative loss (gain) from cash flow hedging transactions

    0.2     (3.3 )   0.4  
   
   

Comprehensive income

  $ 52.7   $ 334.4   $ 310.8  
   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

As used herein, the terms Equifax, the Company, we, our and us refer to Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity, except where it is clear that the terms mean only Equifax Inc.

Nature of Operations.  We collect, organize and manage various types of financial, demographic, employment and marketing information. Our products and services enable businesses to make credit and service decisions, manage their portfolio risk, automate or outsource certain payroll, tax and human resources business processes, and develop marketing strategies concerning consumers and commercial enterprises. We serve customers across a wide range of industries, including the financial services, mortgage, retail, telecommunications, utilities, automotive, brokerage, healthcare and insurance industries, as well as government agencies. We also enable consumers to manage and protect their financial health through a portfolio of products offered directly to consumers. As of December 31, 2008, we operated in the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Ecuador, El Salvador, Honduras, Peru, Portugal, Spain, the United Kingdom, or U.K., Uruguay, and the United States of America, or U.S. We also maintain support operations in Costa Rica and the Republic of Ireland. During 2008, we expanded into Russia by acquiring an equity interest in a consumer credit information company.

We develop, maintain and enhance secured proprietary information databases through the compilation of credit and employment information about consumers and businesses that we obtain from a variety of sources, such as credit granting institutions, public record information (including bankruptcies, liens and judgments), income and tax information primarily from large to mid-sized companies in the U.S., and marketing information from surveys and warranty cards. We process this information utilizing our proprietary information management systems.

We acquired TALX Corporation, or TALX, a leading provider of employment and income verification and human resources business process outsourcing services, on May 15, 2007 and its results are included in our results from that date.

Basis of Consolidation.  Our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes, which are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, include Equifax and all its subsidiaries. We consolidate all majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries as well as variable interest entities in which we are the primary beneficiary as defined by Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation, or FIN, No. 46R, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51." Other parties' interests in consolidated entities are reported as minority interests. We use the equity method of accounting for investments in which we are able to exercise significant influence and use the cost method for all other investments. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.

Our Consolidated Financial Statements reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the periods presented therein. We have reclassified certain prior period amounts in our Consolidated Financial Statements to conform to the current period presentation. The effect of these reclassifications is not material.

Segments.  Effective with our organizational realignment on January 1, 2007, we manage our business and report our financial results through the following five reportable segments, which are the same as operating segments:

•
U.S. Consumer Information Solutions, or USCIS

•
International

•
TALX

•
North America Personal Solutions

•
North America Commercial Solutions

USCIS is our largest reportable segment, with 46% of total operating revenue during 2008. Our most significant foreign operations are located in Canada, the U.K. and Brazil.

Use of Estimates.  The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and

57


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


assumptions in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, we make these estimates and assumptions after exercising judgment. We believe that the estimates and assumptions inherent in our Consolidated Financial Statements are reasonable, based upon information available to us at the time they are made including the consideration of events that have occurred up until the point these Statements have been filed. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue.  Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, collectibility of arrangement consideration is reasonably assured, the arrangement fees are fixed or determinable and delivery of the product or service has been completed. A significant portion of our revenue is derived from our processing of transactions related to the provision of information services to our customers, in which case revenue is recognized, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, when the services are provided. A smaller portion of our revenues relate to subscription-based contracts under which a customer pays a preset fee for a predetermined or unlimited number of transactions or services provided during the subscription period, generally one year. Revenue related to subscription-based contracts having a preset number of transactions is recognized as the services are provided, using an effective transaction rate as the actual transactions are completed. Any remaining revenue related to unfulfilled units is not recognized until the end of the related contract's subscription period. Revenue related to subscription-based contracts having an unlimited volume is recognized ratably during the contract term. Revenue is recorded net of sales taxes.

If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that collectibility is not reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the earlier of when collectibility becomes probable or the receipt of payment. If there is uncertainty as to the customer's acceptance of our deliverables, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of receipt of customer acceptance or expiration of the acceptance period. If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that the arrangement fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred until the arrangement fee becomes estimable, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The determination of certain of our marketing information services and tax management services revenue requires the use of estimates, principally related to transaction volumes in instances where these volumes are reported to us by our clients on a monthly basis in arrears. In these instances, we estimate transaction volumes based on average actual reported volumes reported in the past. Differences between our estimates and actual final volumes reported are recorded in the period in which actual volumes are reported. We have not experienced significant variances between our estimates and actual reported volumes in the past. We monitor actual volumes to ensure that we will continue to make reasonable estimates in the future. If we determine that we are unable to make reasonable future estimates, revenue may be deferred until actual customer data is obtained. Also within our TALX operating segment, the fees for certain of our tax credits and incentives revenue are based on a portion of the credit delivered to our clients. Revenue for these arrangements is recognized based on the achievement of milestones, upon calculation of the credit, or when the credit is utilized by our client, depending on the provisions of the client contract.

We have certain information solution offerings that are sold as multiple element arrangements. The multiple elements may include consumer or commercial information, file updates for certain solutions, services provided by our enabling technologies personnel, training services, statistical models and other services. To account for each of these elements separately, the delivered elements must have stand-alone value to our customer, and there must exist objective and reliable evidence of the fair value for any undelivered elements. For certain customer contracts, the total arrangement fee is allocated to the undelivered elements based on their fair values and to the initial delivered

58


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


elements using the residual method. If we are unable to unbundle the arrangement into separate elements for accounting, we apply one of the accounting policies described above. This may lead to the arrangement consideration being recognized as the final contract element is delivered to our customer.

Many of our multiple element arrangements involve the delivery of services generated by a combination of services provided by one or more of our operating segments. No individual information service impacts the value or usage of other information services included in an arrangement and each service can be sold alone or, in most cases, purchased from another vendor without affecting the quality of use or value to the customer of the other information services included in the arrangement. Some of our products require the development of interfaces or platforms by our enabling technologies personnel that allow our customers to interact with our proprietary information databases. These development services do not meet the requirement for having stand-alone value, thus any related development fees are deferred when billed and are recognized over the expected period of benefit of the related customer contract. Revenue from the provision of statistical models is recognized as the service is provided and accepted, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

We record revenue on a net basis for those sales in which we have in substance acted as an agent or broker in the transaction. The direct costs of set up of a customer are capitalized and amortized as a cost of service during the term of the related customer contract.

Deferred revenue consists of amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized on sales of our information services relating generally to the deferral of subscription fees and arrangement consideration from elements not meeting the criteria for having stand-alone value discussed above. Deferred revenues are subsequently recorded as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies.

Cost of Services.  Cost of services consist primarily of (1) data acquisition and royalty fees; (2) customer service costs, which include: personnel costs to collect, maintain and update our proprietary databases, to develop and maintain software application platforms and to provide consumer and customer call center support; (3) hardware and software expense associated with transaction processing systems; (4) telecommunication and computer network expense; and (5) occupancy costs associated with facilities where these functions are performed by Equifax employees.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related costs, restructuring costs, corporate costs, fees for professional and consulting services, advertising costs, and other costs of administration.

Advertising.  Advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, totaled $28.5 million, $27.5 million and $31.6 million during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation.  On January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123R, "Share-Based Payment," or SFAS 123R, which replaced SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", or SFAS 123, and superseded APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", or APB 25. SFAS 123R requires that the cost relating to stock-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements over the period services are rendered according to the fair value of the stock-based awards issued. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we recognized compensation expense for share-based payment awards over the stated vesting period in accordance with APB 25.

SFAS 123R applies to all of our outstanding unvested, share-based payment awards as of January 1, 2006 and all prospective awards. All of our stock-based awards, which are stock options and nonvested stock, are classified as equity instruments. In accordance with SFAS 123R, we elected to use the modified prospective transition method as opposed to the modified retrospective transition method. Under the modified prospective transition method, financial statements prior to adoption remain unchanged.

59


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Income Taxes.  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," we account for income taxes under the liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as measured by current enacted tax rates. We periodically assess whether it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient taxable income to realize our deferred tax assets. We record a valuation allowance, as necessary, to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that we estimate is more likely than not to be realized.

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of SFAS No. 109," or FIN 48, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. FIN 48 prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance related to, among other things, classification, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and disclosure requirements. We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. The impact of our reassessment of our tax positions in accordance with the requirements of FIN 48 was immaterial to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accordingly, we record tax benefits for positions that we believe are more likely than not of being sustained under audit examinations. Regularly, we assess the potential outcome of such examinations to determine the adequacy of our income tax accruals. We adjust our income tax provision during the period in which we determine that the actual results of the examinations may differ from our estimates. Changes in tax laws and rates are reflected in our income tax provision in the period in which they occur.

Earnings Per Share.  In accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share," our basic earnings per share, or EPS, is calculated as net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS is calculated to reflect the potential dilution that would occur if stock options or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and resulted in additional common shares outstanding. The net income amounts used in both our basic and diluted EPS calculations are the same. A reconciliation of the weighted-average outstanding shares used in the two calculations is as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Weighted-average shares outstanding (basic)

    128.1     132.0     127.1  

Effect of dilutive securities:

                   
 

Stock options

    2.2     2.9     1.8  
 

Long-term incentive plans

    0.1     0.2     0.5  
   

Weighted-average shares outstanding (diluted)

    130.4     135.1     129.4  
   

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, 2.1 million and 0.6 million stock options, respectively, were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from this calculation. The number of stock options excluded from the EPS calculation for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was not material.

Cash Equivalents.  We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Trade Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  We do not recognize interest income on our trade accounts receivable. Additionally, we generally do not require collateral from our customers related to our trade accounts receivable.

The allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses on trade accounts receivable is based on historical write-off experience, an analysis of the aging of outstanding receivables, customer payment patterns and the establishment of specific reserves for customers in an adverse financial condition. We reassess the adequacy of the allowance for

60


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


doubtful accounts each reporting period. Increases to the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded as bad debt expense, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Bad debt expense was $11.0 million, $7.3 million and $5.2 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets.  Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The cost of additions is capitalized. Property and equipment are depreciated primarily on a straight-line basis over assets' estimated useful lives, which are generally three to five years for data processing equipment and capitalized internal-use software and systems costs. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms that are reasonably assured. Buildings are depreciated over a forty-year period. Other fixed assets are depreciated over three to seven years. Upon sale or retirement of an asset, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is recognized and included in income from continuing operations on the Consolidated Statements of Income, with the classification of any gain or loss dependent on the characteristics of the asset sold or retired.

Certain internal-use software and system development costs are deferred and capitalized in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." Accordingly, the specifically identified costs incurred to develop or obtain software which is intended for internal use are not capitalized until the determination is made as to the availability of a technically feasible solution to solve the predefined user and operating performance requirements as established during the preliminary stage of an internal-use software development project. Costs incurred during a software development project's preliminary stage and post-implementation stage are expensed. Application development activities which are eligible for capitalization include software design and configuration, development of interfaces, coding, testing, and installation. Capitalized internal-use software and systems costs are subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis over a three- to ten-year period after project completion and when the related software or system is ready for its intended use.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $66.3 million, $62.0 million and $51.5 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Industrial Revenue Bonds.  Pursuant to the terms of the industrial revenue bonds, we transferred title of certain fixed assets with a cost of $28.4 million, as of December 31, 2008, to a local governmental authority in the U.S. to receive a property tax abatement related to economic development. The title to these assets will revert back to us upon retirement or cancellation of the applicable bonds. These fixed assets are still recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet as all risks and rewards remain with the Company.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.  In accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of", or SFAS 144, we monitor the status of our long-lived assets in order to determine if conditions exist or events and circumstances indicate that an asset group may be impaired in that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. Significant factors that are considered that could be indicative of an impairment include: changes in business strategy, market conditions or the manner in which an asset group is used; underperformance relative to historical or expected future operating results; and negative industry or economic trends. If potential indicators of impairment exist, we estimate recoverability based on the asset group's ability to generate cash flows greater than the carrying value of the asset group. We estimate the undiscounted future cash flows arising from the use and eventual disposition of the related long-lived asset group. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset group exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recorded based on the amount by which the asset group's carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We utilize estimates of discounted future cash flows to determine the asset group's fair value.

61


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


During 2008, we recorded a $2.4 million impairment loss, included in depreciation and amortization expense, related to the write-down of certain internal-use software from which we will no longer derive future benefit.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets.  Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", or SFAS 142, goodwill is not amortized. We are required to test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30 each year. In analyzing goodwill for potential impairment, we use projections of future discounted cash flows from our reporting units to determine whether the reporting unit's estimated fair value exceeds its carrying value. Our estimates of fair value for each reporting unit are corroborated by market multiple comparables. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then no further testing is required. However, if a reporting unit's fair value were to be less than its carrying value, we would then determine the amount of the impairment charge, if any, which would be the amount that the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeded its implied value. Due to the impact that the fourth quarter decline in the global economy had on our business subsequent to our 2008 annual impairment testing, we updated our analysis of goodwill impairment at December 31, 2008. No impairment of goodwill was indicated based on the updated analysis.

Contractual/territorial rights represent the estimated fair value of rights to operate in certain territories acquired through the purchase of independent credit reporting agencies in the U.S. and Canada. Our contractual/territorial rights are perpetual in nature and, therefore, the useful lives are considered indefinite. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized. In accordance with SFAS 142, we are required to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually or whenever events and circumstances indicate that there may be an impairment of the asset value. Our annual impairment test date is September 30. We perform the impairment test for our indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the asset's fair value to its carrying value. We estimate the fair value based on projected discounted future cash flows. An impairment charge is recognized if the asset's estimated fair value is less than its carrying value.

We completed our annual impairment testing for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, and we determined that there was no impairment in any of these years.

Purchased Intangible Assets.  Purchased intangible assets represent the estimated fair value of acquired intangible assets used in our business. Purchased data files represent the estimated fair value of consumer credit files acquired primarily through the purchase of independent credit reporting agencies in the U.S. and Canada. We expense the cost of modifying and updating credit files in the period such costs are incurred. We amortize purchased data files, which primarily consist of acquired credit files, on a straight-line basis. All of our other purchased intangible assets are also amortized on a straight-line basis.

Asset
  Useful Life
(in years)
 

Purchased data files

  2 to 15

Acquired software and technology

  1 to 15

Non-compete agreements

  1 to 10

Proprietary database

  6

Customer relationships

  2 to 25

Trade names

  1 to 15

Other Assets.  Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets primarily represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies covering certain officers of the Company, employee benefit trust assets, a statutorily-required tax deposit and data purchases, net of related amortization.

Benefit Plans.  We sponsor various pension and defined contribution plans covering substantially all our employees in the U.S., Canada and U.K. We also maintain certain

62


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


healthcare and life insurance benefit plans for eligible retired U.S. employees. Benefits under the pension and other postretirement benefit plans are generally based on age at retirement and years of service and for some pension plans, benefits are also based on the employee's annual earnings. The net periodic cost of our pension and other postretirement plans is determined using several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate, the long-term rate of asset return, and medical trend data.

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted SFAS No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132R," which requires that our Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect the funded status of the pension and postretirement plans.

Foreign Currency Translation.  The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is that subsidiary's local currency. We translate the assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries at the year-end rate of exchange and revenue and expenses at the monthly average rates during the year. We record the resulting translation adjustment in other comprehensive income, a component of shareholders' equity. We also record gains and losses resulting from the translation of intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature in accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Financial Instruments.  Our financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable and short-term and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of these items, other than long-term debt, approximate their fair market values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of our fixed-rate debt (determined internally through the use of related public financial information) was $597.7 million and $776.0 million, respectively, compared to its carrying value of $767.1 million and $790.6 million, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements.  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements", or SFAS 157, which provides guidance for measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 indicates that fair value should be determined based on the assumptions marketplace participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and provides additional guidelines to consider in determining the market-based measurement. We adopted SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008 for financial assets and financial liabilities. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-2 "Partial Deferral of the Effective Date of Statement 157", or FSP 157-2. FSP 157-2 delayed the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in our Consolidated Financial Statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), to January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities on January 1, 2009 is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measures, SFAS 157 establishes a three level fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in valuation techniques between observable inputs that reflect quoted prices in active markets, inputs other than quoted prices with observable market data and unobservable data (e.g., a company's own data). SFAS 157 requires disclosures detailing the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the methods and assumptions used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. In accordance with SFAS 157, we applied the following fair value hierarchy:

    Level 1 — Assets or liabilities for which the identical item is traded on an active exchange, such as publicly-traded instruments.

    Level 2 — Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments.

    Level 3 — Assets or liabilities for which significant valuation assumptions are not readily observable in the market; instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed, and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.

63


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We maintain deferred compensation plans that allow for certain management employees to defer the receipt of compensation (such as salary, incentive compensation and commissions) until a later date based on the terms of the plans. The liability representing benefits accrued for plan participants is valued at the quoted market prices of the participants' investment elections in variable life insurance policies. Identical instruments are traded in active markets that we have access to as of December 31, 2008. As such, we have classified this liability as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy set forth by SFAS 157.

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:
 
 
   
     
Description
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2008
  Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
   
 
  (In millions)
 

Deferred Compensation Plan

  $ 8.3   $ 8.3   $ —   $ —  
   

Total

  $ 8.3   $ 8.3   $ —   $ —  
   

Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115", or SFAS 159, which permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. We adopted SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008 and have elected not to apply the fair value option to any of our financial instruments.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), "Business Combinations — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 141", or SFAS 141R, which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree. The statement also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances. The adoption of SFAS 141R will impact our Consolidated Financial Statements for acquisitions subsequent to January 1, 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51", or SFAS 160. This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective disclosure requirements. The adoption of SFAS 160 on January 1, 2009 is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, related to EITF Issue No. 06-04, "Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements," or EITF 06-04, which requires the recognition of a liability related to postretirement benefits covered by endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements since the employer has the obligation to provide the benefit to the employee. In March 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF related to EITF Issue No. 06-10, "Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements," or EITF 06-10, which requires (1) recognition of a liability related to postretirement benefits covered by collateral split-dollar life insurance arrangements since the employer has the obligation to provide the benefit to the employee and (2) recognition and measurement of the asset based on the nature and substance of the arrangement. We have both endorsement and collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangements for certain

64


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


officers of the Company. The liability is required to be recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits, Other Than Pensions," or Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 12, "Omnibus Opinion — 1967", as appropriate. The adoption of these standards resulted in our recording a $3.4 million liability, a $2.6 million receivable, and a cumulative effect adjustment to reduce retained earnings by $0.8 million at January 1, 2008 on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of SFAS No. 133", to improve financial standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 on January 1, 2009 is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2008, FASB Staff Position SFAS 142-3, "Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets", or FSP 142-3, was issued. FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", or SFAS 142. The adoption of FSP 142-3 on January 1, 2009 is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2008, FASB Staff Position SFAS 132(R)-1, "Employers' Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets", was issued. This FSP requires entities to disclose more information about pension asset valuations, investment allocation decisions, and major categories of plan assets. These disclosure requirements are effective for years ending after December 15, 2009. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting FSP 132(R)-1 on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

2.   ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS

2008 Acquisitions and Investments.  To further enhance our market share and grow our credit data business, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, we completed nine acquisitions and investments in small businesses totaling $27.4 million, net of cash acquired. Six of the transactions were in our International segment, two within our U.S. Consumer Information Solutions segment and one within our TALX segment. The acquisition within our TALX segment, completed in the fourth quarter of 2008, is subject to a contingent earn-out payment not to exceed $6.0 million measured on the completion of 2009 revenue targets. The results of these acquisitions are not material.

On June 30, 2008, as a part of our long-term growth strategy of entering new geographies, we acquired a 28 percent equity interest in Global Payments Credit Services LLC, or GPCS, a credit information company in Russia, for cash consideration of $4.4 million, which is now doing business as Equifax Credit Services, LLC in Russia. Under our shareholders' agreement, we have the option to acquire up to an additional 22 percent interest in GPCS between 2011 and 2013 for cash consideration based on a formula for determining equity value of the business and the assumption of certain debt, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

2007 Acquisitions.  On October 19, 2007, in order to continue to grow our credit data business, our Peruvian subsidiary, which is reported in our International operating segment, purchased 100% of the stock of a credit reporting business located in Peru for cash consideration of $8.0 million.

65


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On May 15, 2007, we completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of TALX, a leading provider of employment and income verification and human resources business process outsourcing services. The acquisition aligned with our long-term growth strategy of expanding into new markets with unique data. Under the terms of the transaction, we issued 20.6 million shares of Equifax common stock from treasury, issued 1.9 million fully-vested options to purchase Equifax common stock and paid approximately $288.1 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The value of the shares issued was $844.2 million determined using an average share price over a reasonable period of time before and after the acquisition terms were announced. The fair value of options issued was $61.1 million determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. The fair value of the vested options is included in the total purchase price. We also assumed TALX's outstanding debt, which had a fair value totaling $177.6 million at May 15, 2007. We financed the cash portion of the acquisition cost and $96.6 million outstanding on the TALX revolving credit facility at the date of acquisition initially with borrowings under our $850.0 million senior unsecured credit facility, which we refer to as the Senior Credit Facility, and subsequently refinanced this debt in the second quarter of 2007 with ten- and thirty-year notes. The results of TALX's operations are included in our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on May 15, 2007. TALX is reported as a separate operating segment. Subsequent to the date of the acquisition, we paid $4.1 million to the former owners of a company purchased by TALX pursuant to an earn-out agreement.

We also acquired the assets of three mortgage solutions affiliates for cash paid of $3.8 million during the first quarter of 2007.

2006 Acquisition.  On October 6, 2006, we acquired Austin Consolidated Holdings, Inc., known as Austin-Tetra, for $34.4 million in cash. Austin-Tetra is a provider of business-to-business data management to the commercial market. They provide companies and government agencies with information to help them better understand existing customers, target new customers, and effectively manage their vendors. This acquisition was part of our long-term growth strategy, complementing our commercial solutions operating segment. We financed this acquisition through borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility. The results of operations for this acquisition have been included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of acquisition.

Purchase Price Allocation.  The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the acquisition dates. These allocations are considered final, except for minor working capital adjustments related to 2008 acquisitions.

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
 
   

Current assets

  $ 3.0   $ 67.8  

Property and equipment

    0.3     19.0  

Other assets

    0.1     1.3  

Identifiable intangible assets (1)

    16.2     574.6  

Goodwill (2)

    12.7     970.2  
   

Total assets acquired

    32.3     1,632.9  

Total liabilities assumed

    (4.0 )   (426.9 )
   

Net assets acquired

  $ 28.3   $ 1,206.0  
   
(1)
Identifiable intangible assets are further disaggregated in the table below.
(2)
Of the goodwill obtained in the 2008 and 2007 acquisitions, $4.4 million and $107.5 million, respectively, is tax deductible.

66


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The primary reasons the purchase price of certain of these acquisitions exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired, which resulted in the recognition of goodwill, were expanded growth opportunities from new or enhanced product offerings, cost savings from the elimination of duplicative activities, and the acquisition of intellectual property and workforce that are not recognized as assets apart from goodwill.

 
  December 31,
 
   
 
  2008
  2007
 
   
Intangible asset category
  Fair value
  Weighted-average
useful life
  Fair value
  Weighted-average
useful life
 
   
 
  (in millions)
  (in years)
  (in millions)
  (in years)
 

Customer relationships

  $ 12.2     9.2   $ 392.6     20.8  

Proprietary database

    —     —     117.9     6.0  

Purchased data files

    0.4     12.5     —     —  

Acquired software and technology

    0.9     3.4     33.7     4.0  

Non-compete agreements

    0.3     6.9     0.5     10.0  

Trade names and other intangible assets

    2.4     5.9     29.9     9.3  
                   

Total acquired intangibles

  $ 16.2     8.5   $ 574.6     16.2  
                   

Pro Forma Financial Information.  The following unaudited pro forma information represents consolidated results of operations as if the 2007 TALX acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the earliest year presented. There are no pro forma results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 as TALX's results of operations were included for the entire year. The pro forma amounts may not necessarily be indicative of the operating revenues and results of operations had the acquisition actually taken place at the beginning of the earliest year presented. Furthermore, the pro forma information may not be indicative of future performance.

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
 
  2007
  2006
 
   
(In millions, except per share data)
  As Reported
  Pro Forma
  As Reported
  Pro Forma
 
   

Operating revenues

  $ 1,843.0   $ 1,950.3   $ 1,546.3   $ 1,803.2  

Net income

  $ 272.7   $ 276.6   $ 274.5   $ 273.1  

Net income per share (basic)

  $ 2.07   $ 1.98   $ 2.16   $ 1.85  

Net income per share (diluted)

  $ 2.02   $ 1.93   $ 2.12   $ 1.81  

The impact of the 2008, 2007 acquisitions other than TALX, and 2006 acquisitions would not have significantly changed our Consolidated Statements of Income if they had occurred at the beginning of the earliest year presented and are therefore not included in the pro forma information above.

3.   GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill.  Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired in a business combination. As discussed in Note 1, in accordance with SFAS 142, goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis and on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We perform our annual goodwill impairment tests as of September 30 each year. Our annual impairment tests as of September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 resulted in no impairment of goodwill.

67


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our reportable segments changed as a result of our organizational realignment effective January 1, 2007, as discussed in Note 12. In conjunction with the finalization of the TALX purchase price allocation, we reallocated goodwill to reporting units expected to benefit from revenue synergies of the combined company. Changes in the amount of goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, are as follows:

 
  U.S. Consumer
Information
Solutions
  International
  TALX
  North America
Personal
Solutions
  North America
Commercial
Solutions
  Total
 
   

Balance, January 1, 2007

  $ 491.4   $ 310.7   $ —   $ 1.8   $ 38.1   $ 842.0  

Acquisitions

    —     5.2     963.6     —     —     968.8  

Adjustments to initial purchase price allocation

    (0.2 )   —     —     —     (1.3 )   (1.5 )

Foreign currency translation

    —     35.7     —     —     0.9     36.6  

Tax benefits of options exercised

    —     —     (11.3 )   —     —     (11.3 )
   

Balance, December 31, 2007

  $ 491.2   $ 351.6   $ 952.3   $ 1.8   $ 37.7   $ 1,834.6  
   

Acquisitions

    2.7     8.8     1.2     —     —     12.7  

Adjustments to initial purchase price allocation

    —     —     2.7     —     —     2.7  

Foreign currency translation

    —     (85.1 )   —     —     (1.2 )   (86.3 )

Tax benefits of options exercised

    —     —     (3.7 )   —     —     (3.7 )

Reallocation of goodwill

    96.0     —     (96.0 )   —     —     —  
   

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $ 589.9   $ 275.3   $ 856.5   $ 1.8   $ 36.5   $ 1,760.0  
   

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets.  Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of contractual/territorial rights representing the estimated fair value of rights to operate in certain territories acquired through the purchase of independent credit reporting agencies in the U.S. and Canada. Our contractual/territorial rights are perpetual in nature and, therefore, the useful lives are considered indefinite. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized. As discussed in Note 1, in accordance with SFAS 142, we are required to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that there may be an impairment of the asset value. We perform our annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment test as of September 30 each year. Our annual impairment tests as of September 30, 2008, 2007 and 2006 resulted in no impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. Our contractual/territorial rights carrying amounts did not change materially during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

68


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Purchased Intangible Assets.  Purchased intangible assets net, recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are as follows:

 
  December 31, 2008
  December 31, 2007
 
   
(In millions)
  Gross
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
  Gross
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
 
   

Definite-lived intangible assets:

                                     

Purchased data files

  $ 375.3   $ (225.7 ) $ 149.6   $ 406.6   $ (221.7 ) $ 184.9  

Acquired software and technology

    72.2     (34.2 )   38.0     72.7     (23.9 )   48.8  

Customer relationships

    426.1     (43.8 )   382.3     414.7     (18.4 )   396.3  

Proprietary database

    117.6     (32.0 )   85.6     117.6     (12.3 )   105.3  

Non-compete agreements

    6.6     (5.7 )   0.9     6.4     (5.2 )   1.2  

Trade names and other intangible assets

    34.1     (8.3 )   25.8     31.9     (3.9 )   28.0  
   

Total definite-lived intangible assets

  $ 1,031.9   $ (349.7 ) $ 682.2   $ 1,049.9   $ (285.4 ) $ 764.5  
   

Amortization expense related to purchased intangible assets was $86.7 million, $65.7 million and $31.3 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense related to definite-lived purchased intangible assets at December 31, 2008 is as follows:

Years ending December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  Amount
 
   

2009

  $ 72.9  

2010

    72.2  

2011

    66.0  

2012

    61.2  

2013

    43.2  

Thereafter

    366.7  
   

  $ 682.2  
   

4.   DEBT

Debt outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
 
   

Commercial paper

  $ 3.0   $ 219.5  

Borrowings under Canadian short-term revolving credit facility, weighted-average rate of 3.5% in 2008

    25.8     —  

Notes, 4.25%, due May 2012

    10.1     12.5  

Notes, 7.34%, due May 2014

    75.0     75.0  

Notes, 6.30%, due July 2017

    280.0     300.0  

Debentures, 6.90%, due July 2028

    150.0     150.0  

Notes, 7.00%, due July 2037

    250.0     250.0  

Borrowings under long-term revolving credit facilities, weighted-average rate of 2.8% and 5.3% in 2008 and 2007, respectively

    420.0     375.0  

Other

    3.4     2.2  
   
 

Total debt

    1,217.3     1,384.2  

Less short-term debt and current maturities

    (31.9 )   (222.1 )

Less unamortized discounts

    (2.1 )   (2.2 )

Plus fair value adjustment

    4.1     5.3  
   
 

Total long-term debt, net of discount

  $ 1,187.4   $ 1,165.2  
   

69


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Scheduled future maturities of debt at December 31, 2008, are as follows:

Years ending December 31,
   
 
   
(In millions)
  Amount
 
   

2009

  $ 31.9  

2010

    20.9  

2011

    438.0  

2012

    16.5  

2013

    15.0  

Thereafter

    695.0  
   
 

Total debt

  $ 1,217.3  
   

Senior Credit Facility.  We are party to an $850.0 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as the Senior Credit Facility, with a group of financial institutions. Borrowings may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and share repurchase programs. The Senior Credit Facility is scheduled to expire in July 2011. Availability of the Senior Credit Facility for borrowings is reduced by any commercial paper amounts outstanding.

Under our Amended Credit Agreement, we must comply with various financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require us to maintain a maximum leverage ratio, defined as consolidated funded debt divided by consolidated EBITDA (as set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement) for the preceding four quarters, of not more than 3.5 to 1.0. Compliance with this financial covenant is tested quarterly. The non-financial covenants include limitations on liens, cross defaults, subsidiary debt, mergers, liquidations, asset dispositions and acquisitions. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with our covenants under the Amended Credit Agreement. Our borrowings under this facility, which have not been guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries, are unsecured and will rank on parity in right of payment with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness from time to time outstanding.

At December 31, 2008, interest was payable on borrowings under the existing credit facility at the base rate or London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a specified margin or competitive bid option as selected by us from time to time. The annual facility fee, which we pay regardless of borrowings, and interest rate are subject to adjustment based on our debt ratings. As of December 31, 2008, $427.0 million was available for borrowings and there were outstanding borrowings of $420.0 million under this facility, which is included in long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

While the underlying final maturity date of this facility is July 2011, it is structured to provide borrowings under short-term loans. Since these borrowings primarily have a maturity of thirty days, the borrowings and repayments are presented on a net basis within the financing activities portion of our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as net (repayments) borrowings under long-term revolving credit facilities.

Commercial Paper Program.  Our $850.0 million commercial paper program has been established through the private placement of commercial paper notes from time-to-time, in which borrowings bear interest at either a variable rate (based on LIBOR or other benchmarks) or a fixed rate, with the applicable rate and margin. Maturities of commercial paper can range from overnight to 397 days. Since the commercial paper program is backstopped by our Senior Credit Facility, the amount of commercial paper which may be issued under the program is reduced by the amount of any outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility pursuant to our existing Board authorization. At December 31, 2008, $3.0 million in commercial paper notes were outstanding, at a weighted-average fixed interest rate of 2.1% per annum, all with maturities of less than 90 days.

4.25% Notes.  Upon our July 26, 2007 acquisition of our Atlanta, Georgia data center, we assumed a $12.5 million mortgage obligation from the prior owner of the building. The mortgage obligation has a fixed rate of interest of 4.25% per annum and is payable in annual installments until March 1, 2012.

70


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TALX Debt.  At the closing of the TALX acquisition in May 2007, we assumed $75.0 million in 7.34% Senior Guaranteed Notes, or TALX Notes, privately placed by TALX with several institutional investors in May 2006 and $96.6 million outstanding under TALX's revolving credit facility. Subsequent to the TALX acquisition, we repaid and terminated the TALX revolving credit facility with borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility. We are required to repay the principal amount of the TALX Notes in five equal annual installments commencing on May 25, 2010 with a final maturity date of May 25, 2014. We may prepay the TALX Notes subject to certain restrictions and the payment of a make-whole amount. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to use proceeds of certain asset dispositions to prepay a portion of the TALX Notes. Interest on the TALX Notes is payable semi-annually until the principal becomes due and payable. We identified a fair value adjustment related to the TALX Notes in applying purchase accounting; this amount will be amortized against interest expense over the remainder of the term of the TALX Notes. At December 31, 2008, the remaining balance of this adjustment is $4.1 million and is included in long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

6.3% and 7.0% Senior Notes.  On June 28, 2007, we issued $300.0 million principal amount of 6.3%, ten-year senior notes and $250.0 million principal amount of 7.0%, thirty-year senior notes, which we refer to collectively as the Notes, in underwritten public offerings. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year. The net proceeds of the financing were used to repay short-term indebtedness, a substantial portion of which was incurred in connection with our acquisition of TALX. We must comply with various non-financial covenants, including certain limitations on liens, additional debt and mortgages, mergers, asset dispositions and sale-leaseback arrangements. The Notes are unsecured and rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. During 2008, we purchased $20.0 million principal amount of the ten-year senior notes for $14.3 million.

In conjunction with the sale of the Notes, we entered into cash flow hedges on $200.0 million and $250.0 million notional amount of ten-year and thirty-year Treasury notes, respectively. These hedges were settled on June 25 and June 26, 2007, the respective dates on which the Notes were sold, requiring payment of $1.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Pursuant to SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," the impact of these settlements has been recorded in other comprehensive income and will be amortized with interest expense over the respective terms of the Notes.

Canadian Credit Facility.  We are a party to a credit agreement with a Canadian financial institution that provides for a C$40.0 million (denominated in Canadian dollars), 364-day revolving credit agreement. This agreement was expanded from C$10.0 million to C$40.0 million during the second quarter of 2008 and is scheduled to expire in June 2009. As of December 31, 2008, $25.8 million was outstanding under this facility, which is included in short-term debt and current maturities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest, was $71.7 million, $42.6 million and $30.4 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

5.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases.  Our operating leases principally involve office space and office equipment. Other than leasing arrangements and limited foreign currency hedge activity, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing activities. Under the terms of the $29.0 million operating lease for our headquarters building in Atlanta, Georgia, which commenced in 1998 and expires in 2010, we have guaranteed a portion of the residual value of the building at the end of the lease. Total lease payments for the remaining term total $2.2 million. In the event that the property were to be sold by the lessor at the end of the lease term, we would be responsible for any shortfall of the sales proceeds, up to a maximum amount of $23.2 million, which equals 80% of the value of the property at the beginning of the lease term.

71


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The liability for this estimated shortfall, which was $1.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, is recorded in other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Rental expense for operating leases, which is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, was $23.0 million, $20.6 million and $17.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our headquarters building operating lease has ground purchase options exercisable beginning in 2019, ground renewal options exercisable in 2048 and escalation clauses beginning in 2009. Expected future minimum payment obligations for non-cancelable operating leases exceeding one year are as follows as of December 31, 2008:

Years ending December 31,
   
 
   
(In millions)
  Amount
 
   

2009

  $ 20.6  

2010

    16.4  

2011

    12.0  

2012

    10.1  

2013

    8.4  

Thereafter

    55.2  
   

  $ 122.7  
   

We expect to receive $10.2 million under noncancelable sublease agreements through February 2012, the date our last sublease agreement is set to expire, $3.3 million of which represents operating expenses that our sublessors are contractually obligated to pay us over the remaining lease term. The expected sublease income is not reflected as a reduction in the total minimum rental obligations under operating leases in the table above.

Data Processing, Outsourcing Services and Other Agreements.  We have separate agreements with IBM, Acxiom, GenPact, TCS and others to outsource portions of our computer data processing operations, applications development, maintenance and related functions and to provide certain other administrative and operational services. The agreements expire between 2009 and 2013. The estimated aggregate minimum contractual obligation remaining under these agreements is approximately $220 million as of December 31, 2008, with no future year expected to exceed approximately $60 million. Annual payment obligations in regard to these agreements vary due to factors such as the volume of data processed; changes in our servicing needs as a result of new product offerings, acquisitions or divestitures; the introduction of significant new technologies; foreign currency; or the general rate of inflation. In certain circumstances (e.g., a change in control or for our convenience), we may terminate these data processing and outsourcing agreements, and, in doing so, certain of these agreements require us to pay a significant penalty.

Our data processing outsourcing agreement with IBM was renegotiated in 2003 for a ten-year term. Under this agreement (which covers our operations in North America, Europe, Brazil and Chile), we have outsourced our mainframe and midrange operations, help desk service and desktop support functions, and the operation of our voice and data networks. The scope of such services varies by location. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we paid $124.0 million, $115.0 million and $112.1 million, respectively, for these services. The estimated future minimum contractual obligation at December 31, 2008 under this agreement is approximately $185 million, with no year expected to exceed approximately $45 million. We may terminate certain portions of this agreement without penalty in the event that IBM is in material breach of the terms of the agreement.

Agreement with Computer Sciences Corporation.  We have an agreement with Computer Sciences Corporation, or CSC, and certain of its affiliates, collectively CSC, under which CSC-owned credit reporting agencies utilize our computerized credit database services. CSC retains ownership of its credit files and the revenues generated by its credit reporting activities. We receive a processing fee for maintaining the database and for each report supplied. The agreement will expire on July 31, 2018 and is renewable at the option of CSC for successive ten-year periods. The agreement provides us with an option to purchase CSC's credit reporting business if it does not elect to renew the agreement or if there is a change in control of CSC while the agreement is in effect. Under the agreement CSC also

72


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


has an option, exercisable at any time, to sell its credit reporting business to us. The option expires in 2013. The option exercise price will be determined by a third-party appraisal process and would be due in cash within 180 days after the exercise of the option. We estimate that if the option were exercised at December 31, 2008, the price range would approximate $600.0 million to $675.0 million. This estimate is based solely on our internal analysis of the value of the business, current market conditions and other factors, all of which are subject to constant change. Therefore, the actual option exercise price could be materially higher or lower than the estimated amount.

Change in Control Agreements.  We have entered into change in control severance agreements with certain key executives. The agreements provide for, among other things, certain payments and benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment (i.e., termination of employment by the executive for "good reason" or termination of employment by the Company without "cause," each as defined in the agreements) within six months prior to two or three years (depending on the agreement) following a change in control of the Company. In the event of a qualifying termination, the executive will become entitled to continuation of group health, dental, vision, life, disability, 401(k) and similar benefits for three years, as well as a lump sum severance payment, all of which differs by executive.

The change in control agreements have a five-year term and automatically renew for another five years unless we elect not to renew the agreements. Change in control events potentially triggering benefits under the agreements would occur, subject to certain exceptions, if (1) any person acquires 20% or more of our voting stock; (2) upon a merger or other business combination, our shareholders receive less than two-thirds of the common stock and combined voting power of the new company; (3) we sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; or (4) we liquidate or dissolve.

If these change in control agreements had been triggered as of December 31, 2008, payments of approximately $54.5 million would have been made (excluding tax gross-up amounts of $13.0 million). Under the Company's existing director and employee stock benefit plans, a change in control generally would result in the immediate vesting of all outstanding stock options and satisfaction of the restrictions on any outstanding nonvested stock awards.

Guarantees and Indemnifications.  We account for guarantees in accordance with FIN No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others," which required the prospective recognition and measurement of certain guarantees and indemnifications upon adoption. Accordingly, any contractual guarantees or indemnifications we have issued or modified subsequent to December 31, 2002 are subject to evaluation. If required, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken will be recognized.

Guarantees.  We will from time to time issue standby letters of credit, performance bonds or other guarantees in the normal course of business. The aggregate notional amount of all performance bonds and standby letters of credit is not material at December 31, 2008, and all have a maturity of one year or less.

In connection with the sale of our risk management collections business to RMA Holdings, LLC, or RMA, in October 2000, we guaranteed the operating lease payments of a partnership affiliated with RMA to a lender of the partnership pursuant to a term loan. The operating lease, which expires December 31, 2011, has a remaining balance of $4.0 million, based on the undiscounted value of remaining lease payments, including real estate taxes, at December 31, 2008. On September 12, 2005, RMA sold substantially all of its assets to NCO Group, Inc., or NCO. In conjunction with this sale, NCO agreed to assume the operating lease obligations discussed above, which we will continue to guarantee. We believe that the likelihood of demand for payment by us is minimal and expect no material losses to occur related to this guarantee. Accordingly, we do not have a liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 or 2007 related to this guarantee.

73


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

General Indemnifications.  We are the lessee under many real estate leases. It is common in these commercial lease transactions for us, as the lessee, to agree to indemnify the lessor and other related third parties for tort, environmental and other liabilities that arise out of or relate to our use or occupancy of the leased premises. This type of indemnity would typically make us responsible to indemnified parties for liabilities arising out of the conduct of, among others, contractors, licensees and invitees at or in connection with the use or occupancy of the leased premises. This indemnity often extends to related liabilities arising from the negligence of the indemnified parties, but usually excludes any liabilities caused by either their sole or gross negligence and their willful misconduct.

Certain of our credit agreements include provisions which require us to make payments to preserve an expected economic return to the lenders if that economic return is diminished due to certain changes in law or regulations. In certain of these credit agreements, we also bear the risk of certain changes in tax laws that would subject payments to non-U.S. lenders to withholding taxes.

In conjunction with certain transactions, such as sales or purchases of operating assets or services in the ordinary course of business, or the disposition of certain assets or businesses, we sometimes provide routine indemnifications, the terms of which range in duration and sometimes are not limited.

We cannot reasonably estimate our potential future payments under the indemnities and related provisions described above because we cannot predict when and under what circumstances these provisions may be triggered. We have no accrual related to indemnifications on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Subsidiary Dividend and Fund Transfer Limitations.  The ability of some of our subsidiaries and associated companies to transfer funds to us is limited, in some cases, by certain restrictions imposed by foreign governments, which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially limit our ability to service our indebtedness, meet our current obligations or pay dividends.

Contingencies.  We are involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We periodically assess our exposure related to these matters based on the information which is available. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," we have recorded accruals in our Consolidated Financial Statements for those matters in which it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the amount of the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated.

During 2006, we recorded a $5.0 million loss contingency ($3.0 million, net of tax) related to certain legal matters in our North America Personal Solutions operating segment. Of this $5.0 million, pretax, loss, $4.0 million was recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses and $1.0 million was recognized in cost of services on our Consolidated Statement of Income. In February 2007, we entered into a tentative settlement related to these litigation matters. The remaining accrual at December 31, 2008 and 2007, was immaterial.

During 2006, we also recorded a $4.0 million, pretax, loss contingency ($2.5 million, net of tax) associated with certain litigation matters within our USCIS operating segment on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Of this $4.0 million, pretax, loss, $3.5 million was recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses and $0.5 million was recognized in cost of services on our Consolidated Statement of Income. Because this litigation remains pending, the liability at December 31, 2008 and 2007, was $4.0 million.

For other legal proceedings, claims and litigation, we have recorded loss contingencies that are immaterial, or we cannot reasonably estimate the potential loss because of uncertainties about the outcome of the matter and the amount of the loss or range of loss. We also accrue for

74


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

unpaid legal fees for services performed to date. Although the final outcome of these other matters cannot be predicted with certainty, any possible adverse outcome arising from these matters is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, either individually or in the aggregate. However, our evaluation of the likely impact of these matters may change in the future.

In June 2006, we consummated a $15.2 million cash settlement with certain former shareholder sellers of Naviant, Inc. In 2004, we served a demand for arbitration, alleging, among other things, that the sellers had breached various representations and warranties concerning information furnished to us in connection with our acquisition of Naviant in 2002. As a result of this settlement, we recognized a $14.1 million non-taxable gain in other income, net on our Consolidated Statement of Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006. Additionally, the $15.2 million cash settlement was recorded in cash provided by operating activities on our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006.

Tax Matters.  In 2003, the Canada Revenue Agency, or CRA, issued Notices of Reassessment asserting that Acrofax, Inc., our wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary, is liable for additional tax for the 1995 through 2000 tax years, related to certain intercompany capital contributions and loans. The additional tax sought by the CRA for these periods ranges, based on alternative theories, from $7.0 million ($8.5 million in Canadian dollars) to $15.6 million ($19.0 million in Canadian dollars) plus interest and penalties. Subsequently in 2003, we made a statutorily-required deposit for a portion of the claim. We intend to vigorously contest these reassessments and do not believe we have violated any statutory provision or rule. While we believe our potential exposure is less than the asserted claims and not material to our Consolidated Financial Statements, if the final outcome of this matter was unfavorable to us, an additional claim may be filed by the local province. The likelihood and potential amount of such claim is unknown at this time. We cannot predict when this tax matter will be resolved.

6.   INCOME TAXES

We record deferred income taxes using enacted tax laws and rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the differences between the financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities. For additional information about our income tax policy, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Current:

                   
 

Federal

  $ 67.0   $ 91.3   $ 93.7  
 

State

    9.2     8.1     6.0  
 

Foreign

    49.2     48.1     44.3  
   

    125.4     147.5     144.0  
   

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

    4.7     4.3     (0.8 )
 

State

    1.6     (0.6 )   (4.5 )
 

Foreign

    1.4     0.7     2.7  
   

    7.7     4.4     (2.6 )
   

Provision for income taxes

  $ 133.1   $ 151.9   $ 141.4  
   

Domestic and foreign income before income taxes was as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

U.S.

  $ 211.5   $ 260.6   $ 298.0  

Foreign

    194.4     164.0     117.9  
   

  $ 405.9   $ 424.6   $ 415.9  
   

75


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The provision for income taxes was reconciled with the U.S. federal statutory rate, as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Federal statutory rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Provision computed at federal statutory rate

  $ 142.2   $ 148.6   $ 145.6  

State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit

    6.8     3.6     0.6  

Foreign

    1.3     3.9     6.9  

Valuation allowance

    (8.7 )   (2.6 )   (0.7 )

Tax reserves*

    (12.2 )   1.7     (7.0 )

Other**

    3.7     (3.3 )   (4.0 )
   

Provision for income taxes

  $ 133.1   $ 151.9   $ 141.4  
   

Effective income tax rate

    32.8 %   35.8 %   34.0 %
   
*
During the third quarters of 2008 and 2006, the applicable statute of limitations related to uncertain tax positions expired, resulting in the reversal of the related income tax reserves. The reversals of these reserves resulted in income tax benefits of $14.6 million and $9.5 million, respectively. These are reflected in tax reserves on the effective tax reconciliation and reduced our 2008 and 2006 effective tax rates by 3.6% and 2.3%, respectively.
**
During the second quarter of 2006, we recognized a non-taxable gain of $14.1 million related to the litigation settlement with Naviant, Inc. The non-taxable gain reduced our 2006 effective rate by 1.3%.

Components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
 
   

Deferred income tax assets:

             
 

Employee pension benefits

  $ 118.9   $ 60.9  
 

Net operating and capital loss carryforwards

    37.4     40.2  
 

Unrealized foreign exchange loss

    55.9     8.2  
 

Foreign tax credits

    11.2     19.5  
 

Employee compensation programs

    28.5     25.4  
 

Reserves and accrued expenses

    14.6     17.4  
 

Deferred revenue

    9.1     7.2  
 

Other

    9.5     9.7  
   

Gross deferred income tax assets

    285.1     188.5  
 

Valuation allowance

    (93.7 )   (60.8 )
   

Total deferred income tax assets, net

  $ 191.4   $ 127.7  
   

Deferred income tax liabilities:

             
 

Goodwill and intangible assets

    (298.3 )   (305.3 )
 

Pension expense

    (79.9 )   (74.4 )
 

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries

    (7.7 )   (5.2 )
 

Depreciation

    (4.0 )   (2.7 )
 

Other

    (7.0 )   (6.1 )
   

Total deferred income tax liability

    (396.9 )   (393.7 )
   

Net deferred income tax liability

  $ (205.5 ) $ (266.0 )
   

Our deferred income tax assets, included in other current assets, and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, are

76


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
 
   

Current deferred income tax assets, included in other current assets

  $ 9.8   $ 11.1  

Long-term deferred income tax liabilities

    (215.3 )   (277.1 )
   

Net deferred income tax liability

  $ (205.5 ) $ (266.0 )
   

We record deferred income taxes on the temporary differences of our foreign subsidiaries and branches, except for the temporary differences related to undistributed earnings of subsidiaries which we consider indefinitely invested. We have indefinitely invested $91.3 million attributable to pre-2004 undistributed earnings of our Canadian and Chilean subsidiaries. If the pre-2004 earnings were not considered indefinitely invested, $7.6 million of deferred U.S. income taxes would have been provided. Such taxes, if ultimately paid, may be recoverable as U.S. foreign tax credits.

As of December 31, 2008, we had a deferred tax asset of $55.9 million related to accumulated foreign currency translation losses for foreign locations, excluding adjustments for pre-2004 Canadian and Chilean earnings. A full valuation allowance, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, has been provided due to uncertainty of future realization of this deferred tax asset.

At December 31, 2008, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $260.2 million which will expire at various times between 2012 and 2027. We also had foreign net operating loss carryforwards totaling $76.9 million of which $44.6 million will expire between 2009 and 2020 and the remaining $32.3 million will carryforward indefinitely. U.S. federal and state capital loss carryforwards total $1.6 million at December 31, 2008, all of which will expire by 2011. Foreign capital loss carryforwards of $19.0 million may be carried forward indefinitely. Additionally, we had foreign tax credit carryforwards of $11.2 million, of which $5.9 million will begin to expire between 2010 and 2015 and the remaining $5.3 million will be available to be utilized upon repatriation of foreign earnings. We also had state credit carryforwards of $1.0 million which will begin expiring in 2017. Tax-effected state net operating loss, capital loss, foreign tax credit carryforwards and other foreign deferred tax assets of $37.8 million have been fully reserved in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

Cash paid for income taxes, net of amounts refunded, was $128.7 million, $139.9 million and $144.9 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

We adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. The impact of our reassessment of tax positions in accordance with the requirements of FIN 48 was immaterial to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes on our Consolidated Statements of Income. Our classification of interest and penalties did not change as a result of adopting FIN 48.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
 
   

Beginning balance (January 1)

  $ 29.4   $ 26.7  

Increases related to prior year tax positions

    1.7     1.5  

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

    (1.8 )   (0.8 )

Increases related to current year tax positions

    2.0     2.3  

Decreases related to settlements

    (0.4 )   (1.3 )

Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes

    (13.3 )   (0.6 )

Purchase accounting

    0.9     0.4  

Currency translation adjustment

    (2.7 )   1.2  
   

Ending balance (December 31)

  $ 15.8   $ 29.4  
   

77


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We recorded liabilities of $22.3 million and $37.6 million for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which included interest and penalties of $6.5 million and $8.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the total amount of unrecognized benefits that, if recognized, would have affected the effective tax rate was $17.8 million and $30.0 million, respectively, which included interest and penalties of $5.0 million and $5.6 million, respectively. The accruals for potential interest and penalties during 2008 and 2007 were immaterial.

Equifax and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal, state and international income taxes. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state or international income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2002, with few exceptions including those discussed below for Canada and the U.K. In Canada, we are under audit by the Canada Revenue Agency for the 1995 through 2002 tax years (see Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). For the U.K., tax years after 1999 are open for examination. Due to the potential for resolution of state and foreign examinations, and the expiration of various statutes of limitations, it is reasonably possible that Equifax's gross unrecognized tax benefit balance may change within the next twelve months by a range of zero to $6.0 million, related primarily to issues involving U.K. operations.

7.   STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

We have two active share-based award plans that provide our directors, officers and certain employees with stock options and nonvested stock. These plans are described below. Total stock-based compensation expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Cost of services

  $ 2.4   $ 1.9   $ 1.3  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    17.5     15.7     16.1  
   

Stock-based compensation expense, before income taxes

  $ 19.9   $ 17.6   $ 17.4  
   

The total income tax benefit recognized for stock-based compensation expense was $7.1 million, $6.3 million and $6.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

SFAS 123R requires that benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow. This requirement reduced operating cash flows and increased financing cash flows by $2.1 million, $7.0 million and $7.2 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Stock Options.  Our shareholders approved in May 2008 a stock option plan, the 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which provides that qualified and nonqualified stock options may be granted to officers and other employees. In conjunction with our acquisition of TALX, we assumed options outstanding under the legacy TALX stock option plan, which was approved by TALX shareholders. In addition, stock options remain outstanding under three shareholder-approved plans and three non-shareholder-approved plans from which no new grants may be made. The 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan requires that stock options be granted at exercise prices not less than market value on the date of grant. Generally, stock options are subject to graded vesting for periods of up to three years based on service, with 33% vesting for each year of completed service, and expire ten years from the grant date.

78


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We use the binomial model to calculate the fair value of stock options granted on or after January 1, 2006. The binomial model incorporates assumptions regarding anticipated employee exercise behavior, expected stock price volatility, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. Anticipated employee exercise behavior and expected post-vesting cancellations over the contractual term used in the binomial model were primarily based on historical exercise patterns. These historical exercise patterns indicated there was not significantly different exercise behavior between employee groups. For our expected stock price volatility assumption, we weighted historical volatility and implied volatility. We used daily observations for historical volatility, while our implied volatility assumption was based on actively traded options related to our common stock. The expected term is derived from the binomial model, based on assumptions incorporated into the binomial model as described above.

The fair value for stock options granted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was estimated at the date of grant, using the binomial model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
 
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Dividend yield

    0.4 %   0.5 %   0.5 %

Expected volatility

    27.1 %   22.4 %   24.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.6 %   4.6 %   4.8 %

Expected term (in years)

    4.6     4.6     4.4  

Weighted-average fair value of stock options granted

  $ 9.09   $ 10.52   $ 8.33  

The following table summarizes changes in outstanding stock options during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, as well as stock options that are vested and expected to vest and stock options exercisable at December 31, 2008:

 
  Shares
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
   
 
  (in thousands)
   
  (in years)
  (in millions)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    6,484   $ 24.94              

Granted (all at market price)

    1,042   $ 35.35              

Exercised

    (1,036 ) $ 16.72              

Forfeited and cancelled

    (68 ) $ 36.55              
                     

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    6,422   $ 27.84     5.2   $ 21.0  
                     

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008

    6,198   $ 27.49     5.1   $ 21.0  
                     

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

    4,699   $ 24.47     3.9   $ 21.0  
                     

The aggregate intrinsic value amounts in the table above represent the difference between the closing price of Equifax's common stock on December 31, 2008 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options as of the same date. This represents the amount that would have been received by the stock option holders if they had all exercised their stock options on December 31, 2008. In future periods, this amount will change depending on fluctuations in Equifax's stock price. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $14.4 million, $48.6 million and $21.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, our total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options was $5.8 million with a weighted-average recognition period of 1.5 years.

79


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


The following table summarizes changes in outstanding options and the related weighted-average exercise price per share for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  December 31,
 
 
     
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
     
(Shares in thousands)
  Shares
  Weighted-Average
Price
  Shares
  Weighted-Average
Price
 
   

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

    5,930   $ 24.95     6,453   $ 22.68  

Granted (all at market price)

    2,742   $ 18.60     825   $ 36.56  

Cancelled

    (2,073 ) $ 16.15     (50 ) $ 29.36  

Exercised

    (115 ) $ 32.64     (1,298 ) $ 20.92  
                   

Outstanding at the end of the year

    6,484   $ 24.94     5,930   $ 24.95  
                   

Exercisable at end of year

    5,157   $ 21.52     4,798   $ 23.03  

Nonvested Stock.  Our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan also provides for awards of nonvested shares of our common stock that can be granted to executive officers, employees and directors. Nonvested stock awards are generally subject to cliff vesting over a period between three to five years based on service.

The fair value of nonvested stock is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. However, since our nonvested stock does not pay dividends during the vesting period, the fair value on the date of grant is reduced by the present value of the expected dividends over the requisite service period (discounted using the appropriate risk-free interest rate upon the adoption of SFAS 123R).

The following table summarizes changes in our nonvested stock during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and the related weighted-average grant date fair value:

(Shares in thousands)
  Shares
  Grant Date
Fair Value
 
   

Nonvested at December 31, 2005

    689   $ 28.74  

Granted

    271   $ 36.97  

Vested

    (133 ) $ 27.94  

Forfeited

    (16 ) $ 27.90  
         

Nonvested at December 31, 2006

    811   $ 31.64  
         

Granted

    297   $ 40.49  

Vested

    (257 ) $ 40.29  

Forfeited

    (28 ) $ 34.29  
         

Nonvested at December 31, 2007

    823   $ 38.33  
         

Granted

    407   $ 35.05  

Vested

    (360 ) $ 33.83  

Forfeited

    (20 ) $ 38.90  
         

Nonvested at December 31, 2008

    850   $ 36.33  
         

The total fair value of nonvested stock that vested during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, was $11.5 million, $10.4 million and $4.8 million, respectively, based on the weighted-average fair value on the vesting date, and $12.2 million, $7.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively, based on the weighted-average fair value on the date of grant. At December 31, 2008, our

80


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock was $13.1 million with a weighted-average recognition period of 1.9 years.

We expect to issue new shares of common stock or common shares held by our employee benefits trust upon the exercise of stock options or once nonvested shares vest. We have not changed our policies related to stock-based awards, such as the quantity or type of instruments issued, as a result of adopting SFAS 123R, nor have we changed the terms of our stock-based awards. At December 31, 2008, there were 20.7 million shares available for future stock option grants and nonvested stock awards.

8.   SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

Our Board of Directors has adopted a shareholder rights plan designed to protect our shareholders against abusive takeover attempts and tactics. The rights plan operates to dilute the interests of any person or group attempting to take control of the Company if the attempt is not deemed by our Board of Directors to be in the best interests of our shareholders. Under the rights agreement, as originally adopted in October 1995 and amended and restated in October 2005, holders of our common stock were granted one right to purchase common stock, or Right, for each outstanding share of common stock held of record on November 24, 1995. All newly issued shares of common stock since that date have been accompanied by a Right. The Rights will become exercisable and trade independently from our common stock if a person or group acquires or obtains the right to acquire 20% or more of Equifax's outstanding shares of common stock, or commences a tender or exchange offer that would result in that person or group acquiring 20% or more of the outstanding common stock, in each case without the consent of our Board. In the event the Rights become exercisable, each holder (other than the acquiring person or group) will be entitled to purchase that number of shares of securities or other property of Equifax having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. If Equifax were acquired in a merger or other business combination, each Right would entitle its holder to purchase the number of the acquiring company's common stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. In either case, our Board may choose to redeem the Rights for $0.01 per Right before they become exercisable. The Rights will expire on November 6, 2015, unless earlier redeemed, exchanged or amended by the Board.

9.   BENEFIT PLANS

We have defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans. Substantially all U.S., Canadian and U.K. employees participate in one or more of these plans. We also maintain certain healthcare and life insurance benefit plans for eligible retired employees. The measurement date for our defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans is December 31 of each year.

Pension Benefits.  Pension benefits are provided through U.S. and Canadian defined benefit pension plans and two supplemental executive defined benefit pension plans.

U.S. and Canadian Retirement Plans.  We have one non-contributory qualified retirement plan covering most U.S. salaried employees (the Equifax Inc. Pension Plan, or EIPP) and a defined benefit plan for most salaried and hourly employees in Canada (the Canadian Retirement Income Plan, or CRIP). We also have a qualified retirement plan that covers U.S. salaried employees (the U.S. Retirement Income Plan, or USRIP) who terminated or retired before January 1, 2005. Benefits from these plans are primarily a function of salary and years of service.

On September 15, 2008, we announced a redesign of our retirement plans for our U.S. active employees effective January 1, 2009. The changes to our retirement plans will freeze the EIPP, a qualified defined benefit pension plan, for employees who do not meet certain grandfathering criteria related to retirement-eligible employees. Under the plan amendments, the EIPP will be closed to new participants and the service credit for non-grandfathered participants will freeze, but these participants will continue to receive credit for salary increases and vesting of service. Additionally, the non-grandfathered employees and certain other employees not eligible to participate in the EIPP will be able to participate in an enhanced 401(k) savings plan.

81


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As a result of the changes to the EIPP, during the third quarter of 2008, we completed a remeasurement of the plan in accordance with SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions." Certain assumptions were updated in conjunction with the remeasurement, including the discount rate, which increased from 6.51% at December 31, 2007 to 7.02% as of the remeasurement date, and a lower than expected 2008 year-to-date return on plan assets. The remeasurement did not materially impact our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.

In January 2009, we made a contribution of $15.0 million to the EIPP. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we made discretionary contributions to the EIPP of $12.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively, and in 2006 funded $2.0 million for our other postretirement benefit plans. We did not make a discretionary contribution during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2008, the USRIP and the EIPP met or exceeded ERISA's minimum funding requirements.

The annual report produced by our consulting actuaries specifies the funding requirements for our plans, based on projected benefits for plan participants, historical investment results on plan assets, current discount rates for liabilities, assumptions for future demographic developments, investment performance and recent changes in statutory requirements. We may elect to make additional discretionary contributions to our plans in excess of minimum funding requirements, subject to statutory limitations.

Supplemental Retirement Plans.  We maintain two supplemental executive retirement programs for certain key employees. The plans, which are unfunded, provide supplemental retirement payments, based on salary and years of service.

Other Benefits.  We maintain certain healthcare and life insurance benefit plans for eligible retired employees. Substantially all of our U.S. employees may become eligible for the healthcare benefits if they reach retirement age while working for us and satisfy certain years of service requirements. The retiree life insurance program covers employees who retired on or before December 31, 2003. We accrue the cost of providing healthcare benefits over the active service period of the employee.

82


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Obligations and Funded Status.  A reconciliation of the benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of the plans is as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
   

Change in benefit obligation

                         

Benefit obligation at January 1,

  $ 581.6   $ 582.7   $ 32.9   $ 30.7  

Service cost

    11.0     10.8     0.5     0.4  

Interest cost

    34.8     33.2     1.9     1.7  

Plan participants' contributions

    —     —     1.3     1.1  

Amendments

    (0.6 )   0.2     (4.3 )   —  

Actuarial (gain) loss

    (1.4 )   (14.0 )   3.6     3.4  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

    (7.8 )   7.7     —     —  

Retiree drug subsidy paid

    —     —     0.3     0.4  

Benefits paid

    (39.8 )   (39.0 )   (5.2 )   (4.8 )
   

Benefit obligation at December 31,

    577.8     581.6     31.0     32.9  
   

Change in plan assets

                         

Fair value of plan assets at January 1,

    606.6     579.2     19.0     17.3  

Actual return on plan assets

    (119.9 )   41.6     (4.0 )   1.7  

Employer contributions

    3.7     15.5     3.9     3.7  

Plan participants' contributions

    —     —     1.3     1.1  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

    (9.8 )   9.3     —     —  

Benefits paid

    (39.8 )   (39.0 )   (5.2 )   (4.8 )
   

Fair value of plan assets at December 31,

    440.8     606.6     15.0     19.0  
   

Funded status of plan

    (137.0 )   25.0     (16.0 )   (13.9 )

Unrecognized prior service cost

    4.5     5.9     (1.6 )   3.1  

Unrecognized actuarial loss

    306.8     150.2     18.0     8.8  
   

Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost

  $ 174.3   $ 181.1   $ 0.4   $ (2.0 )
   

The accumulated benefit obligation for the USRIP, EIPP, CRIP and Supplemental Retirement Plans was $551.5 million and $553.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, the USRIP, EIPP and Supplemental Retirement Plans had projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations in excess of those plans' respective assets. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for these plans in the aggregate were $550.3 million, $527.1 million and $405.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.

At December 31, 2007, the Supplemental Retirement Plans had projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations in excess of those plans' respective assets. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for these plans in the aggregate were $47.1 million, $43.6 million and zero, respectively, at December 31, 2007.

83


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table represents the net amounts recognized, or the funded status of our pension and other postretirement benefit plans, in our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
   

Amounts recognized in the statements of financial position consist of:

                         

Prepaid pension asset

  $ 8.3   $ 72.2   $ —   $ —  

Current liabilities

    (3.7 )   (3.7 )   —     —  

Long-term liabilities

    (141.6 )   (43.5 )   (16.0 )   (13.9 )
   

Net amount recognized

  $ (137.0 ) $ 25.0   $ (16.0 ) $ (13.9 )
   

Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost:

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
   

Prior service cost, net of accumulated taxes of $1.6 and $2.2 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits and $(0.6) and $1.1, in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for other benefits

  $ 2.9   $ 3.7   $ (1.0 ) $ 2.0  

Net actuarial loss, net of accumulated taxes of $111.6 and $54.8 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits and $6.6 and $3.2, in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for other benefits

    195.2     95.2     11.4     5.6  
   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ 198.1   $ 98.9   $ 10.4   $ 7.6  
   

84


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following indicates amounts recognized in other comprehensive income during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
   

Amounts arising during the period:

                         

Net actuarial loss (gain), net of taxes of $59.7 and $(4.7) in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits and $3.5 and $1.2, in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for other benefits

  $ 104.7   $ (8.2 ) $ 6.2   $ 2.1  

Foreign currency exchange rate (gain) loss, net of taxes of $(0.6) and $0.5 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits

    (0.9 )   0.8     —     —  

Prior service (credit) cost, net of taxes of $(0.2) and $0.1 in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits and $(1.6) in 2008 for other benefits

    (0.4 )   0.1     (2.7 )   —  

Amounts recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the period:

                         

Recognized actuarial loss, net of taxes of $(2.0) and $(3.3) in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits and $(0.2) and $(0.1) in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for other benefits

    (3.6 )   (5.6 )   (0.4 )   (0.2 )

Amortization of prior service cost, net of taxes of $(0.3) and $(0.4) in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for pension benefits and $(0.1) and $(0.2) in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for other benefits

    (0.6 )   (0.6 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )
   

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

  $ 99.2   $ (13.5 ) $ 2.8   $ 1.6  
   

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost.

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
   
(In millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Service cost

  $ 11.0   $ 10.8   $ 10.0   $ 0.5   $ 0.4   $ 0.4  

Interest cost

    34.8     33.2     32.1     1.9     1.7     1.6  

Expected return on plan assets

    (45.2 )   (42.9 )   (41.0 )   (1.5 )   (1.5 )   (1.2 )

Amortization of prior service cost

    0.9     1.0     0.8     0.4     0.5     0.5  

Recognized actuarial loss

    5.6     8.9     10.0     0.6     0.3     0.2  

Special termination benefit

    —     —     0.5     —     —     —  
   

Total net periodic benefit cost

  $ 7.1   $ 11.0   $ 12.4   $ 1.9   $ 1.4   $ 1.5  
   

The following represents the amount of prior service cost and actuarial loss included in accumulated other comprehensive loss that is expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009:

(In millions)
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
   

Prior service cost, net of taxes of $0.3 for pension benefits and and $(0.1) for other benefits

  $ 0.5   $ (0.1 )

Actuarial loss, net of taxes of $3.2 for pension benefits and and $0.6 for other benefits

  $ 5.5   $ 1.0  

85


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Weighted-Average Assumptions.

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
 
     
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31,
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
   

Discount rate

    6.27 %   6.23 %   6.22 %   6.04 %

Rate of compensation increase

    4.38 %   4.30 %   N/A     N/A  

 

 
  Pension Benefits
  Other Benefits
 
 
     
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost at December 31,
  2008
  2007
  2006
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Discount rate

    6.23 %   5.86 %   5.68 %   6.04 %   5.84 %   5.58 %

Expected return on plan assets

    8.00 %   8.00 %   7.99 %   8.00 %   8.00 %   8.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

    4.30 %   4.28 %   4.28 %   N/A     N/A     N/A  

The calculation of the net periodic benefit cost for the USRIP, EIPP and CRIP utilizes a market-related value of assets. The market-related value of assets recognizes the difference between actual returns and expected returns over five years at a rate of 20% per year.

An initial 9.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2009. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% by 2013. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plan. A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates at December 31, 2008 would have had the following effects:

(In millions)
  1-Percentage
Point Increase
  1-Percentage
Point Decrease
 
   

Effect on total service and interest cost components

  $ 0.2   $ (0.2 )

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

  $ 2.4   $ (2.2 )

We estimate that the future benefits payable for our retirement and postretirement plans are as follows at December 31, 2008:

Years ending December 31,
  U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
  Non-U.S. Defined
Benefit Plans
  Other
Benefit Plans
 
   
(In millions)
   
   
   
 

2009

  $ 38.7   $ 2.0   $ 3.3  

2010

  $ 39.1   $ 2.0   $ 3.3  

2011

  $ 39.3   $ 2.0   $ 3.4  

2012

  $ 39.6   $ 2.0   $ 3.3  

2013

  $ 39.9   $ 2.1   $ 3.0  

Next five fiscal years to December 31, 2018

  $ 202.5   $ 11.5   $ 13.5  

USRIP and EIPP, or the Plans, Investment and Asset Allocation Strategies.  The primary goal of the asset allocation strategy of the Plans is to produce a total investment return which will satisfy future annual cash benefit payments to the Plans participants and minimize future Plan contributions from the Company. Additionally, this strategy will diversify the plan assets to minimize nonsystemic risk and provide reasonable assurance that no single security or class of security will have a disproportionate impact on the Plans. The Plan's investment managers are required to abide by the provisions of ERISA. Standards of performance for each manager include an expected return versus an assigned benchmark, a measure of volatility, and a time period of evaluation.

86


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Plans' asset allocation strategy is determined by our external advisor forecasting investment returns by asset class and providing allocation guidelines to maximize returns while minimizing the volatility and correlation of those returns. During 2008, the Company analyzed the risk to the Plans' funded status from volatility in interest rates and decided to reduce this risk by increasing the allocation to fixed income. The Plans' asset allocation and ranges are approved by in-house Plan Administrators, who are Named Fiduciaries under ERISA. Investment recommendations are made by our external advisor, working in conjunction with our in-house Investment Officer. The expected return on plan assets assumption of 8.00% and 8.25% for the USRIP and the EIPP, respectively, in 2008 was based on historical returns and forecasted future returns from our external investment advisor.

The Plans, in an effort to meet their asset allocation objectives, utilize a variety of asset classes which have historically produced returns which are relatively uncorrelated to those of the S&P 500 in most environments. Asset classes included in this category are alternative assets (hedge fund-of-funds), venture capital (including secondary private equity) and real estate. The primary benefits to the Plans of using these types of asset classes are: (1) their non-correlated returns reduce the overall volatility of the Plans' portfolio of assets, and (2) they produce superior risk-adjusted returns. This has allowed the Plans' average annual investment return to exceed the S&P 500 index return over the last ten years. Additionally, the Plans allow certain of their managers, subject to specific risk constraints, to utilize derivative instruments, in order to enhance asset return, reduce volatility or both. Derivatives are primarily employed by the Plans in their fixed income portfolios and in the hedge fund-of-funds area. Derivatives can be used in the plans for hedging purposes to reduce risk. During 2007, the Equifax Master Trust entered into certain allowed derivative arrangements in order to minimize potential losses in the Plans' assets. These agreements were settled in 2008 resulting in payments received of $13.2 million in the USRIP and $6.6 million in the EIPP.

The Plans are prohibited from investing additional amounts in Equifax stock once the market value of stock held by each plan exceeds 10% of the total market value of each plan. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the USRIP's assets included 0.8 million and 0.9 million shares, respectively, of Equifax common stock, with a market value of $21.3 million and $33.6 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the EIPP's assets included 0.1 million shares of Equifax common stock for both periods, with a market value of $2.4 million and $3.9 million, respectively. Not more than 5% of the portfolio (at cost) shall be invested in the securities of any one issuer, with the exceptions of Equifax common stock or other securities, and U.S. Treasury and government agency securities.

The following USRIP and EIPP asset allocation ranges and actual allocations were in effect as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
  Range
  Actual
 
 
       
   
 
USRIP
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
   

Large-Cap Equity

  10%–35%   15%–35%     14.3 %   20.6 %

Small- and Mid-Cap Equity

  0%–15%   2%–10%     3.3 %   13.1 %

International Equity

  10%–30%   10%–30%     12.0 %   17.5 %

Private Equity

  2%–10%   2%–8%     7.5 %   6.2 %

Hedge Funds

  10%–30%   15%–30%     19.0 %   19.4 %

Real Assets

  2%–10%   2%–10%     6.3 %   1.7 %

Fixed Income

  15%–40%   10%–25%     28.9 %   12.3 %

Cash

  0%–15%   0%–15%     8.7 %   9.2 %

EIPP

                     
   

Large-Cap Equity

  10%–40%   15%–35%     17.4 %   26.6 %

Small- and Mid-Cap Equity

  0%–15%   2%–10%     8.2 %   6.3 %

International Equity

  10%–25%   10%–30%     11.1 %   20.7 %

Private Equity

  2%–10%   2%–10%     5.2 %   3.0 %

Hedge Funds

  10%–30%   15%–25%     8.4 %   14.3 %

Real Assets

  5%–15%   5%–15%     5.3 %   11.7 %

Fixed Income

  10%–35%   5%–20%     19.0 %   6.1 %

Cash

  0%–15%   0%–15%     25.4 %   11.3 %

87


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Due to the timing of certain hedge fund redemptions and subsequent reinvestment, the EIPP Plan was under allocated to hedge funds and over allocated to cash at December 31, 2008.

CRIP Investment and Asset Allocation Strategies.  The Pension Committee of the CRIP has retained an investment manager who has the discretion to invest in various asset classes with the care, skill, and diligence expected of professional prudence. The CRIP has a separate custodian of those assets, which are held in various segregated pooled funds. The Pension Committee maintains an investment policy for the CRIP, which imposes certain limitations and restrictions regarding allowable types of investments. The current investment policy imposes those restrictions on investments or transactions such as (1) Equifax common stock or securities, except as might be incidental to any pooled funds which the plan may have, (2) commodities or loans, (3) short sales and the use of margin accounts, (4) put and call options, (5) private placements, and (6) transactions which are "related-party" in nature as specified by the Canadian Pension Benefits Standards Act and its regulations.

Each pooled fund is associated with an asset classification, which has a primary investment objective. The objective for each asset class is related to a standard investment index and to a period of four-years. The following includes the objectives for each of the current five asset classes:

Asset class
  Four-Year Objective
 

Canadian Equities

 

S&P/TSX Composite Total Return Index plus 1.5%

U.S. Equities

 

S&P 500 Total Return Index plus 1.5% (Canadian $)

International Equities

 

MSCI EAFE Total Return Index plus 1.5% (Canadian $)

Fixed Income

 

Scotia Capital Universe Bond Index plus 0.5%

Money Market

 

Scotia Capital 91-Day Treasury Bill Index plus 0.3%

The following specifies the asset allocation ranges and actual allocation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 
   
  Actual
 
 
   
     
CRIP
  Range
  2008
  2007
 
   

Canadian Equities

  30%–50%     39.2 %   39.1 %

U.S. Equities

  9%–29%     20.9 %   19.3 %

International Equities

  0%–19%     9.5 %   9.5 %

Fixed Income

  20%–40%     28.4 %   30.0 %

Money Market

  0%–10%     2.0 %   2.1 %

The investment goal is to achieve the composite return calculated based on the above benchmark allocation plus 1% over successive four-year periods. An additional objective is to provide a real rate of return of 3.0% when compared with the Canadian Consumer Price Index, also over successive four-year periods.

Equifax Retirement Savings Plans.  Equifax sponsored a tax qualified defined contribution plan in 2008, the Equifax Inc. 401(k) Plan, or the Plan. The Company assumed sponsorship of the TALX Corporation Savings and Retirement Plan, or TALX Plan, upon the acquisition of TALX in 2007; however, the TALX Plan was subsequently merged into the Plan on December 31, 2007. We provide a discretionary match of participants' contributions, up to six percent of employee contributions. Company contributions for the Plan during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2006 were $6.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively. Company contributions for the Plan and TALX Plan in 2007 were $5.6 million.

Foreign Retirement Plans.  We also maintain defined contribution plans for certain employees in the U.K. and Canada. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, our expenses related to these plans were not material.

Deferred Compensation Plans.  We maintain deferred compensation plans that allow for certain management employees and the Board of Directors to defer the receipt of compensation (such as salary, incentive compensation, commissions or vested restricted stock units) until a later date based on the terms of the plans. The benefits under

88


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


our deferred compensation plans are guaranteed by the assets of a grantor trust which, through our funding, purchased variable life insurance policies on certain consenting individuals, with this trust as beneficiary. The purpose of this trust is to ensure the distribution of benefits accrued by participants of the deferred compensation plans in case of a change in control, as defined in the trust agreement.

Long-Term Incentive Plan.  We have a shareholder-approved Key Management Incentive Plan (Annual Incentive Plan) for certain key officers that provides for annual or long-term cash awards at the end of various measurement periods, based on the earnings per share and/or various other criteria over the measurement period. Our total accrued incentive compensation for all incentive plans included in accrued salaries and bonuses on our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $45.8 million and $53.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Employee Benefit Trusts.  We maintain three employee benefit trusts for the purpose of satisfying obligations under certain benefit plans. These trusts held 3.2 million and 3.7 million shares of Equifax stock with a value, at cost, of $51.8 million and $57.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as well as cash, which was not material for both periods presented. The three employee benefits trusts are as follows:

•
The Employee Stock Benefits Trust, which constitutes a funding vehicle for a variety of employee benefit programs. Each year, this trust releases a certain number of shares which are distributed to employees in the course of share option exercises or nonvested share distributions upon vesting. The cash in this trust can also be used to satisfy our obligations under other benefit plans.

•
The Executive Life and Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan Grantor Trust is used to ensure that the insurance premiums due under the Executive Life and Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan are paid in case we fail to make scheduled payments following a change in control, as defined in this trust agreement.

•
The Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans Grantor Trust's assets are dedicated to ensure the payment of benefits accrued under our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans in case of a change in control, as defined in this trust agreement.

The assets in these plans are subject to creditors claims in case of insolvency of Equifax Inc.

10.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

2008 Restructuring and Asset Write-down Charges.  In the third quarter 2008, we realigned our business to better support our strategic objectives in the current economic environment. These actions were designed to reduce and manage our expenses and to preserve our financial results, while enabling us to allocate resources to pursue key strategic objectives. As a result, we recorded a $16.8 million restructuring and asset write-down charge ($10.5 million, net of tax) of which $14.4 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses and $2.4 million recorded in depreciation and amortization on our Consolidated Statement of Income. The $2.4 million recorded in depreciation and amortization is related to the write-down of certain internal-use software from which we will no longer derive future benefit.

Of the $14.4 million recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, $10.3 million is associated with headcount reductions of approximately 300 positions, which was accrued for under existing severance plans or statutory requirements, and $4.1 million is related to certain contractual costs. Generally, severance benefits paid to our U.S. employees are paid through monthly payroll according to the number of weeks of severance benefit provided to the employee, while our international employees receive a lump sum severance payment for their benefit. Accordingly, we expect the majority of the payments related to headcount reductions to be completed by the first quarter of 2009. A majority of the certain contractual costs, which primarily represents services we do not intend to utilize for which we are contractually committed to future payments, are expected to be paid by 2011. The payments related to these charges totaled $6.5 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, the majority of which related to the headcount reductions.

89


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2006 Restructuring Charges.  During the fourth quarter of 2006, we approved a plan for certain organizational changes, effective January 1, 2007. This plan provided for the realignment of our operations, resulting in the elimination of approximately 170 positions, with expected payments totaling $6.4 million, pre-tax, and $4.0 million, net of tax. The severance liabilities were recognized in 2006 as payment was probable and estimable under existing plans. The realignment activities provided for by this plan were substantially complete at December 31, 2007.

11.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

SunTrust Banks, Inc., or SunTrust

We consider SunTrust a related party because L. Phillip Humann, a member of our Board of Directors, was Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of SunTrust Banks, Inc., a multi-bank holding company, from 2007 to April 2008 and prior thereto, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 2004 through 2006. Larry L. Prince, a member of our Board of Directors until September 18, 2008, was also a director of SunTrust. Our relationships with SunTrust are described more fully as follows:

•
We paid SunTrust $4.1 million, $4.2 million and $3.1 million, respectively, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 for services such as lending, foreign exchange, debt underwriting, cash management, trust, investment management, acquisition valuation, and shareholder services relationships.

•
We also provide credit management services to SunTrust, as a customer, from whom we recognized revenue of $6.6 million, $6.0 million and $4.9 million, respectively, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The corresponding outstanding accounts receivable balances due from SunTrust at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were immaterial.

•
We have an $850.0 million Senior Credit Facility with a group of banks, of which SunTrust is committed to lend $115.0 million. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, SunTrust's portion of the outstanding borrowings under this facility totaled $56.8 million and $50.7 million, respectively.

•
SunTrust is the holder of our $10.1 million mortgage obligation on the facility that houses our Atlanta, Georgia data center, which we acquired on July 26, 2007.

•
SunTrust provides the $29.0 million synthetic lease facility related to our Atlanta corporate headquarters building. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the amount of this facility was $29.0 million.

•
A subsidiary of SunTrust, AMA/Lighthouse, Inc., owned a 24.9% minority interest in Lighthouse Investment Partners, L.L.C., which provides investment management services for our USRIP; SunTrust sold its minority interest in January 2008. As of December 31, 2007, a total of $30.1 million of USRIP assets were managed by this subsidiary of SunTrust.

•
SunTrust is a dealer under our commercial paper program. Fees paid to the dealers related to our issuance of commercial paper were immaterial during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

•
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey served as an underwriter for our public offering of $550.0 million of Notes in June 2007 for which they were paid underwriting fees of approximately $0.4 million.

Bank of America, N.A., or B of A

We considered B of A a related party until September 18, 2008, because Jacquelyn M. Ward, a member of our Board of Directors until that date, was also a director of B of A. Our relationships with B of A are described more fully as follows:

•
We provide credit management services to B of A, as a customer, from whom we recognized revenue of $40.3 million, $35.3 million and $37.1 million, respectively, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The corresponding outstanding accounts receivable balance due from B of A at December 31, 2007 was $6.0 million.

•
We have an $850.0 million Senior Credit Facility, as amended during the second quarter of 2007, with a group of banks, of which B of A is committed to lend $115.0 million. At December 31, 2007, B of A's portion of the outstanding borrowings under this facility totaled $50.7 million.

90


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

•
B of A extends an uncommitted $25.0 million working capital line of credit to Equifax. The facility is cancelable at the discretion of either party. The uncommitted working capital line at December 31, 2007, had an outstanding balance of zero.

•
Bank of America Corporation provides investment management services for the USRIP and EIPP through its subsidiary, Bank of America Capital Advisors, LLC. At December 31, 2007, a total of $5.0 million of USRIP and EIPP assets were managed by this subsidiary.

•
At December 31, 2007, B of A was the counterparty on interest rate swaps related to our headquarters building lease with us with a notional value of $29.0 million.

•
B of A is a dealer under our commercial paper program. Fees paid to the dealers related to our issuance of commercial paper were immaterial during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

•
B of A Securities, LLC served as an underwriter for our public offering of $550.0 million of Notes in June 2007 for which they were paid underwriting fees of approximately $1.4 million.

Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., or FNIS

We considered FNIS a related party until September 17, 2008, because Lee A. Kennedy, one of our directors until that date is President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of FNIS. We sell certain consumer credit information services to FNIS. Revenue from FNIS, as a customer, for credit disclosure reports and portfolio reviews was not material during the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The corresponding outstanding accounts receivable balance due from FNIS at December 31, 2007 was also immaterial. In addition, FNIS provides customer invoice and disclosure notification printing and mailing services to us. Amounts paid to FNIS for fulfillment services were $12.1 million, $11.5 million and $10.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

On February 29, 2008, in order to enhance our mortgage solutions market share, we acquired certain assets and specified liabilities of FIS Credit Services, Inc., a related party mortgage credit reporting reseller, for cash consideration of $6.0 million. This is considered a related party transaction in accordance with SFAS No. 57, "Related Party Disclosures," since FNIS is the parent company of FIS Credit Services, Inc.

91


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12.   SEGMENT INFORMATION

Organizational Realignment.  Effective January 1, 2007, we implemented certain organizational changes as a result of a strategic review of our business. The changes to our internal structure changed our operating segments to the following: U.S. Consumer Information Solutions, International, North America Personal Solutions and North America Commercial Solutions. U.S. Consumer Information Solutions consists of the former Marketing Services and North America Information Services, excluding U.S. Commercial Services and Canada. North America Commercial Solutions represents our former commercial business for the U.S. and Canada that was within North America Information Services as well as our October 2006 acquisition of Austin-Tetra. International consists of our consumer business in Canada and all of our businesses in Europe and Latin America. North America Personal Solutions remained unchanged. Our financial results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 have been recast below to reflect our new organizational structure.

Reportable Segments.  Effective with our organizational realignment on January 1, 2007, we manage our business and report our financial results through the following five reportable segments, which are the same as our operating segments:

•
U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

•
TALX

•
International

•
North America Personal Solutions

•
North America Commercial Solutions

The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in our summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 1). We evaluate the performance of these reportable segments based on their operating revenues, operating income and operating margins, excluding any unusual or infrequent items, if any. Inter-segment sales and transfers are not material for all periods presented. The measurement criteria for segment profit or loss and segment assets are substantially the same for each reportable segment. All transactions between segments are accounted for at cost, and no timing differences occur between segments.

A summary of segment products and services under our new organizational structure is as follows:

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions.  This segment includes consumer information services (such as credit information and credit scoring, credit modeling services, locate services, fraud detection and prevention services, identity verification services and other consulting services); mortgage loan origination information, appraisal, title and closing services; credit marketing services; and consumer demographic and lifestyle information services.

TALX.  This segment includes employment and income verification services (known as The Work Number) and employment tax and talent management services.

International.  This segment includes information services products, which includes consumer and commercial services (such as credit and financial information, credit scoring and credit modeling services), credit and other marketing products and services, and products and services sold directly to consumers.

North America Personal Solutions.  This segment includes credit information, credit monitoring and identity theft protection products sold directly to consumers via the Internet and in various hard-copy formats.

North America Commercial Solutions.  This segment includes commercial products and services such as business credit and demographic information, credit scores and portfolio analytics (decisioning tools), which are derived from our databases of business credit, financial and demographic information.

92


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Segment information for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Operating revenue:

                   

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 890.8   $ 969.7   $ 968.1  

International

    505.7     472.8     402.8  

TALX

    305.1     179.4     —  

North America Personal Solutions

    162.6     153.5     126.0  

North America Commercial Solutions

    71.5     67.6     49.4  
   
 

Total operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7   $ 1,843.0   $ 1,546.3  
   

 

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Operating income:

                   

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 337.1   $ 383.5   $ 395.7  

International

    149.9     141.1     118.1  

TALX

    53.1     29.3     —  

North America Personal Solutions

    46.3     34.0     13.6  

North America Commercial Solutions

    13.6     12.0     9.9  

General Corporate Expense

    (122.8 )   (113.7 )   (101.2 )
   
 

Total operating income

  $ 477.2   $ 486.2   $ 436.1  
   

 

 
  December 31,
 
   
(in millions)
  2008
  2007
 
   

Total assets:

             

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 1,047.7   $ 973.6  

International

    512.7     652.0  

TALX

    1,415.8     1,575.7  

North America Personal Solutions

    21.3     15.5  

North America Commercial Solutions

    68.1     78.2  

General Corporate

    194.7     228.9  
   
 

Total assets

  $ 3,260.3   $ 3,523.9  
   

 

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Depreciation and amortization expense:

                   

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 46.2   $ 47.0   $ 46.1  

International

    23.8     21.4     19.2  

TALX

    62.6     38.3     —  

North America Personal Solutions

    3.1     2.9     3.0  

North America Commercial Solutions

    5.4     5.5     4.2  

General Corporate

    14.3     12.6     10.3  
   
 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

  $ 155.4   $ 127.7   $ 82.8  
   

 

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
   
(in millions)
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
   

Capital expenditures:

                   

U.S. Consumer Information Solutions

  $ 22.1   $ 23.3   $ 32.0  

International

    22.8     23.0     11.1  

TALX

    9.9     6.4     —  

North America Personal Solutions

    9.5     5.0     2.9  

North America Commercial Solutions

    4.3     1.0     0.8  

General Corporate

    41.9     59.8     5.2  
   
 

Total capital expenditures

  $ 110.5   $ 118.5   $ 52.0  
   

93


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial information by geographic area is as follows:

 
  Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
 
     
 
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
 
     
(in millions)
  Amount
  %
  Amount
  %
  Amount
  %
 
   

Operating revenue (based on location of customer):

                                     

U.S.

  $ 1,404.7     73 % $ 1,344.5     73 % $ 1,120.5     72 %

Canada

    136.2     7 %   132.2     7 %   118.2     8 %

U.K.

    141.0     7 %   158.0     9 %   135.0     9 %

Brazil

    97.6     5 %   83.0     4 %   78.0     5 %

Other

    156.2     8 %   125.3     7 %   94.6     6 %
   
 

Total operating revenue

  $ 1,935.7     100 % $ 1,843.0     100 % $ 1,546.3     100 %
   

 

 
  December 31,
 
 
     
 
  2008
  2007
 
 
     
(in millions)
  Amount
  %
  Amount
  %
 
   

Long-lived assets:

                         

U.S.

  $ 2,504.5     87 % $ 2,592.3     84 %

Brazil

    123.6     4 %   169.0     5 %

Canada

    95.2     3 %   119.2     4 %

U.K.

    93.6     3 %   131.3     4 %

Other

    89.6     3 %   87.1     3 %
   
 

Total long-lived assets

  $ 2,906.5     100 % $ 3,098.9     100 %
   

13.   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Quarterly financial data for 2008 and 2007 was as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
 
 
     
(In millions, except per share data)
  March 31,
  June 30,
  September 30,
  December 31,
 
   

2008

                         

Operating revenue

  $ 503.1   $ 501.9   $ 484.1   $ 446.6  
   

Operating income

  $ 126.2   $ 127.7   $ 107.2   $ 116.1  
   

Net income

  $ 65.7   $ 70.8   $ 72.3   $ 64.0  
   

Basic earnings per common share*

  $ 0.51   $ 0.55   $ 0.57   $ 0.51  
   

Diluted earnings per common share*

  $ 0.50   $ 0.54   $ 0.56   $ 0.50  
   

94


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 
  Three Months Ended
 
 
     
(In millions, except per share data)
  March 31,
  June 30,
  September 30,
  December 31,
 
   

2007

                         

Operating revenue

  $ 405.1   $ 454.5   $ 492.5   $ 490.9  
   

Operating income

  $ 117.0   $ 119.8   $ 129.2   $ 120.2  
   

Net income

  $ 69.0   $ 70.1   $ 67.9   $ 65.7  
   

Basic earnings per common share*

  $ 0.55   $ 0.52   $ 0.49   $ 0.50  
   

Diluted earnings per common share*

  $ 0.54   $ 0.51   $ 0.48   $ 0.49  
   
*
The sum of the quarterly EPS does not equal the annual EPS due to changes in the weighted-average shares between periods.

The comparability of our quarterly financial results during 2008 and 2007 was impacted by certain events, as follows:

•
During 2008 and 2007, we made several acquisitions, including TALX during the second quarter of 2007. For additional information about our acquisitions, see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

•
During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded a restructuring and asset write-down charge. For additional information about this charge, see Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

•
During the third quarter of 2008, we recorded an income tax benefit of $14.6 million related to uncertain tax positions for which the statute of limitations expired. For additional information about this benefit, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

95

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 on page 49 and is incorporated by reference.

Equifax's independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on Equifax's internal control over financial reporting, which appears in Item 8 on page 50 and is incorporated by reference.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in Equifax's internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2008 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Equifax's internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

96

PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information required by Item 10 of Part III regarding our directors, nominees, and audit committee financial experts is included in the sections captioned "Corporate Governance and Board Matters" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our definitive Proxy Statement, or 2009 Proxy Statement, relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2009, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2008, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding our Executive Officers required by Item 10 of Part III is set forth in Item 1 of Part I "Business — Executive Officers of the Registrant."

Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is included in the section of our 2009 Proxy Statement captioned "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equifax has adopted codes of ethics and business conduct applicable to all directors, officers and employees, available at www.equifax.com/corp/aboutefx/ethics/main.shtml, or in print upon request to the Corporate Secretary, Equifax Inc., P.O. Box 4081, Atlanta, Georgia, 30302. We will post any amendments to the code of ethics and business conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange on our Internet site.

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information required by Item 11 of Part III is included in the sections of our 2009 Proxy Statement captioned "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Executive Compensation Tables," "Director Compensation," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," and "Compensation, Human Resources and Management Succession Committee Report" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information required by Item 12 of Part III is included in the section of our 2009 Proxy Statement captioned "Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Information required by Item 12 regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is included in the section captioned "Equity Compensation Plan Information" in our 2009 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information required by Item 13 of Part III is included in the sections of our 2009 Proxy Statement captioned "Corporate Governance and Board Matters," and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information required by Item 14 of Part III is included in the section of our 2009 Proxy Statement captioned "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services" and is incorporated herein by reference.

97

PART IV

ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
List of Documents Filed as a Part of This Report:
(1)
Financial Statements.   The following financial statements are included in Item 8 of Part II:

•
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2008 and 2007;

•
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006;

•
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006;

•
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006; and

•
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules.

•
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

    (3)
    Exhibits.   A list of the exhibits required to be filed as part of this Report by Item 601 of Regulation S-K is set forth in the Exhibit Index on page 100 of this Form 10-K, which immediately precedes such exhibits, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b)
Exhibits.   See Item 15(a)(3).
(c)
Financial Statement Schedules.   See Item 15(a)(2).

98

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 26, 2009.

    EQUIFAX INC.
(Registrant)

By:
 
 
    /s/ RICHARD F. SMITH  
     
    Richard F. Smith
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

We, the undersigned directors and executive officers of Equifax Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Lee Adrean, Nuala M. King and James Griggs, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 26, 2009.

/s/ RICHARD F. SMITH  
 
Richard F. Smith,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
        (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ LEE ADREAN  
 
Lee Adrean,
Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
        (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/ NUALA M. KING  
 
Nuala M. King,
Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller
        (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ WILLIAM W. CANFIELD  
 
William W. Canfield,
Director

/s/ JAMES E. COPELAND, JR.  
 
James E. Copeland, Jr.,
Director

/s/ ROBERT D. DALEO  
 
Robert D. Daleo,
Director

 
/s/ WALTER W. DRIVER, JR.  
 
Walter W. Driver, Jr.,
Director

/s/ MARK L. FEIDLER  
 
Mark L. Feidler,
Director

/s/ L. PHILLIP HUMANN  
 
L. Phillip Humann,
Director

/s/ SIRI S. MARSHALL  
 
Siri S. Marshall,
Director

/s/ JOHN A. MCKINLEY  
 
John A. McKinley,
Director

/s/ MARK B. TEMPLETON  
 
Mark B. Templeton,
Director

99

2008 Form 10-K
EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit
Number

 
Description
 
      Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
  3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Equifax Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Equifax's Schedule 14A filed March 27, 1996).
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Equifax Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed November 12, 2008).

 
 
 
Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
  4.1   Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated as of October 14, 2005, between Equifax Inc. and SunTrust Bank, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit A the form of Rights Certificate and as Exhibit B the Summary of Rights (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed on October 18, 2005).
  4.2   Indenture dated as of June 29, 1998, between Equifax Inc. and The First National Bank of Chicago, Trustee (under which Equifax's 6.9% Debentures due 2028 were issued) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 31, 1999).
  4.3   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 28, 2007, between Equifax Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (under which Equifax's 6.30% Senior Notes due 2017 were issued), to Indenture dated as of June 29, 1998 between Equifax Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed June 29, 2007).
  4.4   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 28, 2007, between Equifax Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (under which Equifax's 7.00% Senior Notes due 2037 were issued), to Indenture dated as of June 29, 1998 between Equifax Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed June 29, 2007).
  4.5   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006, among Equifax Inc., Equifax PLC, the Lenders named therein and SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2006).
  4.6   First and Second Amendments to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, each dated as of May 11, 2007, to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 2006 among Equifax Inc., Equifax PLC, the Lenders named therein and SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed May 15, 2007).
  4.7   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 25, 2006, among TALX Corporation and the Purchasers named therein (TALX Corporation Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2014) (including as Exhibit 1 the form of Senior Guaranteed Note due 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2007).
  4.8   Amendment Agreement dated as of May 15, 2007, among Equifax Inc., TALX Corporation and the Purchasers named therein (including form of Equifax Inc. parent guaranty), to Note Purchase Agreement between TALX Corporation and the Purchasers named therein dated as of May 25, 2006 (TALX Corporation Senior Guaranteed Notes due 2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2007).

 
 
 
Except as set forth in the preceding Exhibits 4.1 through 4.8, instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Equifax have been omitted where the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Equifax and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Equifax agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, a copy of such instruments with respect to issuances of long-term debt of Equifax and its subsidiaries.

 
 
 
Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans or Arrangements
  10.1   Form of New Change in Control Agreement (Tier I or Tier II) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed September 26, 2008).
  10.2   Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed July 29, 2008).
  10.3   Equifax Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 31, 1999).

100


EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
        
Exhibit
Number
  Description
 
  10.4   Equifax Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 29, 2001).
  10.5   Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives of Equifax Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed November 15, 2004).
  10.6   Equifax Inc. Executive Life and Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 29, 2001).
  10.7   Equifax Inc. Key Management Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Equifax's definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed April 12, 2006).
  10.8 ** Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
  10.9 ** Form of Deferred Share Award Agreement (restricted stock units) under the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
  10.10 ** Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (U.K. Sub-Plan for U.K. Participants).
  10.11 ** Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (U.K. approved option version).
  10.12 ** Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (U.K. unapproved option version).
  10.13 ** Equifax Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through December 31, 2008.
  10.14 ** Equifax Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended through December 31, 2008.
  10.15   Equifax Grantor Trust dated as of January 1, 2003, between Equifax Inc. and Wachovia Bank, N.A., Trustee, relating to supplemental deferred compensation and phantom stock benefits (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 28, 2003).
  10.16 ** Equifax Inc. Director and Executive Stock Deferral Plan, as amended through December 31, 2008.
  10.17 ** Form of Director Deferred Share Award Agreement, as amended through December 31, 2008.
  10.18   Summary of Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2005).
  10.19 ** Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation.
  10.20   Amended and restated Employment Agreement dated as of September 23, 2008, between Equifax Inc. and Richard F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 8-k filed September 26, 2008).
  10.21   Deferred Share Award Agreement dated as of September 19, 2005, between Equifax Inc. and Richard F. Smith (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed November 7, 2005).
  10.22   Employment Agreement dated September 1, 1996, and Modification of Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2007, between TALX Corporation and William W. Canfield (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2007).
  10.23   Amendment to Employment Agreement dated September 23, 2008, between TALX Corporation and William W. Canfield (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed September 26, 2008).
  10.24   First Amendment to and Complete Restatement of TALX Split-Dollar Agreements and Related Insurance Agreements, dated March 31, 1999, among TALX Corporation, William W. Canfield, and Thomas M. Canfield and James W. Canfield, Trustees of the Canfield Family Irrevocable Insurance Trust U/A March 31, 1993 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Equifax's Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2007).

 
 
 
Material Contracts
  10.25   Agreement for Computerized Credit Reporting Services and Options to Purchase and Sell Assets dated as of August 1, 1988, among The Credit Bureau, Incorporated of Georgia, Equifax Inc., Computer Sciences Corporation, CSC Credit Services, Inc., Credit Bureau of Greater Cincinnati, Inc., Credit Bureau of Greater Kansas City, Inc., Johns Holding Company, CSC Credit Services of Minnesota, Inc. and CSC Accounts Management, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 30, 2000).
  10.26   First through Third Amendments dated as of December 28, 1990, 1991 and September 27, 1991, respectively, to Agreement for Computerized Credit Reporting Services and Options to Purchase and Sell Assets (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 31, 1997).

101


EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)
        
Exhibit
Number
  Description
 
  10.27   Fourth Amendment dated as of December 31, 1992 to Agreement for Computerized Services and Options to Purchase and Sell Assets (incorporated by reference to pages 8 through 16 and Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3, Registration Statement No. 33-62820 filed June 17, 1993).
  10.28   Fifth Amendment dated as of September 7, 1993 to Agreement for Computerized Credit Reporting Services and Options to Purchase and Sell Assets (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 30, 2000).
  10.29   Sixth Amendment dated as of 1994 to Agreement for Computerized Credit Reporting Services and Options to Purchase and Sell Assets (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 30, 1995).
  10.30   Lease Agreement dated as of March 18, 1994, between Equifax Inc. and William J. Wade, Individual Owner Trustee of Equifax Business Trust No. 1994-A, related to leveraged lease of JV White Technology Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 30, 2000).
  10.31   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of June 28, 2007, between Equifax Inc. and First Chicago Leasing Corporation related to Equifax's purchase of the JV White Technology Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed July 3, 2007).
  10.32   Ground Lease Agreement dated as of March 5, 1998, between Rhodes Center Property, L.L.C. and Equifax Inc. related to lease of Equifax's corporate headquarters (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 31, 1999).
  10.33   Agreement for Operations Support dated as of July 1, 2003, between International Business Machines Corporation and Equifax Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 10-Q/A filed April 29, 2004).
  10.34   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated May 22, 2007, between Equifax Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed May 23, 2007).
  10.35   Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement dated May 22, 2007, between Equifax Inc. and SunTrust Capital Markets Securities, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Equifax's Form 8-K filed May 23, 2007).

 
 
 
Other Exhibits and Certifications
  11.1   Calculation of earnings per share. (The calculation of earnings per share is in Part II, Item 8, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and is omitted in accordance with Section (b)(11) of Item 601 of the Notes to Regulation S-K).
  14.1   Code of Ethics (The Equifax Business Ethics and Compliance Program) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to Equifax's Form 10-K filed March 11, 2004).
  21.1 ** Subsidiaries of Equifax Inc.
  23.1 ** Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  24.1 ** Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
  31.1 ** Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
  31.2 ** Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
  32.1 ** Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
  32.2 ** Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
*
Document omits information pursuant to a Request for Confidential Treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933 which has been granted by the SEC. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

**
Filed herewith.

102


SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

2008

Column A
  Column B
  Column C
  Column D
  Column E
 
   
 
   
  Additions
   
   
 
 
   
       
   
 
(In millions)                 Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Charged to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions
  Balance at
End of
Period
 
   

Reserves deducted in the balance sheet from the assets to which they apply:

                               
   

Trade accounts receivable

  $ 8.9   $ 11.0   $ —   $ (5.4 ) $ 14.5  
   

Deferred income tax asset valuation allowance

    60.8     0.2     49.9     (17.2 )   93.7  
   

  $ 69.7   $ 11.2   $ 49.9   $ (22.6 ) $ 108.2  
   

2007

Column A
  Column B
  Column C
  Column D
  Column E
 
   
 
   
  Additions
   
   
 
 
   
       
   
 
(In millions)                 Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Charged to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions
  Balance at
End of
Period
 
   

Reserves deducted in the balance sheet from the assets to which they apply:

                               
   

Trade accounts receivable

  $ 8.7   $ 7.3   $ —   $ (7.1 ) $ 8.9  
   

Deferred income tax asset valuation allowance

    74.8     0.2     8.6     (22.8 )   60.8  
   

  $ 83.5   $ 7.5   $ 8.6   $ (29.9 ) $ 69.7  
   

2006

Column A
  Column B
  Column C
  Column D
  Column E
 
   
 
   
  Additions
   
   
 
 
   
       
   
 
(In millions)                 Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Charged to
Other
Accounts
  Deductions
  Balance at
End of
Period
 
   

Reserves deducted in the balance sheet from the assets to which they apply:

                               
   

Trade accounts receivable

  $ 9.6   $ 5.2   $ —   $ (6.1 ) $ 8.7  
   

Deferred income tax asset valuation allowance

    81.2     0.3     5.5     (12.2 )   74.8  
   

  $ 90.8   $ 5.5   $ 5.5   $ (18.3 ) $ 83.5  
   

103



QuickLinks

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

EXHIBIT 10.8

 

EQUIFAX INC. 2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

[Participant]

 

Number of Shares Subject to Award: [Number of Shares]

 

Option Price:  $[Option Price]

 

Date of Grant:  [Grant Date]

 

Pursuant to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), has granted the above-named Participant (the “Participant”) an Option (the “Award”) to purchase shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”), the terms and conditions of which are set in this agreement (the “Agreement”) and in the Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1.   Grant of Option .   The Company on the Date of Grant set forth above granted to Participant (subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement) the right to purchase from the Company all or part of the Number of Shares stated above (the “Option”).  This Agreement is not intended to be, and shall not be treated as, an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

2.   Basic Terms and Conditions .   The Option is subject to the following basic terms and conditions:

 

(a)   Expiration Date .   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Option will expire ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”).

 

(b)   Exercise of Option .   Except as provided in Sections 2(d) or 3, the Option shall be exercisable with respect to one-third of the Number of Shares subject to this Option on each of the first three anniversaries of the Date of Grant so that this Option shall be fully exercisable on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, provided the Participant (i) remains employed by the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 2(d)(ii), terminates employment by reason of Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan).  Once exercisable, in whole or part, the Option will continue to be so exercisable until the earlier of the termination of Participant’s rights under Section 2(d) or 3, or the Expiration Date.

 

(c)   Method of Exercise and Payment for Shares .   In order to exercise the Option, it must be vested and must not have expired, and Participant must give written notice in a manner prescribed by the Company from time to time together with payment of the Option Price to the Company at the Company’s principal office in Atlanta, Georgia, or as otherwise directed by the Committee.  The Date of Exercise will be the date of receipt of the notice or any later date specified in the notice.  Participant must pay the Option Price (i) in cash or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee, (ii) by the surrender (or attestation of ownership) of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite index on the Date of Exercise) that is not less than the Option Price, (iii) by a combination of cash and Shares or (iv) by net settlement of the Option in the manner designated by the Committee.  Not all forms and methods of payment are available in every country.  Except as restricted by applicable law, payment of the Option Price may be delayed in the discretion of the Committee to accommodate proceeds of sale of some or all of the shares to which this grant relates.

 

If at exercise, Participant is not in compliance with the Company’s minimum stock ownership guidelines then in effect for Participant’s job grade or classification, if any, Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option using a “cashless exercise program” of the Company (if then in effect), unless the net proceeds received by Participant from that exercise consist only of Shares and Participant agrees to hold all those Shares for at least one (1) year.

 

1


 

(d)    Termination of Employment .   Except as provided in Subsections (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) below, or Section 3, the Option will expire and will not be exercisable after termination of Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(i.)       Elimination of Position .  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from the Company’s elimination of the position held by Participant, then Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of Participant’s termination of employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  Except as provided in Subsection 2(d)(iv)(A) below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the one-year period commencing on the date of termination of employment, or the Expiration Date.

 

(ii.)      Retirement .  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from Participant’s Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan), Participant will continue to vest in the Option in accordance with the original vesting schedule in Section 2(b) above as if Participant had remained actively employed; provided, that upon Participant’s death, all vesting will cease and the Option will be exercisable with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable on the date of Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable from time to time until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following Participant’s Retirement, or the Expiration Date.

 

(iii.)     Disability .  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from Participant’s Disability (as such term is defined in the Plan), then Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the last date of Participant’s active employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled. Except as provided in Section 2(d)(iv)(A) below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the last date of Participant’s active employment or the Expiration Date.

 

(iv.)    Death.

 

(A)      Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from Participant’s death, then Participant’s estate, or the person(s) to whom Participant’s rights under this Agreement pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution, will have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  The right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following Participant’s death or the Expiration Date.

 

(B)       If Participant dies following termination of employment and prior to the expiration of any remaining period during which the Option may be exercised in accordance with Subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or Section 3, the remaining period during which the Option will be exercisable (by Participant’s estate, or the person(s) to whom Participant’s rights under this Agreement pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution) will be the greater of (a) the remaining period under the applicable section or paragraph referred to above, or (b) six 6) months from the date of death; provided that under no circumstances will the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

3.   Change of Control .   If a Change of Control of the Company occurs while Participant is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, then the entire Number of Shares represented by the Option which have not yet been exercised will become immediately vested and exercisable (the “Unexercised Portion”).  The Committee, in its discretion, may terminate the Option upon a Change of Control; provided, however, that at least 30 days prior to the Change of Control, the Committee notifies the Participant that the Option will be terminated and provides the Participant, at the election of the Committee, either (i) a cash payment equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the vested Options (including Options that would become vested upon the Change in Control as provided above) and the Exercise Price for such Options, computed as of the date of the Change of Control and to be paid no later than three (3) business days after the Change of Control, or (ii) the right to exercise all vested Options (including Options that would become vested upon the Change of Control as provided above) immediately prior to

 

2


 

the Change of Control. If the Unexercised Portion of the Options continue to remain outstanding after the Change of Control and if Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates after the date on which the Change of Control occurs other than as a result of a termination by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause, then Participant (or, if applicable, Participant’s estate or the person(s) to whom Participant’s rights under this Agreement pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution) will have the right to exercise the Unexercised Portion.  Except as provided in Section 2(d)(iv)(B) above or Section 4 below, that right may be exercised until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the termination of Participant’s employment or the Expiration Date.

 

4.   Cancellation and Rescission of Option .

 

(a)  If, at any time, (i) during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) during the period after Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason during which all or part of the Option remains exercisable, but not to exceed 24 months following Participant’s termination of employment, Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity” (as defined in subsection (b) below), the Committee may, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise restrict or limit this Option as of the first date Participant engaged in the Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may also require Participant to pay to the Company any gain realized by Participant from exercising all or any portion of the Option hereunder during the period beginning six (6) months prior to the date on which Participant engaged or began engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

(b)   For purposes of this Agreement, “Detrimental Activity” shall mean and include any of the following:

 

(i.)   the breach or violation of any other agreement between Participant and the Company relating to protection of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets, solicitation of employees, customers or suppliers, or refraining from competition with the Company;

 

(ii.)   the disclosure, reproduction or use of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets (each as defined below) for the benefit of Participant or third parties except in connection with the performance of Participant’s duties for the Company or, after advance notice to the Company, as required by a valid order or subpoena issued by a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction;

 

(iii.)   the use, reproduction, disclosure or distribution of any information which the Company is required to hold confidential under applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.) and any state credit reporting statutes;

 

(iv.)   the making, or causing or attempting to cause any other person to make, any statement, either written or oral, or conveying any information about the Company which is disparaging or which in any way reflects negatively upon the Company;

 

(v.)   the solicitation or attempt to solicit any customer or actively targeted potential customer of the Company with whom the Participant had material contact on the Company’s behalf during the 12 months immediately preceding Participant’s termination of employment;

 

(vi.)   the solicitation or recruitment, attempt to solicit or recruit, or the assistance of others in soliciting or recruiting, any individual who is or was, within 6 months of the date in question, an employee of the Company unless such former employee was terminated by the Company without cause, or the inducement of (or attempt to induce) any such employee of the Company to terminate his employment with the Company; or

 

(vii.)   the refusal or failure of Participant to provide, upon the request of the Company, a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that he or she is in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certification that Participant is not engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

(c)   “ Trade Secret ” means information, including, but not limited to, technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, or a list of actual or potential Company customers or suppliers which (i) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily

 

3


 

ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of the Company’s efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain secrecy; or as otherwise defined by applicable state law.

 

(d)   “ Confidential Information ” means any and all knowledge, information, data, methods or plans (other than Trade Secrets) which are now or at any time in the future developed, used or employed by the Company which are treated as confidential by the Company and not generally disclosed by the Company to the public, and which relate to the business or financial affairs of the Company, including, but not limited to, financial statements and information, marketing strategies, business development plans, acquisition or divestiture plans, and product or process enhancement plans.

 

5.     Termination for Cause .   For purposes of this Agreement, termination for “Cause” means termination as a result of (a) the willful and continued failure by Participant to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a failure resulting from Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant by his or her superior officer which specifically identifies the manner the officer believes that Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties, or (b) Participant’s willful misconduct which materially injures the Company, monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this Section, Participant’s act, or failure to act, will not be considered “willful” unless the act or failure to act is not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

 

6.    Non- Transferability of Award .   Subject to any valid deferral election, the rights and privileges conferred under this Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by operation of law or otherwise (except as permitted by the Plan).  Any attempt to do so contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.  Upon Participant’s death, the Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, in which case all of Participant’s remaining rights under this Agreement must be transferred undivided to the same person or persons.  During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant (or Participant’s legal representative if Participant is incompetent) may exercise the Option.

 

7.    Conditions to Exercise of Award and Issuance of Shares .   The Shares deliverable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.  The Company shall not be required to honor the exercise of the Option or issue any certificate or certificates for Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the grant of the Shares as the Committee may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

8.    No Rights as Shareholder .   Except as provided in Sections 3 or 11, the Participant shall not have voting, dividend or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the unexercised Option.  Upon exercise of a vested Award into Shares, the Participant will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

9 .    Administration .   The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

10.   Fractional Shares .   Fractional shares will not be issued, and when any provision of this Award Agreement otherwise would entitle Participant to receive a fractional share, that fraction will be disregarded.

 

11.   Adjustments in Capital Structure .   In the event of a change in corporate capitalization as described in Section 18 of the Plan, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities subject to the Option and to the purchase price for such Shares or other stock or securities. 

 

4


 

The Committee’s adjustments shall be effective and final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.    Taxes .   Regardless of any action the Company or a Subsidiary (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Participant acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by him or her is and remains Participant’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations nor undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option, including the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to structure the terms or the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.  Prior to the exercise of this Option, Participant shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may (1) sell or arrange for sale of Shares that Participant acquires to meet the required withholding obligations for Tax-Related Items, and or (2) withhold in Shares, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the required minimum withholding amount.  In addition, Participant shall pay the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

13.    Consents.   By accepting the grant of this Option, Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time unless otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement; (ii) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or benefits in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (iii) all decisions with respect to future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (iv) the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right of further employment with the Company and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause and it is expressly agreed and understood that employment is terminable at the will of either party, insofar as permitted by law; (v) Participant is participating voluntarily in the Plan; (vi) this Option is an extraordinary item that is outside the scope of Participant’s employment contract, if any; (vii) this Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including but not limited to calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments insofar as permitted by law; (viii) in the event Participant is not an employee of the Company, this Option award will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; (ix) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (x) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value; (xi) if Participant exercises this Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Option Price; (xii) in consideration of the grant of this Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of this Option or diminution in value of this Option or Shares purchased through exercise of this Option resulting from termination of Participant’s employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by accepting the terms of this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement to pursue such claim; and (xiii)  except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to receive stock options and vest in stock options under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively employed and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; furthermore, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to exercise this Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Participant’s active employment and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively employed for purposes of this Option.

 

14.    Consent for Accumulation and Transfer of Data .   Participant consents to the accumulation and transfer of data concerning him or her and the Option to and from the Company and UBS, or such other agent as

 

5


 

may administer the Plan on behalf of the Company from time to time.  In addition, Participant understands that the Company holds certain personal information about Participant, including but not limited to his or her name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number, salary, nationality, job title, and details of all options awarded, vested, unvested, or expired (the “personal data”).  Certain personal data may also constitute “sensitive personal data” within the meaning of applicable local law.  Such data include but are not limited to information provided above and any changes thereto and other appropriate personal and financial data about Participant.  Participant hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data and sensitive personal data.  Participant also hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data and sensitive personal data outside the country in which Participant is employed, and to the United States.  The legal persons for whom such personal data are intended are the Company, UBS and any other company providing services to the Company in connection with compensation planning purposes or the administration of the Plan.

 

15.    Plan Information .  Participant agrees to receive copies of the Plan, the Plan prospectus and other Plan information, including information prepared to comply with laws outside the United States, from the Plan website referenced above and shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement, Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K or other report filed with the SEC, from the investor relations section of the Equifax website at www.equifax.com.  Participant acknowledges that copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan information and shareholder information are available upon written or telephonic request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

 

16.    Plan Incorporated by Reference; Conflicts .  The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall affect the validity or interpretation of any duly authorized written agreement between the Company and Participant under which an Option properly granted under and pursuant to the Plan serves as any part of the consideration furnished to Participant. If provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement conflict, the Plan provisions will govern.

 

17.    Participant Bound by Plan .   Participant acknowledges receiving a summary of the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Except as limited by the Plan or this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and extends to the legatees, distributees and personal representatives of Participant and the successors of the Company.

 

18.    Governing Law .   This Agreement has been made in and shall be construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, USA without regard to conflict of law provisions.

 

19.    Translations .  If Participant has received this or any other document related to the Plan translated into any language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

20.    Severability .   The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

By:

 

 

Richard F. Smith

 

 

Chairman & CEO

(Printed Name)

 

 

 

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

#132157 (5/19/08)

 

6



EXHIBIT 10.9

 

EQUIFAX INC. 2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

[Participant]

 

Number of Shares Subject to Award: [Number of Shares]

 

Date of Grant:  [Grant Date]

 

Pursuant to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), has granted the above-named participant (“Participant”) Restricted Stock Units (the “Award”) entitling Participant to receive such number of shares of Company common stock (the “Shares”) as is set forth above on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement (this “Agreement”) and the Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this agreement (the “Agreement”) and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1.     Grant Date.   The Award is granted to participant on the Grant Date set forth above.

 

2.       Vesting .   Subject to earlier vesting in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 below, the Shares shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date set forth above (the “Vesting Date”) .  Prior to the Vesting Date, the Shares subject to the Award shall be nontransferable and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be immediately forfeited upon Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.   The Committee which administers the Plan reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce the vesting requirements.

 

3.       Termination of Employment .  Participant’s unvested Shares subject to the Award shall become vested and nonforfeitable after termination of Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary under the following circumstances:

 

(a)    Death or Disability .  If termination results from Participant’s death or Disability (as such terms are defined in the Plan), then all unvested Shares subject to the Award shall immediately become vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of Participant’s death or termination due to Disability.

 

(b)    Retirement .  If termination results from Participant’s Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan) from the Company or a Subsidiary (other than for Cause), all unvested Shares subject to the Award shall immediately become vested and nonforfeitable as of the date of Participant’s Retirement.

 

4.    Change of Control .  If a Change of Control occurs while Participant is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, then all unvested Shares subject to the Award shall immediately become vested and nonforfeitable as of the date on which the Change of Control occurs.

 

5.    Cancellation and Rescission of Award .

 

(a)   If, at any time, (i) during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) during the period after Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason, but not to exceed 24 months following Participant’s termination of employment, Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity” (as defined in subsection (b) below), the Committee may, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise restrict or limit this Award as of the first date Participant engaged in the Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may also require Participant to pay to the Company any gain realized by Participant from the Shares subject to the Award during the period beginning six months prior to the date on which Participant engaged or began engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

1


 

(b)    For purposes of this Agreement, “Detrimental Activity” shall mean and include any of the following:

 

(i.)     the breach or violation of any other agreement between Participant and the Company relating to protection of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets, solicitation of employees, customers or suppliers, or refraining from competition with the Company;

 

(ii.)    the disclosure, reproduction or use of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets (each as defined below) for the benefit of Participant or third parties except in connection with the performance of Participant’s duties for the Company or, after advance notice to the Company, as required by a valid order or subpoena issued by a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction;

 

(iii.)   the use, reproduction, disclosure or distribution of any information which the Company is required to hold confidential under applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.) and any state credit reporting statutes;

 

(iv.)   the making, or causing or attempting to cause any other person to make, any statement, either written or oral, or conveying any information about the Company which is disparaging or which in any way reflects negatively upon the Company;

 

(v.)   the solicitation or attempt to solicit any customer or actively targeted potential customer of the Company with whom the Participant had material contact on the Company’s behalf during the 12 months immediately preceding Participant’s termination of employment;

 

(vi.)   the solicitation or recruitment, attempt to solicit or recruit, or the assistance of others in soliciting or recruiting, any individual who is or was, within 6 months of the date in question, an employee of the Company unless such former employee was terminated by the Company without cause, or the inducement of (or attempt to induce) any such employee of the Company to terminate his employment with the Company; or

 

(vii.)   the refusal or failure of Participant to provide, upon the request of the Company, a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that he or she is in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certification that Participant is not engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

(c)           “ Trade Secret ” means information, including, but not limited to, technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, or a list of actual or potential Company customers or suppliers which (i) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of the Company’s efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain secrecy; or as otherwise defined by applicable state law.

 

(d)          “ Confidential Information ” means any and all knowledge, information, data, methods or plans (other than Trade Secrets) which are now or at any time in the future developed, used or employed by the Company which are treated as confidential by the Company and not generally disclosed by the Company to the public, and which relate to the business or financial affairs of the Company, including, but not limited to, financial statements and information, marketing strategies, business development plans, acquisition or divestiture plans, and product or process enhancement plans.

 

6.   Termination for Cause .   For purposes of this Agreement, termination for “Cause” means termination as a result of (a) the willful and continued failure by Participant to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a failure resulting from Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant by his or her superior officer which specifically identifies the manner the officer believes that Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties, or (b) Participant’s willful misconduct which materially injures the Company, monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this Section, Participant’s act, or failure to act, will not be considered “willful” unless the act or failure to act is not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

 

2


 

7.    Transfer of Vested Shares .   Stock certificates (or appropriate evidence of ownership) representing the unrestricted Shares will be delivered to the Participant (or to a party designated by the Participant) as soon as practicable after (but no later than 90 days after) the Vesting Date or event set forth in Sections 3 or 4; provided, however, if the Participant has properly elected to defer delivery of the Shares pursuant to a plan or program of the Company, the Shares shall be issued and delivered as provided in such plan or program.

 

8.    Dividends .   Participants granted the Award shall not be entitled to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends or other distributions paid with respect to the Shares, except in circumstances where the distribution is covered by Section 14 below.

 

9.    Non- Transferability of Award .   Subject to any valid deferral election, until the Shares have been issued under this Award and the Shares issuable hereunder and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by operation of law or otherwise (except as permitted by the Plan).  Any attempt to do so contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.

 

10.    Conditions to Issuance of Shares .   The Shares deliverable to Participant hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.  The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the grant of the Shares as the Committee may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

11.    No Rights as Shareholder .   Except as provided in Section 8, the Participant shall not have voting or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the unvested Shares.  Upon settlement of the Award into Shares, the Participant will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

12.    Administration .   The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

13.    Fractional Shares .   Fractional shares will not be issued, and when any provision of this Agreement otherwise would entitle Participant to receive a fractional share, that fraction will be disregarded.

 

14.    Adjustments in Capital Structure .   In the event of a change in corporate capitalization as described in Section 18 of the Plan, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities subject to the Award.  The Committee’s adjustments shall be effective and final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.    Taxes .   Regardless of any action the Company or a Subsidiary (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Participant acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by him or her is and remains Participant’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations nor undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Award, including the grant or vesting of the Shares subject to this Award, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such vesting and receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to structure the terms or the grant or any aspect of this Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.  Upon the vesting of this Award, Participant shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may (1) sell or arrange for sale of Shares that Participant acquires to meet the required withholding obligations for Tax-Related Items, and or (2) satisfy in

 

3


 

Shares, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to withhold the required minimum withholding amount.  In addition, Participant shall pay the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

16.    Consents .   By accepting the grant of this Award, Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time unless otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement; (ii) the grant of this Award is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Shares, or benefits in lieu of Shares, even if Shares have been granted repeatedly in the past; (iii) all decisions with respect to future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (iv) the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right of further employment with the Company and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause and it is expressly agreed and understood that employment is terminable at the will of either party, insofar as permitted by law; (v) Participant is participating voluntarily in the Plan; (vi) this Award is an extraordinary item that is outside the scope of Participant’s employment contract, if any; (vii) this Award is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including but not limited to calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments insofar as permitted by law; (viii) in the event Participant is not an employee of the Company, this Award will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; (ix) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (x) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value; (xi) the value of those Shares may increase or decrease in value; (xii) in consideration of the grant of this Award, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of this Award or diminution in value of Shares subject to the Award resulting from termination of Participant’s employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by accepting the terms of this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement to pursue such claim; and (xiii) except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to receive Awards under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively employed and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; furthermore, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to this Award after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Participant’s active employment and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively employed for purposes of this Award.

 

17.    Consent for Accumulation and Transfer of Data .   Participant consents to the accumulation and transfer of data concerning him or her and the Award to and from the Company and UBS, or such other agent as may administer the Plan on behalf of the Company from time to time.  In addition, Participant understands that the Company holds certain personal information about Participant, including but not limited to his or her name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number, salary, nationality, job title, and details of all options awarded, vested, unvested, or expired (the “personal data”).  Certain personal data may also constitute “sensitive personal data” within the meaning of applicable local law.  Such data include but are not limited to information provided above and any changes thereto and other appropriate personal and financial data about Participant.  Participant hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data and sensitive personal data.  Participant also hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data and sensitive personal data outside the country in which Participant is employed, and to the United States.  The legal persons for whom such personal data are intended are the Company, UBS, and any company providing services to the Company in connection with compensation planning purposes or the administration of the Plan.

 

18.    Plan Information .  Participant agrees to receive copies of the Plan, the Plan prospectus and other Plan information, including information prepared to comply with laws outside the United States, from the Plan website referenced above and shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement, Form  10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K and other information filed with the SEC, from the investor relations section of the Equifax

 

4


 

website at www.equifax.com.  Participant acknowledges that copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan information and shareholder information are available upon written or telephonic request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

 

19.    Plan Incorporated by Reference; Conflicts .  The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall affect the validity or interpretation of any duly authorized written agreement between the Company and Participant under which an Award properly granted under and pursuant to the Plan serves as any part of the consideration furnished to Participant.  If provisions of the Plan and this Agreement conflict, the Plan provisions will govern.

 

20.    Participant Bound by Plan .   Participant acknowledges receiving a summary of the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Except as limited by the Plan or this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and extends to the legatees, distributees and personal representatives of Participant and the successors of the Company.

 

21.    Governing Law .   This Agreement has been made in and shall be construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, USA without regard to conflict of law provisions.

 

22.    Translations .  If Participant has received this or any other document related to the Plan translated into any language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

23.    Severability .   The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

(Signature)

 

 

Richard F. Smith

 

 

 

Chairman & CEO

(Printed Name)

 

 

 

 

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

 

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE

 

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

#132306 (5/19/08)

 

5



EXHIBIT 10.10

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

Rules of the 2008 Sub-Plan for UK Participants

 

1.          General

 

This schedule to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) sets out the rules of the 2008 Sub-Plan for UK Participants (the “Sub-Plan”).  This Sub-Plan applies to any grant of Options under the Plan to a UK Participant unless the applicable Option Agreement otherwise provides.

 

2.          Purpose of Sub-Plan

 

The purpose of the Sub-Plan is to enable the grant to, and subsequent exercise by, an Eligible Employee in the UK on a tax favoured basis, of Options to acquire Shares in the Company under the Plan.

 

This plan has been established under the terms of the Plan in order to ensure that Options granted under the Plan are capable of being granted under a share option plan approved under Schedule 4. It is intended that this Sub-Plan will qualify as an HM Revenue & Customs approved Company Share Option Plan.

 

3.          Rules of Sub-Plan

 

The rules of the Plan, in their present form and as amended from time to time, shall, with the modifications set out in this schedule, form the rules of the Sub-Plan.  If there is any conflict between the rules of the Plan and this Sub-Plan, the rules of this Sub-Plan shall prevail.

 

The Sub-Plan shall form part of the Plan and not a separate and independent plan.

 

4.          Interpretation

 

In the Sub-Plan, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Acquiring Company”

a company which obtains Control of the Company in the circumstances referred to in rule 13 of the Sub-Plan;

 

 

“Approval Date”

the date on which the Sub-Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4;

 

 

“Associated Company”

the meaning given to that expression by paragraph 35 of Schedule 4;

 

 

“Close Company”

the meaning given to that expression by section 414(1) of ICTA, as qualified by paragraph 9(4) of Schedule 4;

 

 

“Control”

the meaning given to that word by section 995 of ITA and “Controlled” shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

“ CSOP Code”

the meaning given to that expression by section 521(3) of ITEPA;

 

 

“Date of Grant”

the date on which an Option is granted;

 

 

“Eligible Employee”

a Participant, as defined in section 2(s) of the Plan, who is:

 

 

 

(a) an employee (other than one who is also a director) of a Participating Company in the Sub-Plan, or

 

1


 

 

(b) a director (other than a non-executive director) of a Participating Company in the Sub-Plan who is contracted to work at least 25 hours per week for the Participating Company (exclusive of meal breaks);

 

 

 

and who in either case, is not precluded by paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 from participating in the Sub-Plan;

 

 

“Exercise Price”

the price per share, as determined by the Committee and set out in the Option Agreement, at which a Participant may acquire shares on the exercise of an Option, being not less than:

 

 

 

(a)   the Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and

 

 

 

(b)   if higher and the Shares are to be subscribed, the nominal value of a share;

 

 

“ICTA”

the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

 

“ITA”

the Income Tax Act 2007;

 

 

“ITEPA”

the Income Tax (Earnings & Pensions) Act 2003;

 

 

“Group Member”

a Participating Company or a body corporate (within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) or the Company’s holding company or a subsidiary of the Company’s holding period or any Jointly Owned Company;

 

 

“Jointly Owned Company”

a company owned by the Company jointly with another person (within the meaning of paragraph 34(5) of Schedule 4) and any company controlled by such jointly owned company, in each case to which HM Revenue & Customs has confirmed the Plan and this Sub-Plan may extend;

 

 

“Key Feature”

the meaning given to that expression in paragraph 30(4) of Schedule 4;

 

 

“Market Value”

notwithstanding section 2(p) of the Plan, in relation to a Share on any day:

 

 

 

(a)  if at the relevant time the Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, either

 

 

 

(i)    the closing middle market quotation of that day or the immediately preceding day or,

 

 

 

(ii)   an average of their closing middle market quotations over a maximum of five consecutive dealing days immediately preceding either of the dates referred to in (a) above; or

 

 

 

(b)  if the Shares are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Market Value shall be determined in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 and agreed in advance with the Shares & Assets Valuation division of HM Revenue & Customs;

 

 

“Material Interest”

the meaning given to that expression by paragraph 10 of Schedule 4;

 

 

“ Member of a Consortium”

the meaning given to that expression by paragraph 36(2) of Schedule 4;

 

 

“ New Option”

an option granted by way of exchange under rule 13 of this Sub- Plan;

 

2


 

“ New Shares”

the shares subject to a New Option referred to in rule 13 of this Sub-Plan;

 

 

“ Option”

a subsisting right to acquire Shares granted under the Sub-Plan;

 

 

“Option Agreement”

the agreement between the Company and the Participant specifying the terms and conditions of the Option;

 

 

“Ordinary Share Capital”

the meaning given to that expression by section 989 of ITA;

 

 

“Participant”

an individual who holds an Option or, where the context permits, his legal personal representatives;

 

 

“Participating Company”

the Company and any of its Subsidiaries;

 

 

“Relevant Tax”

any tax, national insurance, social security or other levy arising on or in connection with the exercise of an Option for which the person entitled to the Option is liable and for which any Group Member is liable, required or otherwise obliged, to account to any relevant authority (including, without limitation, any secondary Class 1 (employer’s) national insurance contributions covered by any agreement or election entered into pursuant to rule 9.4 but excluding any such secondary Class 1 (employer’s) national insurance contributions which are not covered by such an agreement or election);

 

 

“Retirement”

means retirement from the Group Member which employs the Participant, and for the purposes of paragraph 35A of Schedule 4 shall mean retirement at a specified age which shall be 55.

 

 

“Shares”

a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company;

 

 

“Schedule 4”

means Schedule 4 of ITEPA; and

 

 

“Subsidiary”

the meaning given by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

In this schedule, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

·              words and expressions not defined above have the same meanings as are given to them in the Plan;

 

·              the rule headings are inserted for ease of reference only and do not affect their interpretation;

 

·              a reference to a rule is a reference to a rule of the Sub-Plan;

 

·              the singular includes the plural and vice versa and the masculine includes the feminine; and

 

·              a reference to a statutory provision is a reference to a United Kingdom statutory provision and includes any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof.

 

5.             Companies participating in Sub-Plan

 

The companies participating in the Sub-Plan shall be the Company and any Subsidiary that the Company Controls.

 

6.             Shares used in Sub-Plan

 

The Shares shall form part of the Ordinary Share Capital of the Company and shall at all times comply with the requirements of paragraphs 16-20 of Schedule 4.

 

3


 

7.              Grant of Options

 

7.1   An Option granted under the Sub-Plan shall be granted under and subject to the rules of the Plan, subject to the following amendments.

 

7.2   No Option shall be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time if it would result in the aggregate Market Value of the Shares which he may acquire in pursuance of rights obtained under the Sub-Plan and the aggregate market value (determined at the relevant Date of Grant) of shares which the Eligible Employee could acquire by the exercise of a subsisting option granted under any other share option plan approved under Schedule 4 and established by the Company or by any Associated Company and not exercised, to exceed or further exceed £30,000 or such other limit contained from time to time in paragraph 6(1) of Schedule 4.

 

7.3   For the purposes of rule 7.2 above, if the Market Value of the Share is expressed in a currency other than pounds sterling it shall be converted into pounds sterling at the appropriate exchange rate for that currency as published by the Financial Times on the Date of Grant of the relevant Option.

 

7.4   If the Committee grants an Option under this Sub-Plan which is inconsistent with rule 7.2 above, the Option granted under this Sub Plan will be limited and will take effect from the Date of Grant on a basis consistent with the provisions of rule 7.2.

 

7.5   If the Committee grants an Option under this Sub-Plan that does not meet the requirements of Schedule 4, the Option will be deemed to not have been granted.

 

7.6   Shares placed under Option under the Sub Plan shall be taken into account for the purpose of section 6 of the Plan.

 

7.7   An Option may not be granted under this Sub-Plan earlier than the Approval Date.

 

7.8   An Option cannot be granted to an individual who is not an Eligible Employee at the Date of Grant.

 

7.9   Subject to section 15 of the Plan, an Option shall be personal to the Eligible Employee to whom it is granted and, shall not be capable of being transferred, charged or otherwise alienated and shall lapse immediately if the Participant purports to transfer, charge or otherwise alienate the Option.

 

7.10 References in section 15 of the Plan to transfers by will or the laws of descent, and to the Committee’s power to permit a transfer for the benefit of a family member, shall be disregarded for the purposes of the Sub-Plan.

 

8.              Identification of Options

 

8.1            An Option Agreement issued in respect of an Option shall expressly state that it is issued in respect of an Option governed by this Sub-Plan. An Option that is not so identified shall not constitute an Option governed by this Sub-Plan.

 

8.2            An Option Agreement issued in respect of an Option shall state:

 

8.2.1        the Date of Grant of the Option;

 

8.2.2        the number of Shares over which the Option has been granted to the Participant;

 

8.2.3        the Exercise Price per Share which for the avoidance of doubt shall not be less than the Market Value at the Date of Grant;

 

8.2.4        that as a condition of the exercise of an Option the Participant has an obligation to indemnify Group Members for any Relevant Tax and whether the participant is required to enter into the agreement or election referred to in rule 7.2;

 

8.2.5        the first date on which any part of the Option becomes capable of exercise and any subsequent dates on which the remaining part of the Option becomes capable of exercise;

 

4


 

8.2.6        any Performance Goals or other condition imposed on the exercise of the Option; and

 

8.2.7        the date on which the Option will lapse.

 

9.              Exercise of Options

 

9.1           A Participant may only exercise an Option, in whole or in part, by completing and returning a notice of exercise in accordance with the method prescribed by the Committee and agreed with the UK HM Revenue & Customs and paying the Exercise Price for each Share to be acquired under the Option in cash or by cheque or wire transfer and which sum may be paid out of funds provided to the Participant on loan by a bank, broker or other person.  Notwithstanding section 19 of the Plan, the amount may not be paid by the transfer to the Company of Shares or any other shares or securities.

 

9.2           The Company has established a cashless exercise facility to enable Participants to provide funds to pay the aggregate Exercise Price or Relevant Tax by:

 

9.2.1        authorising the deduction of the necessary amount from the Participant’s salary payment next following the exercise of the Option; or

 

9.2.2        executing a form of instruction (in such form as the Committee may from time to time determine) authorising a representative to act as the Participant’s agent and to sell on his/her behalf either all of the Shares acquired on exercise of the Option or only such number of the Shares (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) as will be required to cover the aggregate Exercise Price, the Relevant Tax due to be reimbursed or paid to a Group Member pursuant to Rule 10, together with any fees and commissions arising in connection with the exercise of the Option and sale of the Shares acquired.  Once the requisite number of Shares has been sold and these requirements met in full, the Participant will receive a share certificate in respect of the balance of Shares remaining (if appropriate) and/or a cheque or bank transfer in respect of the balance of monies (if any) left after sale of all or the requisite number of Shares as aforesaid; or

 

9.2.3        implementing any other arrangements from time to time determined by the Committee and agreed in advance with HM Revenue & Customs.

 

9.3           An Option may not be exercised if the Participant then has, or has had within the preceding twelve months, a Material Interest in a Close Company which is the Company or any company which has Control of the Company or which is a Member of a Consortium which owns the Company.

 

9.4           The Committee may make the exercise of an Option conditional upon the Participant having entered into an agreement or election pursuant to paragraphs 3A or 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992.

 

10.          Tax Liability

 

A Participant shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify all relevant Group Members against, all Relevant Tax relating to his exercise of the Option.  Any Group Member may withhold an amount equal to such Relevant Tax from any amounts due to the Participant (to the extent such withholding is lawful) and/or make any other arrangements as it considers appropriate to ensure recovery of such Relevant Tax including, without limitation, the withholding and sale of sufficient Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option, in satisfaction of the Relevant Tax liability, to realise an amount equal to the Relevant Tax (and the payment of that amount to the relevant authorities in satisfaction of the Relevant Tax).

 

11.          Issue or transfer of Shares on exercise of Options

 

11.1         The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event not later than thirty (30) days after the date of exercise of an Option, issue or transfer to the Participant, or procure the issue or transfer to the Participant of, the number of Shares specified in the notice of exercise and shall deliver to the Participant, or procure the delivery to the Participant of, a share certificate or other document evidencing title to such Shares together with, in the case of the partial exercise of an Option, an Option Agreement in respect of, or the original

 

5


 

Option Agreement endorsed to show, the unexercised part of the Option, subject only to compliance by the Participant with the rules of the Sub-Plan and to any delay necessary to complete or obtain:

 

11.1.1      the listing of the Shares on any stock exchange on which Shares are then listed; and

 

11.1.2      such registration or other qualification of the Shares under any applicable law, rule or regulation as the Company determines is necessary or desirable.

 

11.2         Shares issued on the exercise of an Option shall rank equally in all respects with Shares in issue on the date that the Option is exercised.  A Participant shall not rank for any rights attaching to Shares by reference to a record date preceding the date that the Option is exercised.  In respect of Shares transferred on the exercise of an Option, the Participant shall be entitled to all rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date on or after the date that the Option is exercised but shall not be entitled to rights before such date.

 

12.           Termination of employment

 

12.1         Except as provided in this rule 12, or rule 13 of the Sub-Plan, the Option will expire and will not be exercisable after termination of the Participant’s employment with the Participating Company.

 

12.1.1      Elimination of Position which shall be taken to be the same as redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996. Except as provided in rule 13 of the Sub-Plan, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Company’s elimination of the position held by the Participant, then the Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment and any remaining portion of the option shall be forfeited and cancelled.  Except as provided in rule 12.1.4 below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the last day of the one-year period commencing on the date of termination of employment.

 

12.1.2      Retirement.  Subject to rule 12.1.3 below and except as provided in rule 13 of the Sub-Plan, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Participant’s Retirement, then the Option will continue to vest in accordance with the original vesting schedule detailed in the Option Agreement as if the Participant had remained actively employed; provided, that upon the Participant’s death, all vesting will cease and the Option will be exercisable with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

The Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable from time to time until the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the Participant’s Retirement.

 

12.1.3      Disability.  Except as provided in rule 13 of the Sub-Plan, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Participant’s disability, then the Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the last date of the Participant’s employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled. Except as provided in rule 12.1.4 below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the last date of the Participant’s employment.

 

12.1.4                   Death.

 

(i)            Except as provided in rule 13 of the Sub-Plan, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Participant’s death, then the Participant’s personal representatives shall be entitled to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  The right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the last day of the twelve (12) month period following the Participant’s death.

 

(ii)           If the Participant dies following termination of employment and prior to the expiration of any remaining period during which the Option may be exercised in accordance with rules 12.1.1, 12.1.2, 12.1.3, or rule 13 of the Sub-Plan, the remaining period during which the Option will be exercisable (by the Participant’s personal representatives) will be the greater of (a) the remaining period under the applicable rules 

 

6


 

referred to above, or (b) six (6) months from the date of death; provided that under no circumstances will the Option be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

12.2          No person shall be treated as ceasing to hold an office or employment with a Group Member until that person no longer holds an office or employment with any Group Member.

 

13.           Change in Control

 

13.1          If a Change of Control of the Company occurs while the Participant is employed by a Participating Company, then the portion of the Option which has not yet been exercised will become immediately vested and exercisable (the “Unexercised Portion”) immediately prior to and conditional on the change of control.

 

If the Unexercised Portion of the Options continue to remain outstanding after the Change of Control and if Participant’s employment with the Participating Company terminates after the date on which the Change of Control occurs for any of the reasons set out in rule 12.1 above, then the Participant (or, if applicable, Participant’s personal representative) will have the right to exercise the Unexercised Portion.  Except as provided in rule 12.1.4 (ii) above, that right may be exercised until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the termination of Participant’s employment or the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

13.2          If a company (the “Acquiring Company”) obtains Control of the Company as a result of making:

 

13.2.1  a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

13.2.2  a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company of the same class as the Shares,

 

a Participant may, at any time during the period set out in rule 13.3 of the Sub-Plan, by agreement with the Acquiring Company, release his Option in whole or in part in consideration of the grant to him of a new option (“New Option”) which is equivalent to the Option but which relates to shares (“New Shares”) in:

 

13.2.3   the Acquiring Company;

 

13.2.4   a company which has Control of the Acquiring Company; or

 

13.2.5  a company which either is, or has Control of, a company which is a Member of a Consortium which owns either the Acquiring Company or a company having Control of the Acquiring Company.

 

13.3                  The period referred to in rule 13.2 above is the period determined by the Committee not exceeding six months beginning with the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made has been satisfied.

 

13.4                  The New Option shall not be regarded for the purpose of this rule 13 as equivalent to the Option unless:

 

13.4.1  the New Shares satisfy the conditions in paragraphs 27(4) of Schedule 4; and

 

13.4.2  save for any Performance Goal or other condition imposed on the exercise of the Option, the New Option will be exercisable in the same manner as the Option and subject to the provisions of the Sub Plan as it had effect immediately before the release of the Option; and

 

13.4.3  the total market value, immediately before the release of the Option, of the Shares which were subject to the Option is equal to the total market value, immediately after the grant of the New Option, of the New Shares (market value being determined for this purpose in accordance with Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992); and

 

13.4.4  the total amount payable by the Participant for the acquisition of the New Shares under the New Option is equal to the total amount that would have been payable by the Participant for the acquisition of the Shares under the Option.

 

7


 

13.5         The date of grant of the New Option shall be deemed to be the same as the Date of Grant of the Option.

 

13.6         The Sub-Plan remains that of the Company after the exchange of Options as detailed in rule 13.2 has taken place.

 

13.7         In the application of the Sub-Plan to the New Option, where appropriate, references to the “Company” and “Shares” shall be read as if they were references to the company to whose shares the New Option relates and the New Shares, respectively.

 

13.8         References in section 18 of the Plan to the assumption of Options by the surviving corporation following a merger shall apply to the Sub-Plan insofar as the assumption of the options constitutes an exchange of options that satisfies this rule 13.4.

 

14.          Amendment of Sub-Plan

 

In addition to the requirements of section 16(c) of the Plan, no amendment to a Key Feature of the Sub-Plan, whether taking the form of an amendment of the Plan or this schedule, shall take effect until it has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs.

 

15.           Adjustment of Options

 

15.1         Notwithstanding section 16(b), 16(c) and 3(a) of the Plan, no adjustment of an Option shall take effect until it has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs.

 

15.2         No adjustment of an Option shall be made under this rule 15 or section 18 of the Plan except to take account of an event which is a “variation of share capital” within the meaning of the CSOP Code.

 

16.           Exercise of discretion by Committee

 

In exercising any discretion which it or they may have under the Plan or Sub-Plan, the Committee shall act fairly and reasonably.

 

17.           Scheme Organiser

 

For the purposes of the Sub-Plan, “Company” as defined in section 2(k) of the Plan shall mean Equifax Inc.

 

18.           Performance Goals

 

18.1         For the purposes of the Sub-Plan the following shall be added at the end of the definition of ‘Performance Goals’ in section 2(t) of the Plan: “any goals the Administrator establishes, must be:

 

(i)            objective and stated in writing at the Date of Grant; and

 

(ii)           may not be waived or amended unless an event occurs which causes the Committee to consider that a waiver of or amendment to the conditions would be a fairer measure of performance, and the Committee reasonably considers that a waiver of or amendment to the conditions would not make the conditions more difficult to satisfy.”

 

19.           Other amendments to the Plan

 

19.1          The following provisions of the Plan shall be disregarded for the purposes of construing this Sub-Plan:

 

19.1.1

 

all provisions of the Plan dealing with:

 

 

 

 

 

Incentive Stock Options;

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Appreciation Rights;

 

8


 

 

 

Performance Shares;

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Units;

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock;

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units;

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend Equivalent Units;

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Awards;

 

 

 

 

 

Long Term Incentive Awards; and

 

19.1.2      section 18(c) of the Plan and all other references to the cancellation of existing Options in substitution of new options, and the power of the Committee to modify any Options, other than as envisaged by rule 15 above.

 

20.       Legal Entitlement

 

20.1          For the purpose this rule 20, “Employee” means an Eligible Employee.

 

20.2          This rule 20 applies:

 

20.2.1      whether the Committee has full discretion in the operation of the Plan and Sub-Plan, or whether the Committee could be regarded as being subject to any obligations in the operation of the Plan and Sub-Plan;

 

20.2.2      during an Employee’s employment or employment relationship; and

 

20.2.3      after the termination of an Employee’s employment or employment relationship, whether the termination is lawful or unlawful.

 

20.3         Nothing in the Plan or Sub-Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant to it forms part of the contract of employment or employment relationship of an Employee nor will it confer on any person any right to continue in employment, nor will it affect the right of any Group Member to terminate the employment of any person without liability at any time with or without cause, nor will it impose upon the Committee or any other person any duty or liability whatsoever (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) in connection with:

 

20.3.1      the lapsing of any Option pursuant to the Plan or Sub-Plan;

 

20.3.2      the failure or refusal to exercise any discretion under the Plan or Sub-Plan; and/or

 

20.3.3      an Employee ceasing to hold office or employment for any reason whatever.

 

20.4          Options shall not (except as may be required by taxation law) form part of the emoluments of individuals or count as wages or remuneration for pension or other purposes.

 

20.5          The rights and obligations arising from the employment relationship between the Employee and any Group Member are separate from, and are not affected by, the Plan or Sub-Plan.  Participation in the Plan or Sub-Plan does not create any right to, or expectation of, continued employment or a continued employment relationship.

 

20.6          Any Employee who ceases to be an officer or employee with any Group Member as a result of the termination and/or giving of notice of termination of his office or employment for any reason and however that termination and/or giving of notice of termination occurs, whether lawfully or otherwise, shall not be entitled and shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement by way of damages for dismissal or by way of compensation for loss of office or employment or otherwise to any sum, damages or other benefits to compensate that Employee for the loss or alteration of any rights, benefits or expectations in relation to any Option, the Plan, Sub-Plan or any instrument executed pursuant to it.

 

9


 

20.7          No Employee is entitled to participate in the Plan or Sub-Plan, or be considered for participation in it, at a particular level or at all.  The grant of Options on a particular basis in any year does not create any right to or expectation of the grant of Options on the same basis, or at all, in any future year.

 

20.8          Without prejudice to an Employee’s right to exercise an Option (subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Option and the rules), no Employee has any rights in respect of the exercise or omission to exercise any discretion, or the making or omission to make any decision, relating to an Option.  Any and all discretions, decisions or omissions relating to an Option may operate to the disadvantage of the Employee, even if this could be regarded as capricious or unreasonable, or could be regarded as in breach of any implied term between the Employee and any Group Member, including any implied duty of trust and confidence.  Any such implied term is excluded and overridden by this rule.

 

20.9          No Employee has any right to compensation for any loss in relation to the Plan or Sub-Plan, including:

 

20.9.1      any loss or reduction of any rights or expectations under the Plan or Sub-Plan in any circumstances or for any reason (including lawful or unlawful termination of employment or the employment relationship);

 

20.9.2      any exercise of a discretion or a decision taken in relation to an Option or to the Plan or Sub-Plan, or any failure to exercise a discretion or take a decision; and

 

20.9.3      the operation, suspension, termination or amendment of the Plan or Sub-Plan.

 

20.10        Participation in the Plan and Sub-Plan is permitted only on the basis that the Employee accepts all the provisions of the rules, including in particular this rule.  By participating in the Plan and Sub-Plan, an Employee waives all rights under the Plan and Sub-Plan, other than the right to exercise an Option (subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Option and the rules), in consideration for, and as a condition of, the grant of an Option under the Plan and Sub-Plan.

 

20.11        Each of the provisions of this rule is entirely separate and independent from each of the other provisions.  If any provision is found to be invalid then it will be deemed never to have been part of these rules and to the extent that it is possible to do so, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the remaining provisions.

 

21.       General

 

21.1         The Sub-Plan shall terminate upon the tenth anniversary of its approval by the Company or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Committee or an ordinary resolution of the Company in general meeting.  Termination of the Plan shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Employees.

 

21.2         By participating in the Sub-Plan, an Employee consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by the Employee to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Sub-Plan, including, but not limited to administering and maintaining Employee records, providing information to registrars, brokers, savings carrier or other third party administrators of the Sub-Plan, providing information to future purchasers of the Company or the business in which the Employee works and transferring information about the Participant to a country or territory outside the European Economic Area.

 

21.3         No third party will have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Sub-Plan (without prejudice to any right of a third party which exists other than under that Act).

 

21.4         These rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. Any person referred to in this Sub-Plan submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING SECURITIES

THAT HAVE BEEN OR WILL BE REGISTERED UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

10



EXHIBIT 10.11

 

EQUIFAX INC. 2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

2008 SUB-PLAN FOR UK PARTICIPANTS

 

APPROVED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Name: [Participant]

 

Number of Shares subject to Option: [Number of Shares]

 

Exercise Price per Share: $[Exercise Price]

 

Date of Grant:  [Grant Date]

 

Pursuant to the 2008 Sub-Plan for UK Participants (the “Sub-Plan”) of the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), has granted the above-named Participant (the “Participant”) an Option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”), the terms and conditions of which are set in this agreement (the “Agreement”), in the Plan and in the Sub-Plan.  A copy of the Sub-Plan has already been provided to you.  If there is any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Sub-Plan, the Sub-Plan shall prevail.  Capitalised terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Sub-Plan or Plan.

 

1.             Grant of Option.

 

The Company on the Date of Grant set forth above granted to the Participant (subject to the terms of the Plan, the Sub-Plan and this Agreement) the right to purchase from the Company all or part of the Number of Shares stated above (the “Option”).  This Agreement is not intended to be, and shall not be treated as, an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

2.             Basic Terms and Conditions.

 

The Option is subject to the following basic terms and conditions:

 

a.     Expiration Date .   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Option will expire ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”).

 

b.     Exercise of Option.  Except as provided in sections 2(d) or 3, the Option shall be exercisable with respect to one-third of the Number of Shares subject to this Option on each of the first three anniversaries of the Date of Grant so that this Option shall be fully exercisable on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, provided the Participant (i) remains employed by a Participating Company as defined in the Sub-Plan or (ii) subject to the provisions of section 2(d)(ii), terminates employment by reason of Retirement (as such term is defined in the Sub-Plan).  Once exercisable, in whole or part, the Option will continue to be so exercisable until the earlier of the termination of Participant’s rights under Section 2(d) or 3, or the Expiration Date.

 

It is a condition of the exercise of this Option that the Participant enters into an election whereby the liability for payment of the employer’s secondary national insurance arising in connection with the Option is transferred to the Participant. The election, the terms of which have been approved by HM Revenue & Customs, are attached hereto.  This election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.  Failure to complete and return the signed election will result in the Option being null and void.

 

1


 

If any part of the Option is exercised before the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, the exercise will not carry any tax advantages.  Please see the Tax Addendum attached for more information.

 

c. Method of Exercise and Payment for Shares.  In order to exercise the Option, it must be vested and must not have expired, and the Participant must give written notice in a manner prescribed by the Company from time to time together with payment of the Exercise Price to the Company at the Company’s principal office in Atlanta, Georgia, or as otherwise directed by the Committee.  The date of Exercise will be the date of receipt of the notice or any later date specified in the notice. The Participant must pay the Exercise Price (i) in cash or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee, (ii) by net settlement of the Option in the manner designated by the Committee, or (iii) by the “cashless exercise program” established by the Committee and set out in the rules of the Sub-Plan.  Not all forms and methods of payment are available in every country.

 

If at exercise, the Participant is not in compliance with the Company’s minimum stock ownership guidelines then in effect for Participant’s job grade or classification, if any, then the Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option using a “cashless exercise program” of the Company (if then in effect), unless the net proceeds received by the Participant from that exercise consist only of Shares and Participant agrees to hold all those Shares for at least one (1) year.

 

d.   Termination of Employment. Except as provided in Subsections (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) below, or Section 3, the Option will expire and will not be exercisable after termination of the Participant’s employment with a Participating Company.

 

i.       Elimination of Position which shall be taken to be the same as redundancy within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996. Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Company’s elimination of the position held by the Participant, then the Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  Except as provided in subsection 2(d)(iv)(A) below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the one-year period commencing on the date of termination of employment, or the Expiration Date.

 

ii.      Retirement.

 

Except as provided in sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Participant’s Retirement (as defined in the rules of the Sub-Plan), then the Option will continue to vest in accordance with the original vesting schedule detailed in section 2(b) above as if the Participant had remained employed; provided, that upon the Participant’s death, all vesting will cease and the Option will be exercisable with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

The Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable from time to time until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the Participant’s Retirement or the Expiration Date.

 

iii.     Disability.  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Participant’s disability, then the Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the last date of the Participant’s employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled. Except as provided in Section 2(d)(iv)(A) below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the last date of the Participant’s active employment or the Expiration Date.

 

iv.     Death.

 

(A) Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of the Participant’s employment results from the Participant’s death, then the Participant’s personal

 

2


 

representatives shall be entitled to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  The right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the twelve (12) month period following the Participant’s death or the Expiration Date.

 

(B) If the Participant dies following termination of employment and prior to the expiration of any remaining period during which the Option may be exercised in accordance with subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or Section 3, the remaining period during which the Option will be exercisable (by the Participant’s personal representatives) will be the greater of (a) the remaining period under the applicable section or paragraph referred to above, or (b) six (6) months from the date of death; provided that under no circumstances will the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

2.               Change of Control.

 

If a Change of Control of the Company occurs while the Participant is employed by a Participating Company, then the portion of the Option which has not yet been exercised will become immediately vested and exercisable (the “Unexercised Portion”) immediately prior to and conditional on the change of control. If the Unexercised Portion of the Options continue to remain outstanding after the Change of Control and if Participant’s employment with the Participating Company terminates after the date on which the Change of Control occurs other than as a result of a termination by the Participating Company for Cause, then the Participant (or, if applicable, Participant’s personal representative) will have the right to exercise the Unexercised Portion.  Except as provided in Section 2(d)(iv)(B) above or Section 4 below, that right may be exercised until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the termination of Participant’s employment or the Expiration Date.

 

3.               Cancellation and Rescission of Option.

 

a.              If, at any time, (i) during the Participant’s employment with a Participating Company or (ii) during the period after the Participant’s termination of employment with a Participating Company for any reason during which all or part of the Option remains exercisable, but not to exceed 24 months following the Participant’s termination of employment, the Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity” (as defined in subsection (b) below), the Committee may, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise restrict or limit this Option as of the first date the Participant engaged in the Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may also require the Participant to pay to the Company any gain realized by the Participant from exercising all or any portion of the Option hereunder during the period beginning six (6) months prior to the date on which the Participant engaged or began engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

b.               For purposes of this Agreement, “Detrimental Activity” shall mean and include any of the following:

 

i.                   the breach or violation of any other agreement between the Participant and the Company relating to protection of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets, solicitation of employees, customers or suppliers, or refraining from competition with the Company;

 

ii.                the disclosure, reproduction or use of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets (each as defined below) for the benefit of the Participant or third parties except in connection with the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or, after advance notice to the Company, as required by a valid order or subpoena issued by a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction;

 

iii.             the use, reproduction, disclosure or distribution of any information which the Company is required to hold confidential under applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.) and any state credit reporting statutes;

 

3


 

iv.            the making, or causing or attempting to cause any other person to make, any statement, either written or oral, or conveying any information about the Company which is disparaging or which in any way reflects negatively upon the Company;

 

v.               the solicitation or attempt to solicit any customer or actively targeted potential customer of the Company with whom the Participant had material contact on the Company’s behalf during the 12 months immediately preceding the Participant’s termination of employment;

 

vi.            the solicitation or recruitment, attempt to solicit or recruit, or the assistance of others in soliciting or recruiting, any individual who is or was, within 6 months of the date in question, an employee of the Company unless such former employee was terminated by the Company without cause, or the inducement of (or attempt to induce) any such employee of the Company to terminate his employment with the Company; or

 

vii.         the refusal or failure of the Participant to provide, upon the request of the Company, a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that he or she is in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certification that the Participant is not engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

c.              “Trade Secret” means information, including, but not limited to, technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, or a list of actual or potential Company customers or suppliers which (i) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of the Company’s efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain secrecy; or as otherwise defined by applicable state law.

 

d.             “Confidential Information” means any and all knowledge, information, data, methods or plans (other than Trade Secrets) which are now or at any time in the future developed, used or employed by the Company which are treated as confidential by the Company and not generally disclosed by the Company to the public, and which relate to the business or financial affairs of the Company, including, but not limited to, financial statements and information, marketing strategies, business development plans, acquisition or divestiture plans, and product or process enhancement plans.

 

4.                Termination for Cause.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, termination for “Cause” means termination as a result of (a) the willful and continued failure by the Participant to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by his or her superior officer which specifically identifies the manner the officer believes that the Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties, or (b) the Participant’s willful misconduct which materially injures the Company, monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this Section, the Participant’s act, or failure to act, will not be considered “willful” unless the act or failure to act is not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

 

5.               Non-Transferability of Award.

 

This Option may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by operation of law or otherwise (except as permitted by the Plan or Sub-Plan).  Any attempt to do so contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.

 

6.               Conditions to Exercise of Award and Issuance of Shares.

 

The Shares deliverable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.  The Participant must

 

4


 

receive the shares within 30 days of the date of exercise providing that the following conditions are met. The Company shall not be required to honor the exercise of the Option or issue any certificate or certificates for Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

 

7.               No Rights as Shareholder.

 

Except as provided in Sections 3 or 11, the Participant shall not have voting, dividend or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the unexercised Option.  Upon exercise of a vested Option into Shares, the Participant will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

8.               Administration.

 

Subject to rule 15 of the Sub-Plan, the Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, the Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

9.     Fractional Shares.

 

Fractional shares will not be issued, and when any provision of this Option Agreement otherwise would entitle the Participant to receive a fractional share, that fraction will be disregarded.

 

10.        Adjustments in Capital Structure.

 

Subject to rule 15 of the Sub-Plan, in the event of a change in corporate capitalization as described in section 18 of the Plan, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number of Shares or other stock or securities subject to the Option and to the purchase price for such Shares or other stock or securities.  The Committee’s adjustments shall be effective and final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this. Any adjustment made will not have effect until it has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs.

 

11.  Taxes.

 

A Participant shall be responsible for and indemnify all relevant Group Members against, all Relevant Tax relating to his exercise of the Option.  Any Group Member may withhold an amount equal to such Relevant Tax from any amounts due to the Participant (to the extent such withholding is lawful) and/or make any other arrangements as it considers appropriate to ensure recovery of such Relevant Tax including, without limitation, the sale of sufficient Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option to realise an amount equal to the Relevant Tax (and the payment of that amount to the relevant authorities in satisfaction of the Relevant Tax).

 

12.  Consents.

 

By accepting the grant of this Option,  the Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time unless otherwise provided in the Plan, Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement; (ii) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or benefits in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (iii) all decisions with respect to future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (iv) the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right of further employment with the Company and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company to terminate the Participant’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause and it is expressly agreed and understood that employment is terminable at the will of either party, insofar as permitted by law; (v) the Participant is participating voluntarily in the Plan and Sub-Plan; (vi) this Option is an extraordinary item that is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any; (vii) this Option

 

5


 

is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including but not limited to calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments insofar as permitted by law; (viii) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (ix) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value; (x) if the Participant exercises this Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price; (xi) in consideration of the grant of this Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of this Option or diminution in value of this Option or Shares purchased through exercise of this Option resulting from termination of the Participant’s employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and the Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by accepting the terms of this Option Agreement, the Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement to pursue such claim; and (xii)  except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Participant’s right to receive stock options and vest in stock options under the Plan and Sub-Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that the Participant is no longer actively employed and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; furthermore, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Participant’s right to exercise this Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of the Participant’s active employment and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Committee in its fair and reasonable opinion determine when the Participant is no longer actively employed for purposes of this Option.

 

13.  Consent for Accumulation and Transfer of Data.

 

The Participant consents to the accumulation and transfer of data concerning him or her and the Option to and from the Company and UBS, or such other agent as may administer the Plan and Sub-Plan on behalf of the Company from time to time.  In addition, the Participant understands that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including but not limited to his or her name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number, salary, nationality, job title, and details of all options awarded, vested, unvested, or expired (the “personal data”).  Certain personal data may also constitute “sensitive personal data” within the meaning of applicable local law.  Such data include but are not limited to information provided above and any changes thereto and other appropriate personal and financial data about the Participant. The Participant hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data and sensitive personal data.  Participant also hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data and sensitive personal data outside the country in which the Participant is employed, and to the United States.  The legal persons for whom such personal data are intended are the Company, UBS and any other company providing services to the Company in connection with compensation planning purposes or the administration of the Plan.

 

14.  Plan Information.

 

The Participant agrees to receive copies of the Plan, the Sub-Plan, the Plan prospectus and other Plan and Sub-Plan information, including information prepared to comply with laws outside the United States, from the Plan website referenced above and shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement, Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K or other report filed with the SEC, from the investor relations section of the Equifax website at www.equifax.com.  Participant acknowledges that copies of the Plan, the Sub-Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan and Sub-Plan information and shareholder information are available upon written or telephonic request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

 

15.  Plan Incorporated by Reference; Conflicts.

 

The Plan, the Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the Plan, Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement shall affect the validity or interpretation of any duly authorized written agreement between the Company and Participant under which an Option properly granted under and pursuant to the Plan serves as any part of the consideration furnished to the Participant. If provisions of the Plan and Sub-Plan and the provisions of this Option Agreement conflict, the Sub-Plan provisions will govern.

 

6


 

16.   Participant Bound by Plan.

 

The Participant acknowledges receiving a summary of the Plan and Sub-Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and Sub-Plan.  Except as limited by the Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement, this Option Agreement is binding on and extends to the legatees, distributees and personal representatives of the Participant and the successors of the Company.

 

17.   Governing Law.

 

This Option Agreement and the rules of the Sub-Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. Any person referred to in this Plan submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

18.   Translations.

 

If the Participant has received this or any other document related to the Plan translated into any language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

19.   Severability .

 

The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

By:

 

 

Richard F. Smith

 

 

Chairman & CEO

(Printed Name)

 

 

 

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

#133843 (5/19/08)

 

7


 

Joint Election for the transfer of Employer’s
National Insurance Contributions to the employee

 

1.        Between

 

The Company Equifax plc. (registered number:02425920) (‘the Secondary Contributor’ who is the employer), whose Registered Office is at Capital House, 25 Chapel Street, London NW1 5DS and

 

[ insert name of employee ], ‘the Employee’, whose National Insurance number is [ AA 000000 A ].

 

2. Purpose and scope of election

 

(a) This election covers the

 

(Delete as appropriate)

 

·                   grant of employment related securities options

·                   the award of employment related restricted securities and/ or

·                   the award of employment related convertible securities

 

under the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2008 Sub-Plan for UK Participants)

 

·                   Scheme

·                   Plan

·                   Individual awards or grants [Where no specific scheme or plan has been set-up such as the grant of EMI options]

 

(Delete as appropriate)

 

·                   on [ DD/MM/YYYY ] or

·                   between [ DD/MM/YYYY ] and [ DD/MM/YYYY ] or

·                   on or after [ DD/MM/YYYY ]

 

(b) This joint election is made in accordance with Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (‘SSCBA 1992’).

 

(c) The Company requests the Employee to enter into this joint election to transfer the liability for the secondary contributor’s National Insurance contributions that arise on any relevant employment income covered by this election from the secondary contributor to the Employee.

 

(d) The employer’s National Insurance liability that shall transfer from the employer to the Employee under this joint election is

 

(Delete as appropriate)

 

·                   the whole of the secondary liability or

·                   [X %] of the secondary liability or

·                   the secondary liability on gains in excess of [£X]

 

8


 

Relevant employment income from securities and options specified in 2(a) on which employer’s National Insurance Contributions becomes due is defined as:

 

i. an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 426 of ITEPA 2003 (restricted securities: charge on certain post-acquisition events),

 

ii. an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 438 of that Act (convertible securities: charge on certain post-acquisition events), or

 

iii. any gain that is treated as remuneration derived from the earner’s employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) SSCBA 1992.

 

(e) This joint election will not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part 7 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).

 

(f) This election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

 

3. Arrangements for payment of secondary NICs

 

(a) In signing this joint-election the Employee authorises the Company, or other body (if applicable), to recover an amount sufficient to cover the liability for the employer’s National Insurance contributions transferred under this election in accordance with the arrangements summarised below [and further detailed in the attached scheme/plan/personal arrangement, [delete where necessary]].

 

·                   A deduction from salary or other payments due.

·                   The delivery in cleared funds from the Employee in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to H M Revenue & Customs (HMRC).

·                   The sale of sufficient shares acquired from the Employee’s securities option following notification to the Company Secretary/Scheme Administrator (delete as necessary or add other party if applicable), the proceeds of which must be delivered to the Company in sufficient time for payment to be made to HMRC by the due date.

·                   A deduction from any cash payment, treated as Relevant Employment Income, given to the Employee.

·                   Where the proceeds of the gain are to be made through a third party, the Employee will authorise that party to withhold an amount from the payment or to sell shares sufficient to cover the secondary NICs transferred. Such amount will be paid in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HMRC by the due date.

 

(b) The Company and the Employee will ensure that payment of the liability for the secondary NICs will be made to HMRC within 14 days following the end of the Income Tax month in which the relevant employment income arises — the due date.

 

The Employee understands that in making this election they will be personally liable for the secondary NICs covered by this election.

 

9


 

4. Duration of this election

 

(a) This joint election shall continue in force from the time it is made until whichever of the following first takes place:

 

·                   The Company gives notice to the Employee terminating the joint election, or

·                   it is cancelled jointly by the Company and the Employee. or

·                   it ceases to have effect in accordance with the terms of the joint election, or

·                   HMRC serves notice on the Company that the approval of the joint election has been withdrawn.

 

(b) The terms of this joint-election will continue in full force regardless of whether the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company.

 

5. Declaration

 

In signing this joint election both the Company and the Employee agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

Signature of Employee

 

 

Date

      /      /      

 

 

 

Signature for the Company

 

 

Date

      /      /      

 

 

 

Position in Company

 

 

 

 

10



EXHIBIT 10.12

 

EQUIFAX INC. 2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

UK VERSION- UNAPPROVED OPTION SCHEME

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

[Participant]

 

Number of Shares Subject to Award: [Number of Shares]

 

Option Price:  $[Option Price]

 

Date of Grant:  [Grant Date]

 

Pursuant to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), has granted the above-named Participant (the “Participant”) an Option (the “Award”) to purchase shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”), the terms and conditions of which are set in this agreement (the “Agreement”) and in the Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1.         Grant of Option .   The Company on the Date of Grant set forth above granted to Participant (subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement) the right to purchase from the Company all or part of the Number of Shares stated above (the “Option”).  This Agreement is not intended to be, and shall not be treated as, an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

2.               Basic Terms and Conditions .   The Option is subject to the following basic terms and conditions:

 

a.     Expiration Date .   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Option will expire ten (10) years from the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”).

 

b.     Exercise of Option .   Except as provided in Sections 2(d) or 3, the Option shall be exercisable with respect to one-third of the Number of Shares subject to this Option on each of the first three anniversaries of the Date of Grant so that this Option shall be fully exercisable on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, provided the Participant (i) remains employed by the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 2(d)(ii), terminates employment by reason of Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan).  Once exercisable, in whole or part, the Option will continue to be so exercisable until the earlier of the termination of Participant’s rights under Section 2(d) or 3, or the Expiration Date.

 

c.     Method of Exercise and Payment for Shares .   In order to exercise the Option, it must be vested and must not have expired, and Participant must give written notice in a manner prescribed by the Company from time to time together with payment of the Option Price to the Company at the Company’s principal office in Atlanta, Georgia, or as otherwise directed by the Committee.  The Date of Exercise will be the date of receipt of the notice or any later date specified in the notice.  Participant must pay the Option Price (i) in cash or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee, (ii) by the surrender (or attestation of ownership) of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (based on the closing price of a share of Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite index on the Date of Exercise) that is not less than the Option Price, (iii) by a combination of cash and Shares or (iv) by net settlement of the Option in the manner designated by the Committee.  Not all forms and methods of payment are available in every country.  Except as restricted by applicable law, payment of the Option Price may be delayed in the discretion of the Committee to accommodate proceeds of sale of some or all of the shares to which this grant relates.

 

If at exercise, Participant is not in compliance with the Company’s minimum stock ownership guidelines then in effect for Participant’s job grade or classification, if any, Participant will not be entitled to exercise the Option using a “cashless exercise program” of the Company (if then in effect), unless the net proceeds

 

1


 

received by Participant from that exercise consist only of Shares and Participant agrees to hold all those Shares for at least one (1) year.

 

d.     Termination of Employment .   Except as provided in Subsections (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) below, or Section 3, the Option will expire and will not be exercisable after termination of Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

i.      Elimination of Position .  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from the Company’s elimination of the position held by Participant, then Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of Participant’s termination of employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  Except as provided in Subsection 2(d)(iv)(A) below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the one-year period commencing on the date of termination of employment, or the Expiration Date.

 

ii.     Retirement .  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from Participant’s Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan), Participant will continue to vest in the Option in accordance with the original vesting schedule in Section 2(b) above as if Participant had remained actively employed; provided, that upon Participant’s death, all vesting will cease and the Option will be exercisable with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable on the date of Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.

 

        Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option is vested and exercisable from time to time until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following Participant’s Retirement, or the Expiration Date.

 

iii.    Disability .  Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from Participant’s Disability (as such term is defined in the Plan), then Participant will continue to have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the last date of Participant’s active employment and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled. Except as provided in Section 2(d)(iv)(A) below, the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the last date of Participant’s active employment or the Expiration Date.

 

iv.    Death.

 

(A) Except as provided in Sections 3 or 4 below, if the termination of Participant’s employment results from Participant’s death, then Participant’s estate, or the person(s) to whom Participant’s rights under this Agreement pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution, will have the right to exercise the Option with respect to that portion of the Number of Shares for which the Option was vested and exercisable on the date of Participant’s death and the remaining portion shall be forfeited and cancelled.  The right to exercise the vested portion of the Option will continue until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following Participant’s death or the Expiration Date.

 

(B) If Participant dies following termination of employment and prior to the expiration of any remaining period during which the Option may be exercised in accordance with Subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or Section 3, the remaining period during which the Option will be exercisable (by Participant’s estate, or the person(s) to whom Participant’s rights under this Agreement pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution) will be the greater of (a) the remaining period under the applicable section or paragraph referred to above, or (b) six 6) months from the date of death; provided that under no circumstances will the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

3.           Change of Control .   If a Change of Control of the Company occurs while Participant is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, then the entire Number of Shares represented by the Option which have not yet been exercised will become immediately vested and exercisable (the “Unexercised Portion”).  The Committee, in its discretion, may terminate the Option upon a Change of Control; provided, however, that at least 30 days prior to the Change of Control, the Committee notifies the Participant that the Option will be terminated and provides the Participant, at the election of the Committee, either (i) a cash payment equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the vested Options (including Options that would become vested upon the Change in Control as

 

2


 

provided above) and the Exercise Price for such Options, computed as of the date of the Change of Control and to be paid no later than three (3) business days after the Change of Control, or (ii) the right to exercise all vested Options (including Options that would become vested upon the Change of Control as provided above) immediately prior to the Change of Control. If the Unexercised Portion of the Options continue to remain outstanding after the Change of Control and if Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates after the date on which the Change of Control occurs other than as a result of a termination by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause, then Participant (or, if applicable, Participant’s estate or the person(s) to whom Participant’s rights under this Agreement pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution) will have the right to exercise the Unexercised Portion.  Except as provided in Section 2(d)(iv)(B) above or Section 4 below, that right may be exercised until the earlier of the last day of the sixty (60) month period following the termination of Participant’s employment or the Expiration Date.

 

4.               Cancellation and Rescission of Option .

 

(a) If, at any time, (i) during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) during the period after Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason during which all or part of the Option remains exercisable, but not to exceed 24 months following Participant’s termination of employment, Participant engages in any “Detrimental Activity” (as defined in subsection (b) below), the Committee may, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, cancel, rescind, suspend, withhold or otherwise restrict or limit this Option as of the first date Participant engaged in the Detrimental Activity, as determined by the Committee.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may also require Participant to pay to the Company any gain realized by Participant from exercising all or any portion of the Option hereunder during the period beginning six (6) months prior to the date on which Participant engaged or began engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “Detrimental Activity” shall mean and include any of the following:

 

i.          the breach or violation of any other agreement between Participant and the Company relating to protection of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets, solicitation of employees, customers or suppliers, or refraining from competition with the Company;

 

ii.         the disclosure, reproduction or use of Confidential Information or Trade Secrets (each as defined below) for the benefit of Participant or third parties except in connection with the performance of Participant’s duties for the Company or, after advance notice to the Company, as required by a valid order or subpoena issued by a court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction;

 

iii.        the use, reproduction, disclosure or distribution of any information which the Company is required to hold confidential under applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.) and any state credit reporting statutes;

 

iv.        the making, or causing or attempting to cause any other person to make, any statement, either written or oral, or conveying any information about the Company which is disparaging or which in any way reflects negatively upon the Company;

 

v.         the solicitation or attempt to solicit any customer or actively targeted potential customer of the Company with whom the Participant had material contact on the Company’s behalf during the 12 months immediately preceding Participant’s termination of employment;

 

vi.        the solicitation or recruitment, attempt to solicit or recruit, or the assistance of others in soliciting or recruiting, any individual who is or was, within 6 months of the date in question, an employee of the Company unless such former employee was terminated by the Company without cause, or the inducement of (or attempt to induce) any such employee of the Company to terminate his employment with the Company; or

 

vii.       the refusal or failure of Participant to provide, upon the request of the Company, a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that he or she is in full compliance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including, without limitation, a certification that Participant is not engaging in Detrimental Activity.

 

(c)   “ Trade Secret ” means information, including, but not limited to, technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data,

 

3


 

financial plans, product plans, or a list of actual or potential Company customers or suppliers which (i) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of the Company’s efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain secrecy; or as otherwise defined by applicable state law.

 

(d)   “ Confidential Information ” means any and all knowledge, information, data, methods or plans (other than Trade Secrets) which are now or at any time in the future developed, used or employed by the Company which are treated as confidential by the Company and not generally disclosed by the Company to the public, and which relate to the business or financial affairs of the Company, including, but not limited to, financial statements and information, marketing strategies, business development plans, acquisition or divestiture plans, and product or process enhancement plans.

 

5.     Termination for Cause .   For purposes of this Agreement, termination for “Cause” means termination as a result of (a) the willful and continued failure by Participant to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a failure resulting from Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant by his or her superior officer which specifically identifies the manner the officer believes that Participant has not substantially performed his or her duties, or (b) Participant’s willful misconduct which materially injures the Company, monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this Section, Participant’s act, or failure to act, will not be considered “willful” unless the act or failure to act is not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interest of the Company.

 

6.    Non- Transferability of Award .   Subject to any valid deferral election, the rights and privileges conferred under this Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by operation of law or otherwise (except as permitted by the Plan).  Any attempt to do so contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.  Upon Participant’s death, the Option may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, in which case all of Participant’s remaining rights under this Agreement must be transferred undivided to the same person or persons.  During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant (or Participant’s legal representative if Participant is incompetent) may exercise the Option.

 

7.    Conditions to Exercise of Award and Issuance of Shares .   The Shares deliverable to the Participant upon the exercise of the Option hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.  The Company shall not be required to honor the exercise of the Option or issue any certificate or certificates for Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the grant of the Shares as the Committee may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

8.    No Rights as Shareholder .   Except as provided in Sections 3 or 11, the Participant shall not have voting, dividend or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the unexercised Option.  Upon exercise of a vested Award into Shares, the Participant will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

9.    Administration .   The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

10.    Fractional Shares .   Fractional shares will not be issued, and when any provision of this Award Agreement otherwise would entitle Participant to receive a fractional share, that fraction will be disregarded.

 

4


 

11.   Adjustments in Capital Structure .   In the event of a change in corporate capitalization as described in Section 18 of the Plan, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities subject to the Option and to the purchase price for such Shares or other stock or securities.  The Committee’s adjustments shall be effective and final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.   Taxes .   Regardless of any action the Company or a Subsidiary (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related withholding (“Tax-Related Items”), Participant acknowledges and agrees that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by him or her is and remains Participant’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations nor undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option, including the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to structure the terms or the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items.  Prior to the exercise of this Option, Participant shall pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and or the Employer to withhold all applicable Tax-Related Items legally payable from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares.  Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under local law, the Company may (1) sell or arrange for sale of Shares that Participant acquires to meet the required withholding obligations for Tax-Related Items, and or (2) withhold in Shares, provided that the Company only withholds the amount of Shares necessary to satisfy the required minimum withholding amount.  In addition, Participant shall pay the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s purchase of Shares that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if Participant fails to comply with Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

13.  Consents.   By accepting the grant of this Option, Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time unless otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement; (ii) the grant of this Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of stock options, or benefits in lieu of stock options, even if stock options have been granted repeatedly in the past; (iii) all decisions with respect to future grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (iv) the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right of further employment with the Company and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment relationship at any time with or without cause and it is expressly agreed and understood that employment is terminable at the will of either party, insofar as permitted by law; (v) Participant is participating voluntarily in the Plan; (vi) this Option is an extraordinary item that is outside the scope of Participant’s employment contract, if any; (vii) this Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including but not limited to calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments insofar as permitted by law; (viii) in the event Participant is not an employee of the Company, this Option award will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate; (ix) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty; (x) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, this Option will have no value; (xi) if Participant exercises this Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Option Price; (xii) in consideration of the grant of this Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of this Option or diminution in value of this Option or Shares purchased through exercise of this Option resulting from termination of Participant’s employment by the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and Participant irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, then, by accepting the terms of this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement to pursue such claim; and (xiii)  except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to receive stock options and vest in stock options under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively employed and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; furthermore, in the event of involuntary termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to exercise this Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Participant’s active employment and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively employed for purposes of this Option.

 

5


 

14.   Consent for Accumulation and Transfer of Data .   Participant consents to the accumulation and transfer of data concerning him or her and the Option to and from the Company and UBS, or such other agent as may administer the Plan on behalf of the Company from time to time.  In addition, Participant understands that the Company holds certain personal information about Participant, including but not limited to his or her name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number, salary, nationality, job title, and details of all options awarded, vested, unvested, or expired (the “personal data”).  Certain personal data may also constitute “sensitive personal data” within the meaning of applicable local law.  Such data include but are not limited to information provided above and any changes thereto and other appropriate personal and financial data about Participant.  Participant hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data and sensitive personal data.  Participant also hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data and sensitive personal data outside the country in which Participant is employed, and to the United States.  The legal persons for whom such personal data are intended are the Company, UBS and any other company providing services to the Company in connection with compensation planning purposes or the administration of the Plan.

 

15.   Plan Information .  Participant agrees to receive copies of the Plan, the Plan prospectus and other Plan information, including information prepared to comply with laws outside the United States, from the Plan website referenced above and shareholder information, including copies of any annual report, proxy statement, Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K or other report filed with the SEC, from the investor relations section of the Equifax website at www.equifax.com.  Participant acknowledges that copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus, Plan information and shareholder information are available upon written or telephonic request to the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

 

16.   Plan Incorporated by Reference; Conflicts .  The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall affect the validity or interpretation of any duly authorized written agreement between the Company and Participant under which an Option properly granted under and pursuant to the Plan serves as any part of the consideration furnished to Participant. If provisions of the Plan and the provisions of this Agreement conflict, the Plan provisions will govern.

 

17.   Participant Bound by Plan .  Participant acknowledges receiving a summary of the Plan, and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.  Except as limited by the Plan or this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and extends to the legatees, distributees and personal representatives of Participant and the successors of the Company.

 

18.   Governing Law .   This Agreement has been made in and shall be construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, USA without regard to conflict of law provisions.

 

19.   Translations .  If Participant has received this or any other document related to the Plan translated into any language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

20.    Severability .   The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

21.  NIC Agreement.   It is a condition of the grant of this Option that the Participant enters into an agreement whereby the liability for payment of the employer’s secondary national insurance arising in connection with the Option is transferred to the Participant. The agreement is attached hereto.  This agreement does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.  Failure to complete and return the signed agreement will result in the Option being null and void.

 

6


 

PARTICIPANT

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

By:

 

 

Richard F. Smith

 

 

Chairman & CEO

(Printed Name)

 

 

 

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING

SECURITIES THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

#132157 (5/19/08)

 

7


 

EQUIFAX INC. 2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

(“the Plan”)

 

Participant’s Agreement to Transfer the Employer Liability for Secondary NICs
on Share Option Gains to Participant
(“the Agreement”)

 

This Agreement is made by the above-named Participant (“ the Participant ”) .  It is made jointly with the Participant’s employer, Equifax Plc whose registered office is at Capital House, 25 Chapel Street, London, NW1 5DS (“ the Employer ”).  This Agreement also relates to any options granted under the Plan on or after the date of this election.

 

Relevant legislation

 

This Agreement relates to the secondary liability of the Employer to pay national insurance contributions (“NICs”) on any remuneration of the Participant which, under section 4(4)(a), Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992, will be treated as remuneration derived from the Participant’s employment. The effect of such legislation is that the following will be treated as remuneration for NICs purposes:

 

·                   any gain on which the Participant is chargeable to income tax on exercise of an Option which is not approved for UK tax purposes and such gain arises at a time when the shares under an Option are “readily convertible assets”; and

 

·                   any gain made by the Participant pursuant to the receipt of a cash payment by the Participant on the assignment, release or cancellation of an Option (whether or not the said shares are “readily convertible assets”),

 

in either case such that the income tax liability needs to be collected by the Employer through the PAYE system.

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to transfer to the Participant the liability for the Employer’s secondary NICs which arise in respect of an Option.

 

NICs liability to be transferred

 

Under this Agreement liability for 100% of the Employer’s said secondary NICs shall be transferred to the Participant.

 

Method of securing that transferred secondary NICs liability is met

 

In order to secure the collection of the secondary NICs from the Participant the following arrangements shall apply:

 

·                   the Participant shall make a cash payment of an appropriate amount to the Employer immediately prior to the date of exercise of an Option; or in default of doing so

 

·                   in the case of the exercise of an Option, the Participant shall be deemed to have appointed the Employer (or at its direction any other person or persons) as agent and attorney for the sale of shares acquired on exercise of an Option and to have authorised the payment to the Employer (or such other person or persons) of the appropriate amount out of the net proceeds of sale of the shares;

 

·                   in the case of the receipt by the Participant of a cash payment on the assignment, release or surrender of an Option, the Participant shall authorise the Employer to procure the deduction from such payment of the appropriate amount,

 

and the Employer shall pay such amount (or shall procure its payment) to the Inland Revenue within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which the share option gain occurs in compliance with the relevant obligations under the PAYE system as it applies to NICs.

 

The above method of securing that transferred secondary NICs liability is met shall apply even if the Participant has ceased to be employed by the Employer or is abroad at the time of the share option gain.

 

8


 

Notice to the Company of key events

 

Exercise of Option

 

Under the rules of the Plan, the Employer as the grantor of the Option must receive notice of the Participant’s intention to exercise an Option as this will require prior submission to the Employer by the Participant of a notice of exercise. The Employer will therefore be given immediate notice of such exercise.

 

Release of Option

 

Before releasing an Option the Participant shall give not less than 10 days prior notice in writing of such event to the Employer as the grantor of the Option, with material details of the circumstances of the release.

 

Assignment of Option

 

Under the rules of the Plan an Option may not be assigned in any circumstances.

 

Circumstances in which this Agreement shall cease to have effect

 

·              the Option is exercised or lapses;

 

·                   subject to such approval as may be required by the Inland Revenue, the Agreement is jointly revoked in writing by the Participant and the Employer;

 

·                   the Inland Revenue withdraws approval in relation to options capable of being covered by this Agreement but which have not yet been granted;

 

·                   there is a change in the law such that the Employer is not legally entitled to transfer the liability for the secondary NICs covered by this Agreement to the Participant.

 

General

 

References in this Agreement to the exercise of an Option shall, according to the context, be deemed to include the exercise, assignment, release or cancellation of such Option.

 

Any notices or other communications between the Participant and the Employer made under this Agreement shall be given to the Participant at the latest permanent address of the Participant held by the Grantor, and to the Employer at its registered office, or to such other addresses as one party shall notify to the other in writing from time to time.

 

This Agreement takes effect under and in compliance with paragraph 3B, schedule 1, Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 and is in a form approved by the Inland Revenue.

 

In relation to any Option, the Employer has made a generic agreement under and in compliance with the Regulations which is in a form approved by the Inland Revenue.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

Undertaking by the Participant

 

This Agreement shall be legally binding on the Participant at all times, including at any time during which the Option Participant is resident, domiciled, employed or working in a non-UK jurisdiction on the date that a relevant gain is made in relation to any Option.

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

9



EXHIBIT 10.13

 

EQUIFAX
2005 EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Effective As Of January 1, 2005, Except Where Otherwise Noted)

 

Effective as of January 1, 2003, Equifax Inc. (the “Company”) established the Equifax Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“Prior Plan”) for the benefit of eligible management and highly compensated employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The Plan was designed to assist and encourage eligible employees to accumulate capital and to supplement their retirement income.

 

Because the laws applicable to nonqualified deferred compensation plans were significantly changed effective January 1, 2005, the Company has decided to adopt a new deferred compensation plan, the Equifax 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for deferrals by eligible employees occurring on or after January 1, 2005.  The vested amounts credited to participants as of December 31, 2004 under the Prior Plan (and any earnings on such amounts) will remain credited under the Prior Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Plan.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

1.1                      Account shall mean the records maintained by the Administrator to determine the Participant’s deferrals under this Plan.  Such Account may be reflected as an entry in the Company’s (or Employer’s) records, or as a separate account under a trust, or as a combination of both.  The Administrator may establish such subaccounts as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

1.2                      Administrator shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee) to administer the Plan pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.

 

1.3                      Base Salary shall mean the Participant’s base annual salary excluding commissions, incentive and discretionary bonuses and other non-regular forms of compensation, before reductions for contributions to or deferrals under any pension, deferred compensation, welfare benefit or other benefit plans sponsored by the Company.

 

1.4                      Beneficiary shall mean the person(s) or entity designated as such in accordance with Article 9 of the Plan.

 

1.5                      Bonus shall mean amounts paid to the Participant by the Employer annually in the form of a discretionary or incentive compensation or any other bonus designated by the Administrator to be covered by the Plan before reductions for contributions to or deferrals under any pension, deferred compensation, welfare benefit, or other benefit plans sponsored by the Company.

 

1


 

1.6                      Change in Control shall mean any of the following events:

 

a.                            Voting Stock Accumulations .  The accumulation by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock; provided that for purposes of this subparagraph (a), a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred if the accumulation of twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock results from any acquisition of Voting Stock (i) directly from the Company that is approved by the Incumbent Board, (ii) by the Company, (iii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iv) by any Person pursuant to a Business Combination that complies with all of the provisions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (b); or

 

b.                           Business Combinations .  Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, immediately following that Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the Persons who were the beneficial owners of Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to that Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors of the entity resulting from that Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of that transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to that Business Combination, of the Voting Stock of the Company, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, that entity resulting from that Business Combination, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, any Eighty Percent (80%) Subsidiary or that entity resulting from that Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the entity resulting from that Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of that entity, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the entity resulting from that Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for that Business Combination; or

 

c.                            Sale of Assets .  Consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

 

d.                           Liquidations or Dissolutions .  Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except pursuant to a Business Combination that complies with all of the provisions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (b).

 

e.                            Definitions .  For purposes of this paragraph defining Change in Control, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i)  Beneficial Ownership shall mean beneficial ownership as that term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

(ii)  Business Combination shall mean a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company.

 

2


 

 

(iii)  Eighty Percent (80%) Subsidiary shall mean an entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock.

 

(iv)  Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including amendments, or successor statutes of similar intent.

 

(v)  Incumbent Board shall mean a Board of Directors at least a majority of whom consist of individuals who either are (a) members of the Company’s Board of Directors as of December 1, 2007 or (b) members who become members of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to December 1, 2007 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which that person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to that nomination), but excluding, for that purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors.

 

(vi)  Person shall mean any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14 (d) (2) of the Exchange Act).

 

(vii)  Voting Stock shall mean the then outstanding securities of an entity entitled to vote generally m the election of members of that entity’s Board of Directors.

 

1.7                                  Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.8                                  Commissions shall mean the Participant’s commissions payable from the Company for the Plan Year before reductions for contributions to or deferrals under any pension, deferred compensation, welfare benefit, or other benefit plans sponsored by the Company.

 

1.9                                  Company shall mean Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation, or its successor.

 

1.10                            Crediting Rate shall mean the notional gains and losses credited on the Participant’s Account balance which are based on the Participant’s choice among the investment alternatives made available by the Administrator or such other method established by the Administrator pursuant to Article 3 of the Plan.

 

1.11                            Disability shall mean any cessation of the Participant’s employment with the Employer as a result of a physical or mental condition which prevents the Participant from performing the normal duties of his or her current employment for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.  If a Participant makes application for disability benefits under the Social Security Act or under an Employer sponsored long term disability plan, as then in effect and qualifies for such benefits, he/she shall be presumed to qualify as totally and permanently disabled under this Plan.  The Administrator shall require that the Participant submit evidence of such qualification for disability benefits in order to determine the existence of Disability under this Plan and shall make its determination of Disability in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

3


 

1.12                            Eligible Executive shall mean an executive of an Employer selected by the Administrator to be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

1.13                            Employer shall mean the Company and any Subsidiary whose employees are designated as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

1.14                            ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.15                            Financial Hardship shall mean an unexpected need for cash arising from illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other such unforeseeable occurrence which is not covered by insurance and which is determined to qualify as a Financial Hardship by the Administrator.  Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a residence or education expenses for children shall not, alone, be considered a Financial Hardship.  The Administrator shall make its determination of Financial Hardship in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

1.16                            Participant shall mean an Eligible Executive who has elected to participate and has completed a Participant Election Form pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.

 

1.17                            Participant Election Form  shall mean the written agreement to make a deferral submitted by the Participant to the Administrator on a timely basis pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.  The Participant Election Form may take the form of an electronic communication followed by appropriate written confirmation according to specifications established by the Administrator.

 

1.18                            Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

 

1.19                            Prior Plan shall mean the Equifax Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, which became effective as of January 1, 2003, as it may be amended.

 

1.20                            Qualified Plan shall mean the Equifax Inc. 401(k) Plan, as in effect on the effective date of this Plan and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.21                            Retirement shall mean a Participant’s Termination of Employment on or after the Retirement Eligibility Date.

 

1.22                            Retirement Eligibility Date shall mean the earlier of:

 

a.                                        the date on which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65),

 

b.                                       the date on which the Participant has both attained age fifty-five (55) and completed at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service, or

 

c.                                        the date on which the Participant has both attained age fifty (50) and the Participant’s combined years of age and Years of Vesting Service total at least seventy-five (75).

 

1.23                            Scheduled Withdrawal shall mean the distribution elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 7 of the Plan.

 

1.24                            Section 409A shall mean Section 409A of the Code, as it may be amended from time to time, and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

 

4


 

1.25                            Settlement Date shall mean the date on which a lump sum payment shall be made or the date on which installment payments shall commence.  Unless otherwise specified, the Settlement Date shall be the last day of January of the Plan Year following the year in which the event triggering the payout occurs.  In the case of death, the event triggering payout shall be deemed to occur upon the date the Administrator is provided with the documentation reasonably necessary to establish the fact of the Participant’s death.

 

1.26                            Subsidiary shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  The term “Subsidiary” shall also include a partnership or limited liability company in which the Company or a Subsidiary owns 50% or more of the profits interest or capital interest.

 

1.27                            TALX Plan Transfer Account shall mean the amount credited to a Participant under the TALX Corporation Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan that is transferred to this Plan in accordance with Section 3.4, which shall be managed and distributed in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

 

1.28                            Termination of Employment shall mean the date of the Participant’s separation from service with the Employer for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, including as a result of the Participant’s Retirement or death, or to the extent provided in Article 6 of the Plan, Disability.

 

1.29                            Valuation Date shall mean the date through which earnings are credited and shall be the last day of the month preceding the month in which the payout or other event triggering the Valuation occurs.

 

1.30                            Years of Vesting Service shall mean the years of vesting service credited to the Participant under the Equifax Inc. 401(k) Plan, as amended.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Participation

 

2.1                                  Elective Deferral .  For each Plan Year a Participant may elect to defer (i) any whole percentage between five percent (5%) and seventy-five percent (75%) of Base Salary and/or Commissions and/or (ii) any whole percentage or dollar amount of Bonus, or whole percentage or dollar amount of Bonus above a certain level (as determined by the Administrator prior to the commencement of the Plan Year).  A Participant may also make an irrevocable election prior to the beginning of the Plan Year to have contributed to this Plan any deferral contributions which the Participant has elected as of the beginning of the Plan Year to be made to the Qualified Plan for such Plan Year which, for any reason, may not be contributed to the Qualified Plan.  The foregoing limits shall be interpreted and applied by the Administrator and the Administrator may prior to commencement of the Plan Year further limit the minimum or maximum amount deferred by any Participant or group of Participants, or waive the foregoing limits for any Participant or group of Participants, for any reason.

 

2.2                                  Participant Election Form .  In order to make a deferral, an Eligible Executive must submit a Participant Election Form to the Administrator during the enrollment period

 

5


 

established by the Administrator prior to the beginning of the Plan Year during which the Base Salary, Commissions and/or Bonus is earned; provided, that the Administrator may extend the election period (or period in which a Bonus deferral election may be changed) with respect to the Participant’s deferral of a Bonus which qualifies as “performance-based compensation” under Section 409A to a date that is not later than six months prior to the end of the applicable performance period for the Bonus, provided, further, that at the time of such election the amount of the Bonus is not readily ascertainable.  The Administrator may establish a special enrollment period for Eligible Executives hired during a Plan Year to allow deferrals of Base Salary, Commissions and/or Bonus earned during the balance of such Plan Year after such enrollment period.  The Participant shall be required to submit a new Participant Election Form on a timely basis in order to change the Participant’s deferral election for a subsequent Plan Year.  If no Participant Election Form is filed during the prescribed enrollment period, the Participant’s election for the prior Plan Year shall continue in force for the next Plan Year.

 

2.3                                  Election Irrevocable .  The election to defer Base Salary, Commissions or Bonus shall be irrevocable once the enrollment period as provided in Section 2.2 has expired, except as provided in Article  6 in the event of Disability or Section 4.5 in the case of a Financial Hardship.  If the Participant elects to discontinue deferrals under the Plan, the Participant shall forfeit the right to make deferrals for the balance of the Plan Year in which such election occurs and for the entire next following Plan Year.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Accounts

 

3.1                                  Participant Accounts .  Solely for recordkeeping purposes, up to three (3) Accounts (a Retirement Account and two Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts) shall be maintained for each Participant and shall be credited with the Participant’s deferrals directed by the Participant to each Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.  The Participant will designate for each Plan Year which portion of the Participant’s deferrals for such Plan Year shall be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account and any Scheduled Withdrawal Account the Participant has elected to establish.  Accounts shall be deemed to be credited with notional gains or losses as provided in Section 3.2 from the date the deferral is credited to the Account through the Valuation Date.  Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account shall be fully vested at all times.

 

With respect to Eligible Executives who participated in the Prior Plan prior to January 1, 2005, and who have made deferral elections under the Prior Plan for 2005, 2006, and 2007 with respect to Base Salary, Commissions and Bonuses which were earned and became payable on or after January 1, 2005, the Company hereby transfers all rights with respect to such deferral elections to the Plan and the Plan hereby assumes all obligations with respect to such deferral elections.  Such deferral elections shall be maintained and administered in accordance with the Plan, including the payment rules of the Plan.  The Administrator may permit changes to such deferral elections and payment elections in accordance with Section 409A.

 

The Administrator shall provide such additional payment elections to Participants (including Participants who are no longer active employees or otherwise do not actively participate in the Plan) with respect to amounts credited to the Plan pursuant to this Section 3.1 as are consistent with Section 409A, including the transitional rules.

 

6


 

3.2                                  Crediting Rate .  Unless the Administrator elects to establish a different method of determining the Crediting Rate, the Crediting Rate on amounts in a Participant’s Account shall be based on the Participant’s choice among the investment alternatives made available from time to time by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall establish a procedure by which a Participant may elect to have the Crediting Rate based on one or more investment alternatives and by which the Participant may change investment elections periodically.  The Administrator may permit Participants to elect different investment alternatives for different types of accounts.  The Participant’s Account balance shall reflect the investments selected by the Participant.  If an investment selected by a Participant sustains a loss, the Participant’s Account shall be reduced to reflect such loss.  The Participant’s choice among investments shall be solely for purposes of calculation of the Crediting Rate.  If the Participant fails to elect an investment alternative the Crediting Rate shall be based on the investment alternative selected for this purpose by the Administrator.  The Company shall have no obligation to set aside or invest funds as directed by the Participant and, if the Company elects to invest funds as directed by the Participant, the Participant shall have no more right to such investments than any other unsecured general creditor.  During payout, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited at the Crediting Rate selected by the Participant from among the investment alternatives or rates made available by the Administrator for such purpose.  Installment payments shall be recalculated annually by dividing the account balance by the number of payments remaining without regard to anticipated earnings or in any other reasonable manner as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator.

 

3.3                                  Statement of Accounts .  The Administrator shall provide each Participant with a statement at least quarterly setting forth the Participant’s Account balance as of the end of each quarter.

 

3.4                                  TALX Plan Transfer Accounts .  The TALX Plan Transfer Accounts of Participants are hereby transferred to the Plan effective as of December 31, 2007 (or as soon thereafter as practical) and the Plan hereby assumes all obligations with respect to the amounts credited to the TALX Plan Transfer Accounts.  The amounts credited to the TALX Plan Transfer Accounts shall be maintained and administered in accordance with the Plan, including the distribution rules and the deemed investment rules.  The Administrator may permit changes to the payment rules for amounts credited to the TALX Plan Transfer Accounts in accordance with Articles IV and VII and Section 409A, including the transition rules.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Retirement Benefits

 

4.1                                  Retirement Benefits .  In the event of the Participant’s Retirement, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the total balance of the Participant’s Account (including any unpaid amounts in any Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts) credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 3 through the Valuation Date.  The benefits shall be paid in a single lump sum unless the Participant has elected at the time of deferral (or in accordance with the transition rules of Section 409A) to have the benefit paid in substantially level annual installments over a specified period of not more than fifteen (15) years.  Payments shall begin on the Settlement Date following Retirement.  A Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to Retirement, elect to change the method of payment of the Participant’s Account at Retirement, provided that (i) only one such change is permitted and after such election change, the election is irrevocable; (ii) the payment date for the Participant’s Account will be deferred for

 

7


 

5 years after Retirement, and (iii) the election shall not become effective for 12 months.  The change of election shall be made through a method established by the Plan Administrator.

 

4.2                                  Termination Benefit .  Upon Termination of Employment other than by reason of Retirement, Disability or death, the Company shall pay to the Participant a termination benefit equal to the balance on Termination of Employment of the Participant’s deferral Account credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 3 through the Valuation Date.  The termination benefits shall be paid in a single lump sum on the Settlement Date following Termination of Employment.

 

4.3                                  Small Benefit Exception .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, in the event the amount of the Participant’s Account upon Retirement is less than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the Company shall pay such benefits in a single lump sum payable on the last day of the month in which such benefits first become payable.

 

4.4                                  Special Rule for Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Participant is or could likely be considered a Specified Employee (as determined by the Administrator or its designee in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator that are consistent with Section 409A), distributions to such Participant may not be made before the date which is 6 months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), and any distribution that would otherwise be payable before the 6-month anniversary shall be delayed and shall be paid within 30 days following such 6-month anniversary.

 

4.5                                  Financial Hardship Distribution .  Upon a finding by the Administrator that the Participant (or, after the Participant’s death, a Beneficiary) has suffered a Financial Hardship, the Administrator may authorize a distributions of benefits under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such Financial Hardship.  Such distribution shall not exceed the dollar amount necessary to satisfy the Financial Hardship plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Financial Hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause Financial Hardship).  In the event of a distribution from the Plan based on Financial Hardship, a Participant’s deferrals shall cease and the Participant shall not be allowed to make a new deferral election until the enrollment period next following one full calendar year from the date of such distribution.

 

4.6                                  Consequences of a Change in Control .  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each Participant’s Account shall remain subject to the Plan’s payment provisions and the Participant’s elections as to the time and method of payment (subject to the Company’s rights to amend or to terminate the Plan).

 

ARTICLE V

 

Death Benefits

 

5.1                                  Survivor Benefit Before Benefits Commence .  If the Participant dies prior to commencement of benefits under Article 4, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary a death benefit equal to the total balance on death of the Participant’s Account credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 3 through the Valuation Date.  The death

 

8


 

benefit shall be paid in the same form elected by the Participant for Retirement benefits under Article 4.1 (except for Financial Hardship) beginning on the Settlement Date following the date the Participant’s death is established by reasonable documentation.

 

5.2                                  Survivor Benefit After Benefits Commence .  If the Participant dies after benefits have commenced under Article 4, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan over the same period such benefits would have been paid to the Participant (except for Financial Hardship).

 

5.3                                  Small Benefit Exception .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the sum of all benefits payable to a Beneficiary is less than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the Company shall pay such benefits in a single lump sum payable on the last day of the month in which such benefits first become payable.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Disability Benefits

 

6.1                                  Disability .  In the event of Disability, the Participant’s deferral elections for such Plan Year shall cease to be effective and for purposes of calculation and payment of benefits under the Plan, Disability shall be treated as a Retirement entitling the Participant to receive the benefits provided under Article 4.1 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Scheduled Withdrawal

 

7.1                                  Election .  The Participant may make an election on the Participant Election Form at the time of making a deferral to establish a Scheduled Withdrawal Account.  The Participant may elect to receive a Scheduled Withdrawal in any Plan Year on or after the third Plan Year following the enrollment period in which such Scheduled Withdrawal Account is first established and may elect to have the Scheduled Withdrawal distributed in a single lump sum or in annual installments over a period of up to five (5) years.  The Participant may elect to make additional deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account on subsequent Participant Election Forms, provided that any subsequent deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account must be made not later than the end of the Plan Year ending at least 2 years prior to the date the Scheduled Withdrawal is to commence.  The Participant may not elect another Scheduled Withdrawal date for such Account until all of the amounts in the original Scheduled Withdrawal Account have been paid out.  The Participant may establish up to two (2) separate Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts with different Scheduled Withdrawal dates but shall not establish a third such Account until all of the funds in one of the first two Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts have been paid out.  A Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to the payment dates of any Scheduled Withdrawal accounts he has established under this Section 7.1, elect to defer the date on which payment of any Scheduled Withdrawal account shall commence and/or change the method of payment of such Scheduled Withdrawal account, provided that, (i) after the initial election under this Section 7.1, a Participant may only make one election change with respect to a particular Scheduled Withdrawal account (after such election change, the election shall become irrevocable); (ii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the first in-service payment with respect to such changed election must be deferred at least 5 years from the date such

 

9


 

payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the election shall not become effective for 12 months.

 

7.2                                  Timing of Scheduled Withdrawal .  The Scheduled Withdrawal payment shall be paid by the Company to the Participant no later than the last day of January of the Plan Year elected by the Participant in the Participant Election Form unless preceded by Termination of Employment.  In the event of Termination of Employment prior to the date elected for the Scheduled Withdrawal, the amounts in the Scheduled Withdrawal accounts shall be paid at the same time and in the form provided in Sections 4.1 or 4.2 of the Plan (whichever is applicable).  In the event such Termination of Employment is as a result of the Participant’s death, the Scheduled Withdrawal shall be paid as provided in Section 5.1 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Amendment and Termination of Plan

 

8.1                                  Amendment .  The Company may at any time or from time to time modify or amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan, or stop future deferrals to the Plan, provided that no such amendment shall reduce a Participant’s Account balance or change existing elections with respect to the time and method of payment of a Participant’s Account.

 

8.2                                  Termination of Plan .  The Company expects to continue this Plan, but does not obligate itself to do so.  The Company reserves the right to discontinue and terminate the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, for any reason (including a change, or an impending change, in the tax laws of the United States or any State).  Termination of the Plan shall be binding on all Participants and Employers, but in no event may such termination reduce the amounts credited at that time to any Participant’s Account.  If this Plan is terminated, subject to Section 4.4, amounts credited to Participants’ Accounts shall be paid in a lump sum, provided that (A) the Company terminates at the same time any other arrangement that is subject to Section 409A and that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A; (B) the Company does not adopt any other arrangement that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A for three years; (C) the payments upon such termination shall not commence until 12 months after the date of termination and all such payments must be completed within 24 months after the date of termination; and (D) such other requirements as may be imposed by Section 409A are satisfied.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Beneficiaries

 

9.1                                  Beneficiary Designation .  The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary (both primary and contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death.  The designation by a married Participant of a primary Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse shall require consent of such spouse.  The Beneficiary designation shall be effective when it is submitted in writing to and acknowledged by the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Administrator.  The Beneficiary designation in effect for the Participant under the Prior Plan as of December 1, 2007 shall be deemed the Beneficiary designation under this Plan until a new Beneficiary designation is filed in accordance with the procedures under this Plan.

 

10

 

9.2           Revision of Designation .  The submission of a new Beneficiary designation shall cancel all prior Beneficiary designations.  Any marriage (other than a common law marriage) or finalized divorce of a Participant subsequent to the date of a Beneficiary designation shall revoke such designation, unless in the case of divorce the previous spouse was not designated as a Beneficiary and unless in the case of marriage the Participant’s new spouse has previously been designated as the sole primary Beneficiary.

 

9.3           Successor Beneficiary .  If all primary Beneficiaries die prior to complete distribution of the benefits provided in Article 5, the remaining Account balance shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary elected by the Participant in the form of a lump sum payable no later than the last day of the month following the month in which the last remaining primary Beneficiary’s death is established.

 

9.4           Absence of Valid Designation .  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if the Beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage, divorce, or otherwise without execution of a new designation, or if every person designated as Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant’s spouse, if the Participant was married on the date of death, or, if the Participant was not married on death, to the Participant’s estate.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Administration/Claims Procedures

 

10.1         Administration .  The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion (i) to interpret the Plan, (ii) to decide any and all matters arising hereunder (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or admissions), (iii) to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and (iv) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable under the Plan. All interpretations of the Administrator with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby.  No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any determination, decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan.  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with the performance of such persons’ duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan, other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.

 

10.2         Claims Procedure .  Any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary may file a written claim with the Administrator setting forth the nature of the benefit claimed, the amount thereof; and the basis for claiming entitlement to such benefit.  The Administrator shall determine the validity of the claim and communicate a decision to the claimant promptly and, in any event, not later than ninety (90) days after the date of the claim.  The claim may be deemed by the claimant to have been denied for purposes of further review described below in the event a decision is not furnished to the claimant within such ninety (90) day period.  If additional information is necessary to make a determination on a claim, the claimant shall be advised of the need for such additional information within forty-five (45) days after the date of the claim.  The claimant shall have up to one hundred and eighty (180) days to supplement the claim

 

11


 

information, and the claimant shall be advised of the decision on the claim within forty-five (45) days after the earlier of the date the supplemental information is supplied or the end of the one hundred and eighty (180) day period.  Every claim for benefits which is denied shall be denied by written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to any provisions of the Plan (including any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, criteria, etc.) on which the denial is based, (iii) description of any additional material or information that is necessary to process the claim, and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for further reviewing the denial of the claim.

 

10.3         Review Procedures .  Within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a denial on a claim, a claimant or his/her authorized representative may file a written request for review of such denial.  Such review shall be undertaken by the Administrator and shall be a full and fair review.  The claimant shall have the right to review all pertinent documents.  The Administrator shall issue a decision not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of a request for review from a claimant unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require a longer period of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after receipt of the claimant’s request for review.  The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific reference to any provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based and shall include an explanation the claimants right to pursue a legal action in the event the claim is denied.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Conditions Related to Benefits

 

11.1         Nonassignability .  The Participant’s Account balance and the benefits provided under the Plan shall not be subject to sale, alienation, assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation by the Participant or any Beneficiary and any attempt to sell, alienate, assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate an Account balance or Plan benefits including, without limitation, any assignment or alienation in connection with a separation, divorce, child support or similar arrangement, shall be null and void and not binding on the Company or the Plan. The Participant’s Account balance and benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors or other claimants of the Participant or Beneficiary and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or executions to the fullest extent allowed by law.

 

11.2         No Right to Company Assets .  The benefits paid under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and the Participant and any Beneficiary shall be no more than unsecured general creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.  At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for payment of benefits under the Plan.  Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in accordance with the terms of the trusts.  Benefits paid to the Participant from any such trust or trusts shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting the obligations of the Company under the Plan.

 

11.3         Protective Provisions .  The Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Administrator, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Administrator may deem necessary and taking such other actions as may be requested by the Administrator.  If the

 

12


 

Participant refuses to so cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan.  In the event of the Participant’s suicide during the first two (2) years in the Plan, or if the Participant makes any material misstatement of information or non-disclosure of medical history, then no benefits shall be payable to the Participant under the Plan, except that benefits maybe payable in a reduced amount in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

11.4         Withholding .  The Participant shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other employee tax requirements applicable to the payment of benefits under the Plan.  If no other arrangements are made, the Company may provide, at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as may be required, including, without limitation, by the reduction of other amounts payable to the Participant.

 

11.5         Assumptions and Methodology .  To the extent required, the Administrator shall establish the actuarial assumptions and method of calculation used in determining the present or future value of benefits, earnings, payments, fees, expenses or any other amounts required to be calculated under the terms of the Plan.  The Administrator shall also establish reasonable procedures regarding the form and timing of installment payments.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Miscellaneous

 

12.1         Successors of the Company .  The rights and obligations of the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

12.2         Employment Not Guaranteed .  Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Participant any right to continued employment with the Company, nor as a limitation on the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant at any time.

 

12.3         Gender, Singular and Plural .  All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require.  As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

 

12.4         Captions .  The captions of the articles, paragraphs and sections of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

12.5         Validity .  In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.

 

12.6         Waiver of Breach .  The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of the Plan shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Participant or any other Participant.

 

13


 

12.7         Notice .  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or the Participant under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, in the case of the Company, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Administrator, and in the case of the Participant, to the last known address of the Participant indicated on the employment records of the Company.  Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.  Notices to the Company may be permitted by electronic communication according to specifications established by the Administrator.

 

12.8         Errors in Benefit Statement or Distributions .  In the event an error is made in a benefit statement, such error shall be corrected as soon as is practical following the date such error is discovered.  In the event of an error in a distribution, the Participant’s Account shall, as soon as is practical after discovery of such error, be adjusted to reflect such under or over payment and, if possible, the next distribution shall be adjusted upward or downward to correct such prior error.  If the remaining balance of a Participant’s Account is insufficient to cover an erroneous overpayment, the Company may, at its discretion, offset other amounts payable to the Participant from the Company (including but not limited to salary, bonuses, expense reimbursements, severance benefits or other compensation or benefit arrangements, to the extent allowed by law) to recoup the amount of such overpayment(s).

 

12.9         ERISA Plan .  The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

 

12.10       Applicable Law .  The Plan shall be governed by ERISA and, in the event any provision of, or legal issue relating to, this Plan is not fully preempted by ERISA, such issue or provision shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia (without regard to conflict of law provisions).

 

12.11       Compliance With Section 409A .  The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A and any regulations or guidance that may be adopted thereunder from time to time, including any transition relief available under applicable guidance related to Section 409A.  The Plan may be amended or interpreted by the Company as it determines necessary or appropriate in accordance with Section 409A and to avoid a plan failure under Section 409A(1).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed as of the          day of March, 2008.

 

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

14


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

EQUIFAX

2005 EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

THIS AMENDMENT made as of the          day of                             , 2008, by EQUIFAX INC. (the “Company”);

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Equifax 2005 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to comply with certain provisions of the final regulations under Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and for certain other purposes;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.

 

Section 1.22 is hereby amended by deleting the present section in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“1.22 Retirement Eligibility Date shall mean the date on which the Participant has both attained age 55 and completed at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service.”

 

2.

 

Section 1.25 is hereby amended by deleting the second sentence of the present section and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“Unless otherwise specified, the Settlement Date shall be a date between January 1 and January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year during which the event triggering the payout occurs (and, if applicable, subsequent annual payments shall be made between January 1 and January 31 of subsequent calendar years).”

 

3.

 

Section 3.1 is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence of the present section and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“Solely for recordkeeping purposes, separate Accounts (a Retirement Account and any Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts) shall be maintained for each Participant and shall be credited with the Participant’s deferrals directed by the Participant to each Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.”

 

4.

 

Article VII is hereby amended by deleting the present Article in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“ARTICLE VII

 

15


 

Scheduled Withdrawal

 

7.1                      Election .  The Participant may make an election on the Participant Election Form at the time of making a deferral to establish a Scheduled Withdrawal Account.  The Participant may elect to receive a Scheduled Withdrawal in any Plan Year on or after the third Plan Year following the enrollment period in which such Scheduled Withdrawal Account is first established and may elect to have the Scheduled Withdrawal distributed in a single lump sum or in annual installments over a period of up to five (5) years.  The Participant may elect to make additional deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account on subsequent Participant Election Forms, provided that any subsequent deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account must be made not later than the end of the Plan Year ending at least 2 years prior to the date the Scheduled Withdrawal is to commence.  The Participant may establish separate Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts with different Scheduled Withdrawal dates, provided that the Administrator in its sole discretion may elect to limit the number of Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts.  A Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to the payment dates of any Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts he has established under this Section 7.1, elect to defer the date on which payment of any Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall commence and/or change the method of payment of such Scheduled Withdrawal Account, provided that, (i) unless the Administrator otherwise determines, after the initial election under this Section 7.1, a Participant may only make one election change with respect to a particular Scheduled Withdrawal Account (after such election change, the election shall become irrevocable); (ii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the first in-service payment with respect to such changed election must be deferred at least 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the election shall not become effective for 12 months.

 

7.2                      Timing of Scheduled Withdrawal .  The Scheduled Withdrawal payment shall be paid (or commence to be paid) by the Company to the Participant within 30 days following the end of the month and calendar year the Participant has elected on the Participant Election Form to receive such Scheduled Withdrawal (and if applicable, subsequent annual payments shall be made within 30 days following the end of such month of subsequent calendar years), unless preceded by the Participant’s Termination of Employment.  In the event of Termination of Employment prior to the date elected for the Scheduled Withdrawal, the amounts in the Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts shall be paid at the same time and in the form provided in Sections 4.1 or 4.2 of the Plan (whichever is applicable).  In the event such Termination of Employment is as a result of the Participant’s death, the Scheduled Withdrawal shall be paid as provided in Section 5.1 of the Plan.”

 

5.

 

This Amendment No. 1 to the Plan shall be effective as of the date hereof, subject to the transition rules of Section 409A.

 

16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first written above.

 

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

17



EXHIBIT 10.14

 

EQUIFAX
2005 DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2005, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE NOTED)

 

Effective as of January 1, 2003, Equifax Inc. (the “Company”) established the Equifax Director Deferred Compensation Plan (“Prior Plan”) for the purpose of attracting high quality outside directors and promoting in its directors increased efficiency and further interest in the successful operation and performance of the Company.

 

Because the laws applicable to nonqualified deferred compensation plans were significantly changed effective January 1, 2005, the Company has decided to adopt a new deferred compensation plan, the Equifax 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for deferrals by eligible directors occurring on or after January 1, 2005.  The vested amounts credited to participants as of December 31, 2004 under the Prior Plan (and any earnings on such amounts) will remain credited under the Prior Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of the Prior Plan.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

Definitions

 

1.1          Account shall mean the records maintained by the Administrator to determine the Participant’s deferrals under this Plan.  Such Account may be reflected as an entry in the Company’s records, or as a separate account under a trust, or as a combination of both.  The Administrator may establish such subaccounts as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

1.2          Administrator shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee) to administer the Plan pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.

 

1.3          Beneficiary shall mean the person(s) or entity designated as such in accordance with Article 9 of the Plan.

 

1.4          Change in Control shall mean any of the following events:

 

a.                                        Voting Stock Accumulations .  The accumulation by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock; provided that for purposes of this subparagraph (a), a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred if the accumulation of twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock results from any acquisition of Voting Stock (i) directly from the Company that is approved by the Incumbent Board, (ii) by the Company, (iii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iv) by any Person pursuant to a Business Combination that complies with all of the provisions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (b); or

 


 

b.                                       Business Combinations.   Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, immediately following that Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the Persons who were the beneficial owners of Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to that Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors of the entity resulting from that Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of that transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to that Business Combination, of the Voting Stock of the Company, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, that entity resulting from that Business Combination, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, any Eighty Percent (80%) Subsidiary or that entity resulting from that Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the entity resulting from that Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of that entity, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the entity resulting from that Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for that Business Combination; or

 

c.                                        Sale of Assets .  Consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

 

d.                                       Liquidations or Dissolutions .  Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except pursuant to a Business Combination that complies with all of the provisions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (b).

 

e.                                        Definitions .  For purposes of this paragraph defining Change in Control, the following definitions shall apply:

 

i.                  Beneficial Ownership shall mean beneficial ownership as that term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

ii.              Business Combination shall mean a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company.

 

iii.          Eighty Percent (80%) Subsidiary shall mean an entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock.

 

iv.             Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including amendments, or successor statutes of similar intent.

 

v.                 Incumbent Board shall mean a Board of Directors at least a majority of whom consist of individuals who either are (a) members of the Company’s Board of

 

2


 

Directors as of December 1, 2007 or (b) members who become members of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to December 1, 2007 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which that person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to that nomination), but excluding, for that purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors.

 

vi.             Person shall mean any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14 (d) (2) of the Exchange Act).

 

vii.         Voting Stock shall mean the then outstanding securities of an entity entitled to vote generally in the election of members of that entity’s Board of Directors.

 

1.5          Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6          Compensation shall mean the retainer and meeting fees payable to the Participant by the Company for the Plan Year before reductions for contributions to or deferrals under any deferred compensation or benefit plans sponsored by the Company.

 

1.7          Company shall mean Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation, or its successor.

 

1.8          Crediting Rate shall mean the notional gains and losses credited on the Participant’s Account balance pursuant to Article 3 of the Plan.

 

1.9          Eligible Director shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or such other independent contractor as may be designated by the Administrator to be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

1.10    Financial Hardship shall mean an unexpected need for cash arising from illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other such unforeseeable occurrence which is not covered by insurance and which is determined to qualify as a Financial Hardship by the Administrator. Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a residence or education expenses for children shall not, alone, be considered a Financial Hardship.  The Administrator shall make its determination of Financial Hardship in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

1.11    Participant shall mean an Eligible Director who has elected to participate and has completed a Participant Election Form pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.

 

1.12    Participant Election Form  shall mean the written agreement to make a deferral submitted by the Participant to the Administrator on a timely basis pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan. The Participant Election Form may take the form of an electronic communication followed by appropriate written confirmation according to specifications established by the Administrator.

 

3


 

1.13    Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

 

1.14    Prior Plan shall mean the Equifax Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2003 and as it may be amended.

 

1.15    Retirement shall mean a Participant’s Termination of Service.

 

1.16    Scheduled Withdrawal shall mean the distribution elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 7 of the Plan.

 

1.17    Section 409A shall mean Section 409A of the Code, as it may be amended from time to time, and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

 

1.18    Settlement Date shall mean the date by which a lump sum payment shall be made or the date by which installment payments shall commence. Unless otherwise specified, the Settlement Date shall be the last day of January of the Plan Year following the year in which the event triggering the payout occurs. In the case of death, the event triggering payout shall be deemed to occur upon the date the Administrator is provided with the documentation reasonably necessary to establish the fact of the Participant’s death.

 

1.19    Termination of Service shall mean the date of the cessation of the Participant’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, including as a result of the Participant’s death or disability.

 

1.20    Valuation Date shall mean the date through which earnings are credited and shall be the last day of the month preceding the month in which the payout or other event triggering the Valuation occurs.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Participation

 

2.1          Elective Deferral . For each Plan Year a Participant may elect to defer any whole percentage between five percent (5%) and one hundred percent (100%) of Compensation earned by the Participant during the Plan Year. The foregoing limits shall be interpreted and applied by the Administrator and the Administrator may prior to the commencement of the Plan Year provide for a different method for the determination of allowable deferrals for the Plan Year, further limit the minimum or maximum amount deferred by any Participant or group of Participants, or waive the foregoing limits for any Participant or group of Participants, for any reason.

 

2.2          Participant Election Form . In order to make a deferral, an Eligible Director must submit a Participant Election Form to the Administrator during the enrollment period established by the Administrator prior to the beginning of the Plan Year during which the Compensation is earned. The Administrator may establish a special enrollment period for Eligible Directors hired during a Plan Year to allow deferrals of Compensation earned during the balance of such Plan Year after such enrollment period. The Participant shall be required to submit a new Participant Election Form on a timely basis in order to change the Participant’s deferral election for a subsequent Plan

 

4


 

Year. If no Participant Election Form is filed during the prescribed enrollment period, the Participant’s election for the prior Plan Year shall continue in force for the next Plan Year.

 

2.3          Election Irrevocable .  The election to defer Compensation shall be irrevocable except as provided in Article 6 in the event of disability or Section 4.4 in the case of a Financial Hardship. If the Participant’s deferrals are discontinued under the Plan, the Participant shall forfeit the right to make deferrals for the balance of the Plan Year in which such election occurs and for the entire next following Plan Year.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Accounts

 

3.1          Participant Accounts. Solely for recordkeeping purposes, up to three (3) Accounts (a Retirement Account and two Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts) shall be maintained for each Participant and shall be credited with the Participant’s deferrals directed by the Participant to each Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.  The Participant will designate for each Plan Year which portion of the Participant’s deferrals for such Plan Year shall be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account and any Scheduled Withdrawal Account the Participant has elected to establish.  Accounts shall be deemed to be credited with notional gains or losses as provided in Section 3.2 from the date the deferral is credited to the Account through the Valuation Date. Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account shall be fully vested at all times.

 

With respect to Eligible Directors who participated in the Prior Plan prior to January 1, 2005, and who have made deferral elections under the Prior Plan for 2005, 2006, and 2007 with respect to compensation which was earned and became payable on or after January 1, 2005, the Company hereby transfers all rights with respect to such deferral elections to the Plan and the Plan hereby assumes all obligations with respect to such deferral elections.  Such deferral elections shall be maintained and administered in accordance with the Plan, including the payment rules of the Plan.  The Administrator may permit changes to such deferral elections and payment elections in accordance with Section 409A.

 

3.2          Crediting Rate . The Crediting Rate on amounts in a Participant’s Account shall be based on the hypothetical investment of such amounts in the Equifax Common Stock Fund. If the Equifax Common Stock Fund reflects a gain, the Participant’s Account shall be increased to reflect such gain. If the Equifax Common Stock Fund sustains a loss, the Participant’s Account shall be reduced to reflect such loss. The Company shall have no obligation to set aside or invest funds in the Equifax Common Stock Fund on behalf of the Participant and, if the Company elects to invest funds in such manner, the Participant shall have no more right to such investments than any other unsecured general creditor. During payout, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited at the Crediting Rate through the Valuation Date. Installment payments shall be recalculated annually by dividing the account balance by the number of payments remaining without regard to anticipated earnings or in any other reasonable manner as may be determined from time to time by the Administrator.

 

5


 

3.3          Statement of Accounts . The Administrator shall provide each Participant with a statement at least quarterly setting forth the Participant’s Account balance as of the end of each quarter.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Retirement Benefits

 

4.1          Retirement Benefits . In the event of the Participant’s Retirement, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the total balance of the Participant’s Account credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 3 through the Valuation Date. The benefits shall be paid in a single lump sum unless the Participant has elected at the time of deferral (or in accordance with the transition rules of Section 409A) to have the benefit paid in substantially level annual installments over a specified period of not more than fifteen (15) years. Payments shall begin on the Settlement Date following Retirement.  A Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to Retirement, elect to change the method of payment of the Participant’s Account at Retirement, provided that (i) only one such change is permitted and after such election change, the election is irrevocable; (ii) the payment date for the Participant’s Account will be deferred for 5 years after Retirement, and (iii) the election shall not become effective for 12 months.  The change of election shall be made through a method established by the Plan Administrator.

 

4.2          Small Benefit Exception . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, in the event the amount of the Participant’s Account is less than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the Company shall pay such benefits in a single lump sum payable on the last day of the month in which such benefits first become payable.

 

4.3          Special Rule for Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Participant is or could likely be considered a Specified Employee (as determined by the Administrator or its designee in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator that are consistent with Section 409A), distributions to such Participant may not be made before the date which is 6 months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), and any distribution that would otherwise be payable before the 6-month anniversary shall be delayed and shall be paid within 30 days following such 6-month anniversary.

 

4.4          Financial Hardship Distribution .  Upon a finding by the Administrator that the Participant (or, after the Participant’s death, a Beneficiary) has suffered a Financial Hardship, the Administrator may authorize a distributions of benefits under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such Financial Hardship.  Such distribution shall not exceed the dollar amount necessary to satisfy the Financial Hardship plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Financial Hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause Financial Hardship).  In the event of a distribution from the Plan based on Financial Hardship, a Participant’s deferrals shall cease and the Participant shall not be allowed to make a new deferral election until the enrollment period next following one full calendar year from the date of such distribution.

 

6


 

4.5          Consequences of a Change in Control .  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each Participant’s Account shall remain subject to the Plan’s payment provisions and the Participant’s elections as to the time and method of payment (subject to the Company’s rights to amend or to terminate the Plan).

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Death Benefits

 

5.1          Survivor Benefit Before Benefits Commence . If the Participant dies prior to commencement of benefits under Article 4, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary a death benefit equal to the total balance on death of the Participant’s Account credited with notional earnings as provided in Article 3 through the Valuation Date. The death benefit shall be paid in the same form elected by the Participant for Retirement benefits under Article 4.1 (except for Financial Hardship) beginning on the Settlement Date following the date the Participant’s death is established by reasonable documentation.

 

5.2          Survivor Benefit After Benefits Commence . If the Participant dies after benefits have commenced under Article 4, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan over the same period such benefits would have been paid to the Participant (except for Financial Hardship).

 

5.3          Small Benefit Exception . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the sum of all benefits payable to a Beneficiary is less than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the Company shall pay such benefits in a single lump sum payable on the last day of the month in which such benefits first become payable.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Disability Benefits

 

6.1          Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of a physical or mental disability which prevents the Participant from performing the normal duties of a member of the Board of Directors of the Company for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days, deferral elections shall cease and for purposes of the calculation and payment of benefits under the Plan, such disability shall be treated as a Retirement entitling the Participant to receive the benefits provided under Article 4 of the Plan. The determination of disability shall be made by the Administrator in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Scheduled Withdrawal

 

7.1          Election . The Participant may make an election on the Participant Election Form at the time of making a deferral to establish a Scheduled Withdrawal Account. The Participant may elect to receive a Scheduled Withdrawal in any Plan Year on or after the third Plan Year following the enrollment period in which such Scheduled Withdrawal Account is first established and may

 

7


 

elect to have the Scheduled Withdrawal distributed in a single lump sum or in annual installments over a period of up to five (5) years. The Participant may elect to make additional deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account on subsequent Participant Election Forms provided that any subsequent deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account must be made not later than the end of the Plan Year ending at least 2 years prior to the date the Scheduled Withdrawal is to commence.  The Participant may not elect another Scheduled Withdrawal date for such Account until all of the amounts in the original Scheduled Withdrawal Account have been paid out.  The Participant may establish up to two (2) separate Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts with different Scheduled Withdrawal dates but shall not establish a third such Account until all of the funds in one of the first two Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts have been paid out.  A Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to the payment dates of any Scheduled Withdrawal Account he has established under this Section 7.1, elect to defer the date on which payment of any Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall commence and/or change the method of payment of such Scheduled Withdrawal Account, provided that, (i) after the initial election under this Section 7.1, a Participant may only make one election change with respect to a particular Scheduled Withdrawal Account (after such election change, the election shall become irrevocable); (ii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the first in-service payment with respect to such changed election must be deferred at least 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the election shall not become effective for 12 months.

 

7.2          Timing of Scheduled Withdrawal .  The Scheduled Withdrawal payment shall be paid by the Company to the Participant no later than the last day of January of the Plan Year elected by the Participant in the Participant Election Form unless preceded by Termination of Service. In the event of Termination of Service prior to the date elected for the Scheduled Withdrawal, the amounts in the Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts shall be paid in the form provided in Article 4 of the Plan. In the event such Termination of Service is as a result of the Participant’s death, the Scheduled Withdrawal shall be paid as provided in Section 5.1 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Amendment and Termination of Plan

 

8.1          Amendment .  The Company may at any time or from time to time modify or amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan, or stop future deferrals to the Plan, provided that no such amendment shall reduce a Participant’s Account balance or change existing elections with respect to the time and method of payment of a Participant’s Account.

 

8.2          Termination of Plan .  The Company expects to continue this Plan, but does not obligate itself to do so.  The Company reserves the right to discontinue and terminate the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, for any reason (including a change, or an impending change, in the tax laws of the United States or any State).  Termination of the Plan shall be binding on all Participants, but in no event may such termination reduce the amounts credited at that time to any Participant’s Account.  If this Plan is terminated, subject to Section 4.3, amounts credited to Participants’ Accounts shall be paid in a lump sum, provided that (a) the Company terminates at the same time any other arrangement that is subject to Section 409A and that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A; (b) the Company does not adopt any other arrangement that

 

8


 

would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A for three years; (c) the payments upon such termination shall not commence until 12 months after the date of termination and all such payments must be completed within 24 months after the date of termination; and (d) such other requirements as may be imposed by Section 409A are satisfied.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Beneficiaries

 

9.1          Beneficiary Designation . The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary (both primary and contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. The designation by a married Participant of a primary Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse shall require consent of such spouse. The Beneficiary designation shall be effective when it is submitted in writing to and acknowledged by the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Administrator.  The Beneficiary designation in effect for the Participant under the Prior Plan as of December 1, 2007 shall be deemed the Beneficiary designation under this Plan until a new Beneficiary designation is filed in accordance with the procedures under this Plan.

 

9.2          Revision of Designation . The submission of a new Beneficiary designation shall cancel all prior Beneficiary designations. Any marriage (other than a common law marriage) or finalized divorce of a Participant subsequent to the date of a Beneficiary designation shall revoke such designation, unless in the case of divorce the previous spouse was not designated as a Beneficiary and unless in the case of marriage the Participant’s new spouse has previously been designated as the sole primary Beneficiary.

 

9.3          Successor Beneficiary . If all primary Beneficiaries die prior to complete distribution of the benefits provided in Article 5, the remaining Account balance shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary elected by the Participant in the form of a lump sum payable no later than the last day of the month following the month in which the last remaining primary Beneficiary’s death is established.

 

9.4          Absence of Valid Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if the Beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage, divorce, or otherwise without execution of a new designation, or if every person designated as Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant’s spouse, if the Participant was married on the date of death, or, if the Participant was not married on death, to the Participant’s estate.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

Administration/Claims Procedures

 

10.1        Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion (i) to interpret the Plan, (ii) to decide any and all matters arising hereunder (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or

 

9


 

admissions), (iii) to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and (iv) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable under the Plan. All interpretations of the Administrator with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby. No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any determination, decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with the performance of such persons’ duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan, other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.

 

10.2        Claims Procedure . Any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary may file a written claim with the Administrator setting forth the nature of the benefit claimed, the amount thereof, and the basis for claiming entitlement to such benefit. The Administrator shall determine the validity of the claim and communicate a decision to the claimant promptly. Every claim for benefits which is denied shall be denied by written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial, an explanation of the procedure for further reviewing the denial of the claim.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

Conditions Related to Benefits

 

11.1        Nonassignability .  The Participant’s Account balance and the benefits provided under the Plan shall not be subject to sale, alienation, assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation by the Participant or any Beneficiary and any attempt to sale, alienate, assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate an Account balance or Plan benefits including, without limitation, any assignment or alienation in connection with a separation, divorce, child support or similar arrangement, shall be null and void and not binding upon the Company or the Plan.  The Participant’s Account balance and benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors or other claimants of the Participant or Beneficiary and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or executions to the fullest extent allowed by law.

 

11.2        No Right to Comply Assets .  The benefits paid under the Plan shall be paid from the general funds of the Company, and the Participant and any Beneficiary shall be no more than unsecured general creditors of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.  At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for payment of benefits under the Plan.  Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in accordance with the terms of the trusts.  Benefits paid to the Participant from any such trust or trusts shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting the obligations of the Company under the Plan.

 

11.3        Protective Provisions .  The Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Administrator, in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, taking such physical examinations as the Administrator may deem

 

10


 

necessary and taking such other actions as may be requested by the Administrator.  If the Participant refuses to so cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan.  In the event of the Participant’s suicide during the first two (2) years in the Plan, or if the Participant makes any material misstatement of information or non-disclosure of medical history, then no benefits shall be payable to the Participant under the Plan, except that benefits may be payable in a reduced amount in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

11.4        Assumptions and Methodology .  To the extent required, the Administrator shall establish the actuarial assumptions and method of calculation used in determining the present or future value of benefits, earnings, payments, fees, expenses or any other amounts required to be calculated under the terms of the Plan.  The Administrator shall also establish reasonable procedures regarding the form and timing of installment payments.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

Miscellaneous

 

12.1        Successors of the Company .  The rights and obligations of the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

12.2        Continued Service Not Guaranteed .  Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to continued service with the Company, nor as a limitation on the right of the Company to terminate the service of any Participant at any time.

 

12.3        Gender, Singular and Plural .  All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require.  As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

 

12.4        Captions .  The captions of the articles, paragraphs and sections of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

12.5        Valid .  In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.

 

12.6        Waiver of Breach .  The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of the Plan shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Participant or any other Participant.

 

12.7        Notice .  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or the Participant under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, in the case of the Company, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Administrator, and in the case of the Participant, to

 

11


 

the last known address of the Participant indicated on the records of the Company.  Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.  Notices to the Company may be permitted by electronic communication according to specifications established by the Administrator.

 

12.8        Errors in Benefit Statement or Distributions .  In the event an error is made in a benefit statement, such error shall be corrected as soon as is practical following the date such error is discovered.  In the event of an error in a distribution, the Participant’s Account shall, as soon as is practical after discovery of such error, be adjusted to reflect such under or over payment and, if possible, the next distribution shall be adjusted upward or downward to correct such prior error.  If the remaining balance of a Participant’s Account is insufficient to cover an erroneous overpayment, the Company may, at its discretion, offset other amounts payable to the Participant from the Company (including but not limited to salary, bonuses, expense reimbursements, severance benefits or other compensation or benefit arrangements, to the extent allowed by law) to recoup the amount of such overpayment(s).

 

12.9        Applicable Law .  Any provision of, or legal issue relating to, this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to conflict of law provisions.

 

12.10      Compliance With Section 409A .  The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A and any regulations or guidance that may be adopted thereunder from time to time, including any transition relief available under applicable guidance related to Section 409A.  The Plan may be amended or interpreted by the Company as it determines necessary or appropriate in accordance with Section 409A and to avoid a plan failure under Section 409A(1).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed as of the          day of January, 2008.

 

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

12


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

EQUIFAX INC.

DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

THIS AMENDMENT made as of the          day of                             , 2007, by EQUIFAX INC. (the “Company”);

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Equifax Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, as a result of changes to the tax laws caused by Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), the Company has established, effective as of January 1, 2005, the Equifax 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan (“2005 Plan”) for the primary purpose of crediting deferrals of compensation by Participants on or after January 1, 2005; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 409A contains certain grandfather and transition rules which make it advisable to transfer to the 2005 Plan liability for amounts currently credited to Participants’ Accounts in the Plan that are subject to Section 409A;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.

 

Article 3 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Section 3.5, as follows:

 

“3.5               2005, 2006 and 2007 Deferral Elections And 2005 Plan Transfer Accounts

 

(a)  With respect to Participants who participated in the Plan prior to January 1, 2005, and who have made deferral elections under the Plan with respect to amounts which became payable on or after January 1, 2005, the Company hereby transfers to the 2005 Plan on the Transfer Date all rights with respect to the amounts deferred (or to be deferred), and earnings thereon, and the 2005 Plan will assume all obligations with respect to such deferrals.  Such deferred amounts shall be maintained and administered in accordance with the 2005 Plan, including the payment and deemed investment rules of the 2005 Plan.

 

(b)                                  Effective as of the Transfer Date, no further Participant deferrals shall be made to the Plan and all such future amounts shall be credited to the 2005 Plan.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of this Section 3.5 and the Plan, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(i)                                      “2005 Plan” means the Equifax 2005 Director Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2005, and as it may be amended

 

1


 

(ii)                                   “2005 Plan Transfer Account” means the amount credited to the Participant under the Plan that pursuant to subsection (a) above is being transferred to the 2005 Plan

 

 

(iii)                                “Transfer Date” means the date the liabilities for the amounts credited to the 2005 Plan Transfer Accounts are transferred to, and assumed by, the 2005 Plan.”

 

2.

 

This Amendment No. 1 to the Plan shall be effective as of the date hereof.  Except as hereby modified, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first written above.

 

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

2



EXHIBIT 10.16

 

EQUIFAX

DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE STOCK DEFERRAL PLAN

(As Amended And Restated Effective As Of January 1, 2005,
Except Where Otherwise Noted)

 

Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), established the Director and Executive Stock Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2003, for the purpose of attracting high quality executives and directors and promoting in its key executives and directors increased efficiency and an interest in the successful operation and performance of the Company.

 

Because the laws applicable to deferred compensation plans, such as the Plan, were significantly changed effective January 1, 2005, the Company has decided to amend the Plan to provide certain new rules for amounts deferred under the Plan on or after January 1, 2005.  Amounts deferred under the Plan prior to January 1, 2005 (and any earnings thereon) will continue to remain subject to the prior terms and conditions of the Plan, including the payment rules.  The effective date of the amended and restated Plan as set forth herein is January 1, 2005 (“Effective Date”), except where otherwise noted.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Definitions

 

1.1                      Account shall mean the records maintained by the Administrator to determine the Participant’s deferrals under this Plan.  Such Account may be reflected as an entry in the Company’s records, or as a separate account under a trust, or as a combination of both.  The Administrator may establish such subaccounts as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.  For purposes of certain provisions of the Plan, the Participant’s Account shall be divided between a Pre-Section 409A Account and a Section 409A Account.

 

1.2                      Administrator shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee) to administer the Plan pursuant to Article 10 of the Plan.

 

1.3                      Beneficiary shall mean the person(s) or entity designated as such in accordance with Article 9 of the Plan.

 

1.4                      Change in Control shall mean any of the following events:

 

a.                            Voting Stock Accumulations .  The accumulation by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock; provided that for purposes of this subparagraph (a), a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred if the accumulation of twenty percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the Company’s Voting Stock results from any acquisition of Voting Stock (i) directly from the Company that is approved by the Incumbent Board, (ii) by the Company, (iii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iv) by any Person pursuant to a Business Combination that complies with all of the provisions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (b); or

 

1


 

b.                           Business Combinations .  Consummation of a Business Combination, unless, immediately following that Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the Persons who were the beneficial owners of Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to that Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors of the entity resulting from that Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of that transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions relative to each other as their ownership, immediately prior to that Business Combination, of the Voting Stock of the Company, (ii) no Person (other than the Company, that entity resulting from that Business Combination, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company, any Eighty Percent (80%) Subsidiary or that entity resulting from that Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, twenty percent (20%) or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the entity resulting from that Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of that entity, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the entity resulting from that Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for that Business Combination; or

 

c.                            Sale of Assets .  Consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

 

d.                           Liquidations or Dissolutions .  Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except pursuant to a Business Combination that complies with all of the provisions of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subparagraph (b).

 

e.                            Definitions .  For purposes of this paragraph defining Change in Control, the following definitions shall

 

i.                   Beneficial Ownership shall mean beneficial ownership as that term is used in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

ii.                Business Combination shall mean a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company.

 

iii.             Eighty Percent (80%) Subsidiary shall mean an entity in which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns eighty percent (80%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock.

 

iv.            Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including amendments, or successor statutes of similar intent.

 

v.               Incumbent Board shall mean a Board of Directors at least a majority of whom consist of individuals who either are (a) members of the Company’s Board of Directors as of December 1, 2007 or (b) members who become members of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to December 1, 2007 whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was

 

2


 

approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which that person is named as a nominee for director, without objection to that nomination), but excluding, for that purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Exchange Act) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board of Directors.

 

vi.            Person shall mean any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14 (d)(2) of the Exchange Act).

 

vii.         Voting Stock shall mean the then outstanding securities of an entity entitled to vote generally in the election of members of that entity’s Board of Directors.

 

1.5                      Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6                      Company shall mean Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation or its successor.

 

1.7                      Common Stock shall mean the common voting stock of the Company.

 

1.8                      Deferred Stock shall mean Common Stock, the receipt of which the Participant has agreed to delay pursuant to Article 2 of this Plan.

 

1.9                      Deferred Shares shall mean an award pursuant to a Stock Incentive Plan of the right to receive shares of Common Stock at the end of a specified restriction period.

 

1.10                Disability shall be defined as eligibility to receive benefits under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan as in effect at the time of such Disability.  If no such plan is then in effect, a physical or mental condition which prevents the Participant from performing the normal duties of his or her current position for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days.  The determination of Disability shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

1.11                Eligible Executiv e shall mean a Level 2-9 U.S. Employee of the Company, a former employee who was a Level 2-9 U.S. Employee of the Company on the date of the Employee’s Termination of Employment and who satisfied the requirements for Retirement on such date, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other management or highly compensated employee or independent contractor as may be designated by the Administrator to be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

1.12                ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.13                Exchange Date shall mean the date an exercise and exchange of Stock Options for Common Stock and Deferred Stock is deemed to occur under Article 2.

 

1.14                Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Common Stock, except with respect to determining the dollar amount of gain on Stock Options, where the meaning given to such term under the applicable Stock Incentive Plan applies.

 

3


 

1.15                Financial Hardship shall mean an unexpected need for cash arising from illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other such unforeseeable occurrence which is not covered by insurance and which is determined to qualify as a Financial Hardship by the Administrator. Cash needs arising from foreseeable events such as the purchase of a residence or education expenses for children shall not, alone, be considered a Financial Hardship.  The Administrator shall make its determination of Financial Hardship in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

1.16                Participant shall mean an Eligible Executive who has elected to participate and has completed a Participant Election Form pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.

 

1.17                Participant Election Form  shall mean the written agreement submitted by the Participant to the Administrator on a timely basis pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan. The Participant Election Form may take the form of an electronic communication followed by appropriate written confirmation according to specifications established by the Administrator.

 

1.18                Plan Year shall mean the calendar year.

 

1.19                Pre-Section 409A Account means the portion (if any) of the Participant’s Account that was credited to the Participant as of December 31, 2004 and vested in the Participant, and any earnings thereon.  The Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Account shall be payable in accordance with Articles 4 and 6.

 

1.20                Restricted Stock shall mean shares of restricted Common Stock of the Company granted to the Participant pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.

 

1.21                Retirement shall mean a Participant’s Termination of Employment on or after the Retirement Eligibility Date except that with respect to a Participant who is a non-employee director, Retirement shall mean termination of service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.22                Retirement Eligibility Date shall mean the earlier of (a) the date on which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65), (b) the date on which the Participant has both attained age fifty-five (55) and completed at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service, or (c) the date on which the Participant has both attained age fifty (50) and the Participant’s combined years of age and Years of Vesting Service total at least seventy-five (75).

 

1.23                Scheduled Withdrawal shall mean the distribution elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 6 of the Plan.

 

1.24                Section 409A shall mean Section 409A of the Code, as it may be amended from time to time, and the regulations and rulings thereunder.

 

1.25                Section 409A Account shall mean the portion of the Participant’s Account that is not a Pre-Section 409A Account.  The Participant’s Section 409A Account shall be payable in accordance with Articles 4 and 6.

 

1.26                Settlement Date shall mean the date by which a lump sum payment shall be made or the date by which installment payments shall commence. Unless otherwise specified, the Settlement Date shall be in the month following the month in which the event triggering the payout occurs. In the case of death, the event triggering payout shall be deemed to occur upon

 

4


 

the date the Administrator is provided with the documentation reasonably necessary to establish the fact of the Participant’s death.

 

1.27                Stock Options shall mean options on shares of Company stock granted to the Participant pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan.

 

1.28                Stock Incentive Plan shall mean the Equifax Inc. 2001 Nonqualified Stock Incentive Plan, the Equifax Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, the Equifax Inc. 1995 Employees Stock Incentive Plan, the Equifax Inc. 1992 Employees Stock Incentive Plan, Equifax Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan and the Equifax Inc. 1990 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, each as in effect January 1, 2005 and as amended thereafter, or such other stock option plan or plans sponsored by the Company as may be designated by the Administrator.

 

1.29                Termination of Employment shall mean the date of the Participant’s separation from service with the Company for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, including as a result of the Participant’s Retirement, Disability or death.

 

1.30                Unscheduled Withdrawal shall mean a distribution elected by the Participant with respect to his Pre-Section 409A Account pursuant to Article 7 of the Plan.

 

1.31                Valuation Date shall mean the date the Participant’s Account is valued and shall be the last day of the month preceding the month in which the payout or other event triggering the Valuation occurs.

 

1.32                Vesting Date shall mean the date on which the Stock Options, Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock first become fully vested and are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture under the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan, as determined by the Administrator.

 

1.33                Withdrawal Penalty shall mean the ten percent (10%) penalty deducted from an Account as a result of an Unscheduled Withdrawal or a change in the form of payout within thirteen (13) months prior to Termination of Employment as provided in Section 4.1(b) of the Plan.

 

1.34                Years of Vesting Service shall mean the years of vesting service credited to the Participant under the Equifax Inc. 401(k) Plan, as amended.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Participation

 

2.1                      Deferral of Deferred Shares . An Eligible Executive may make an election either (i) within thirty (30) days of the date of grant of a Deferred Share award, or (ii) at least 12 months prior to the Vesting Date of all or a portion of the Deferred Share award to receive rights to Deferred Stock.  By making an election to delay receipt of the Deferred Shares, the Eligible Executive is irrevocably agreeing to delay receipt of the stock certificates for the Deferred Stock, to forfeit any dividends that may become payable on the Deferred Stock after the Vesting Date and prior to the date the Deferred Stock is delivered to the Participant and to stand in the position of an unsecured general creditor with respect to any right to receipt of the Deferred Stock under this Plan.

 

5


 

2.2                      Exercise and Deferral of Stock Options .  To the extent permitted by the Administrator and in the Stock Option Agreement, an Eligible Executive may make an election before or after the Vesting Date but at least six (6) months prior to the Exchange Date to exercise Stock Options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan by tendering Common Stock in payment of the exercise price and to delay receipt of the portion of the Common Stock payable to the Participant in excess of the tendered Common Stock as a result of the gain on the Stock Options. The number of shares of Deferred Stock received by the Participant upon exercise of the Stock Options shall be equal (rounded to the closest tenth of a share) in value to the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Stock on the Exchange Date and the option price which is notionally tendered by the Participant in the form of Common Stock on the exercise of the Stock Options. The Participant need not actually transfer Common Stock equal to the exercise price to the Company but may simply attest to ownership of such Common Stock. By making such an election to defer receipt of the Common Stock representing the option gain, the Eligible Executive is agreeing to delay receipt of the stock certificates for the Deferred Stock, to forfeit any dividends that may become payable on the Deferred Stock after the Exercise Date and prior to the date the Deferred Stock is delivered to the Participant and to stand in the position of an unsecured general creditor with respect to any right to receipt of the Deferred Stock under this Plan.

 

2.3                      Participant Election Form .  In order to make an election, an Eligible Executive must submit a Participant Election Form to the Administrator within the time periods specified in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above.  The requirements regarding the form and timing of such election shall be interpreted and applied by the Administrator in its complete and sole discretion. The Administrator may change the timing of such election, limit the number or type of shares available to be deferred by any Participant or group of Participants, or subject to Section 409A, cancel an election.

 

2.4                      Election Irrevocable Except on Change in Control . The election to defer Deferred Shares under this Plan shall be irrevocable except as provided in Article 6 in the event of Disability or Section 4.5 in the event of Financial Hardship.  An election to defer shall be automatically canceled in the event of Termination of Employment prior to the Vesting Date for the Deferred Shares.  If the Participant elects to discontinue deferrals under the Plan, the Participant shall forfeit the right to make deferrals for the balance of the Plan Year in which such election occurs and for the entire next following Plan Year.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Rights Associated With Deferred Stock

 

3.1                      Participant Accounts.   Solely for recordkeeping purposes, up to three (3) Accounts (a Retirement Account and two Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts) shall be maintained for each Participant and shall be credited with the Participant’s deferrals directed by the Participant to each Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.  The Participant will designate for each deferral of Deferred Shares which portion of the Participant’s deferrals for such Plan Year shall be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account and any Scheduled Withdrawal Account the Participant has elected to establish.  Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account shall be fully vested at all times.

 

With respect to Eligible Executives who participated in the Plan prior to January 1, 2005, and who have made deferral elections under the Plan for 2005, 2006, and 2007 with respect to

 

6


 

Deferred Shares which became payable on or after January 1, 2005, the deferral elections shall be maintained and administered in accordance with the Plan, including the payment rules of the Plan.  The Administrator may permit changes to such deferral elections and payment elections in accordance with Section 409A.

 

The Administrator shall provide such additional payment elections to Participants (including Participants who are no longer active employees or otherwise do not actively participate in the Plan) with respect to amounts credited to the Plan pursuant to this Section 3.1 as are consistent with Section 409A, including the transition rules.

 

3.2                                  No Dividend Or Voting Rights .  A Participant shall have no right to dividends and no voting rights, and, except as expressly provided in the Plan, shall have no other rights against the Company by reason of the crediting of the Deferred Stock.

 

3.3                                  Deferred Stock Not Transferable . Except as provided in Article 5 with respect to the Participant’s death, Deferred Stock (including any and all benefits provided under this Plan) shall not be subject to sale, alienation, assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation by the Participant or any Beneficiary and any attempt to sell, alienate, assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate Deferred Stock shall be null and void. Deferred Stock shall be exempt from the claims of creditors or other claimants of the Participant or Beneficiary and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or executions to the fullest extent allowed by law.

 

3.4                                  Share Adjustments . Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as limiting the rights of the Company to credit additional Deferred Stock or issue additional Common Stock even though such issuances may dilute the value of outstanding Deferred Stock. If the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company through reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, upon authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the number or kind of Deferred Stock which may be purchased or issued in the aggregate and to individual Participants under the Plan; provided, however, that (except with respect to a stock split or reverse stock split) no such adjustment need be made if upon the advice of counsel, the Administrator determines that such adjustment may result in the receipt of federally taxable income to Participants hereunder or to the holders of Common Stock or other classes of the Company’s securities. In all cases, the nature and extent of adjustments under this Section shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and any such determination as to what adjustments shall be made, and the extent thereof, shall be final and binding. No fractional shares of stock shall be issued under the Plan pursuant to any such adjustment. All adjustments and actions described in this Section shall be subject to compliance with the requirements of all applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations.

 

3.5                                  Statement of Accounts . The Administrator shall provide each Participant with statements at least quarterly setting forth the amount of Deferred Stock in the Participant’s Account at the end of each quarter.

 

7

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Retirement Benefits

 

4.1                                  Retirement Benefits .  a. Section 409A Account - In the event of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the amount of Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Section 409A Account as of the Valuation Date.  The benefits shall be paid in a single lump sum unless the Participant has elected at the time of deferral (or in accordance with the transition rules of Section 409A) to have the Shares of Common Stock paid in substantially level annual installments over a specified period of not more than fifteen (15) years.  Payments shall begin on the Settlement Date following Retirement.  A Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to Retirement, elect to change the method of payment of the Participant’s Section 409A Account at Retirement, provided that (i) only one such change is permitted and after such election change, the election is irrevocable; (ii) the payment date for the Participant’s Section 409A Account will be deferred for 5 years after Retirement, and (iii) the election shall not become effective for 12 months.  The change of election shall be made through a method established by the Plan Administrator.

 

b.                                       Pre-Section 409A Account - In the event of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to amount of Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Account as of the Valuation Date.  The distribution shall be in a single lump sum unless the Participant makes a timely election prior to Retirement to divide the Deferred Stock into equal annual installments distributed over a specified period of not more than fifteen (15) years. Payments shall begin on the Settlement Date following Termination of Employment. An election to change the form of payout may be made at any time prior to Termination of Employment by submitting to the Administrator the form provided for such purpose, but elections shall not be effective unless made no less than thirteen (13) calendar months prior to Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may elect to have the new election take effect less than thirteen (13) months prior to Termination of Employment, subject to a Withdrawal Penalty of ten percent (10%) of the value of the pre-election Account balance forfeited to the Company.

 

4.2                                  Termination Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment other than by reason of Retirement, Disability or death, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to amount of Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Valuation Date. The distribution shall be in a single lump sum on the Settlement Date following Termination of Employment. However, the Company may, in its sole discretion with respect to the Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Account, elect to divide the Deferred Stock into equal annual installments distributed over a period of three (3) years beginning on the Settlement Date following Termination of Employment.

 

4.3                                  Small Benefit Exception .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1, in the event the value of the Participant’s Account upon Retirement is less than or equal to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the Company shall pay such benefits in a single lump sum payable on the last day of the month in which such benefits first become payable.

 

4.4                                  Special Rule for Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if the Participant is or could likely be considered a Specified Employee (as determined by the Administrator or its designee in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator that are consistent with Section 409A), distributions of such Participant’s Section 409A Account may not be made before the date which is 6 months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), and

 

8


 

any distribution that would otherwise be payable before the 6-month anniversary shall be delayed and shall be paid within 30 days following such 6-month anniversary.

 

4.5                                  Financial Hardship Distribution .  Upon a finding by the Administrator that the Participant (or, after the Participant’s death, a Beneficiary) has suffered a Financial Hardship, the Administrator may authorize a distribution of benefits under the Plan in the amount reasonably necessary to alleviate such Financial Hardship.  Such distribution shall not exceed the dollar amount necessary to satisfy the Financial Hardship plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the Financial Hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause Financial Hardship).  In the event of a distribution from the Plan based on Financial Hardship, a Participant’s deferrals shall cease and the Participant shall not be allowed to make a new deferral election until the enrollment period next following one full calendar year from the date of such distribution.

 

4.6                                  Consequences of a Change in Control .  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each Participant’s Account shall remain subject to the Plan’s payment provisions and  the Participant’s elections as to the time and method of payment (subject to the Company’s rights to amend or to terminate the Plan).

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Death Benefits

 

5.1                                  Survivor Benefit Before Benefits Commence .  If the Participant dies prior to commencement of benefits under Article 4, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to amount of Deferred Stock credited to the Participant’s Account as of the Valuation Date. The death benefit shall be paid in the same form elected by the Participant for Retirement benefits under Article 4.1 beginning on the Settlement Date following the date the Participant’s death is established by reasonable documentation. However, the Administrator may, in its complete and sole discretion, change the form of distribution of the death benefit attributable to the Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Account prior to the Settlement Date upon which benefits are scheduled to commence.

 

5.2                                  Survivor Benefit After Benefits Commence . If the Participant dies after benefits have commenced under Article 4, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary the remaining Deferred Stock payable to the Participant under the Plan over the same period such amounts would have been paid to the Participant. However, the Administrator may, in its complete and sole discretion, change the form of distribution of the death benefit attributable to the Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Account prior to the commencement of payments to the Beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Scheduled Withdrawal

 

6.1                                  Election . The Participant may make an election on the Participant Election Form at the time of making a deferral to establish a Scheduled Withdrawal Account for payment of Deferred Stock from the Account. The Participant may elect to receive a Scheduled Withdrawal

 

9


 

in any Plan Year on or after the third Plan Year following the enrollment period in which such Scheduled Withdrawal Account is first established and may elect to have the Scheduled Withdrawal distributed in a single lump sum or to divide the Deferred Stock into equal annual installments distributed over a period of up to five (5) years. The Participant may elect to make additional deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account on subsequent Participant Election Forms but may not elect another Scheduled Withdrawal date for such Account until all of the Deferred Stock in the original Scheduled Withdrawal Account has been distributed. The Participant may establish up to two (2) separate Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts with different Scheduled Withdrawal dates provided that any subsequent deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account must be made not later than the end of the Plan Year ending at least 2 years prior to the date the Scheduled Withdrawal is to commence.  The Participant shall not establish a third such Account until all of the Deferred Stock in one of the first two Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts has been paid out. The Scheduled Withdrawal date and form of payout elected for a Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall be irrevocable, except that (a) with respect to amounts that are credited to the Pre-Section 409A Account a Participant may petition to the Administrator once no less than thirteen (13) months prior to the date originally elected for the Scheduled Withdrawal to defer (but not accelerate) the Scheduled Withdrawal date and/or to change the form of payout of the Scheduled Withdrawal to an alternative payout period then available for Scheduled Withdrawals under the Plan, and (b) with respect to amounts credited to the Section 409A Account, a Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to the payment dates of any Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts he has established under this Section 6.1, elect to defer the date on which payment of any Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall commence and/or change the method of payment of such Scheduled Withdrawal Account, provided that, (i) after the initial election under this Section 6.1, a Participant may only make one election change with respect to a particular Scheduled Withdrawal Account (after such election change, the election shall become irrevocable); (ii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the first in-service payment with respect to such changed election must be deferred at least 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the election shall not become effective for 12 months.

 

6.2                                  Timing of Scheduled Withdrawal . The Scheduled Withdrawal payment shall be paid by the Company to the Participant no later than the last day of January of the Plan Year elected by the Participant in the Participant Election Form unless preceded by Termination of Employment. In the event of Termination of Employment prior to complete payment of the Scheduled Withdrawal, the Scheduled Withdrawal (or the remaining balance thereof) shall be paid in the form provided in Article 4 of the Plan. In the event such Termination of Employment is as a result of the Participant’s death prior to complete payment of the Scheduled Withdrawal, the Scheduled Withdrawal shall be paid as provided in Section 5.1 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Unscheduled Withdrawal for Pre-Section 409A Account

 

7.1                                  Election . A Participant (or, after the Participant’s death, a Beneficiary) may take an Unscheduled Withdrawal from his Pre-Section 409A Account at any time. The Unscheduled Withdrawal shall be paid no later than the last day of the month following the month in which the Unscheduled Withdrawal is requested. After an Unscheduled Withdrawal, a Participant’s deferrals shall cease and the Participant shall not be allowed to make a new deferral election until

 

10


 

the enrollment period next following one full calendar year from the date of the Unscheduled Withdrawal. Only one Unscheduled Withdrawal shall be permitted in each Plan Year.

 

7.2                                  Withdrawal Penalty . There shall be a Withdrawal Penalty deducted from the Pre-Section 409A Account prior to an Unscheduled Withdrawal from such Account equal to ten percent (10%) of the Unscheduled Withdrawal.

 

7.3                                  Minimum Withdrawal . The minimum Unscheduled Withdrawal shall be twenty-five percent (25%) of the balance of the Pre-Section 409A Account rounded to the nearest whole share.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Amendment and Termination of Plan

 

8.1                                  Amendment .  The Company may at any time or from time to time modify or amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan, or stop future deferrals to the Plan, provided that no such amendment shall reduce a Participant’s Account balance or change existing elections with respect to the time and method of payment of a Participant’s Account.

 

8.2                                  Termination of Plan .  The Company expects to continue this Plan, but does not obligate itself to do so.  The Company reserves the right to discontinue and terminate the Plan at any time, in whole or in part, for any reason (including a change, or an impending change, in the tax laws of the United States or any State).  Termination of the Plan shall be binding on all Participants, but in no event may such termination reduce the amounts credited at that time to any Participant’s Account.  If this Plan is terminated, (i) with respect to Participants’ Section 409A Accounts and subject to Section 4.4, amounts credited to Participant’s Section 409A Accounts shall be paid in a lump sum, provided that (A) the Company terminates at the same time any other arrangement that is subject to Section 409A and that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A; (B) the Company does not adopt any other arrangement that would be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A for three years; (C) the payments upon such termination shall not commence until 12 months after the date of termination and all such payments must be completed within 24 months after the date of termination; and (D) such other requirements as may be imposed by Section 409A are satisfied, and (ii) with respect to Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Accounts, the date of such termination shall be treated as a Termination of Employment of each Participant for the purpose of the Participant’s Pre-Section 409A Account, and the Company shall pay to each Participant the benefits such Participant would be entitled to receive under Article 4 of the Plan, except that such termination benefits shall be paid in a single lump sum payable on the last day of the month following the month in which termination of the Plan occurs unless the Administrator, in its complete and sole discretion determines to pay such amounts over a longer period not to exceed the period over which such amounts would otherwise have been paid had the Plan not been terminated.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Beneficiaries

 

9.1                                  Beneficiary Designation . The Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary (both primary and contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant’s death. The designation by a married

 

11


 

Participant of a primary Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse shall require consent of such spouse. The Beneficiary designation shall be effective when it is submitted in writing to and acknowledged by the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime on a form prescribed by the Administrator.

 

9.2                                  Revision of Designation . The submission of a new Beneficiary designation shall cancel all prior Beneficiary designations. Any marriage (other than a common law marriage) or finalized divorce of a Participant subsequent to the date of a Beneficiary designation shall revoke such designation, unless in the case of divorce the previous spouse was not designated as a Beneficiary and unless in the case of marriage the Participant’s new spouse has previously been designated as the sole primary Beneficiary.

 

9.3                                  Successor Beneficiary . If the primary Beneficiary dies prior to complete distribution of the benefits provided in Article 5, the remaining Account balance shall be paid to the contingent Beneficiary elected by the Participant in the form of a lump sum payable no later than the last day of the month following the month in which the last remaining primary Beneficiary’s death is established.

 

9.4                                  Absence of Valid Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if the Beneficiary designation is revoked by marriage, divorce, or otherwise without execution of a new designation, or if every person designated as Beneficiary predeceases the Participant or dies prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such benefits to the Participant’s spouse, if the Participant was married on the date of death, or, if the Participant was not married on death, to the Participant’s estate.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

Administration/Claims Procedures

 

10.1                            Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion (i) to interpret the Plan, (ii) to decide any and all matters arising hereunder (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or admissions), (iii) to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and (iv) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable under the Plan. All interpretations of the Administrator with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons affected thereby. No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any determination, decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with the performance of such persons’ duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan, other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.

 

10.2                            Claims Procedure . Any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary may file a written claim with the Administrator setting forth the nature of the benefit claimed, the amount thereof, and the basis for claiming entitlement to such benefit. The Administrator shall determine the validity of the claim and communicate a decision to the claimant promptly and, in any event, not later than ninety (90) days after the date of the claim. The claim may be deemed by the

 

12


 

claimant to have been denied for purposes of further review described below in the event a decision is not furnished to the claimant within such ninety (90) day period. If additional information is necessary to make a determination on a claim, the claimant shall be advised of the need for such additional information within forty-five (45) days after the date of the claim. The claimant shall have up to one hundred and eighty (180) days to supplement the claim information, and the claimant shall be advised of the decision on the claim within forty-five (45) days after the earlier of the date the supplemental information is supplied or the end of the one hundred and eighty (180) day period. Every claim for benefits which is denied shall be denied by written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) specific reference to any provisions of the Plan (including any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, criteria, etc.) on which the denial is based, (iii) description of any additional material or information that is necessary to process the claim, and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for further reviewing the denial of the claim.

 

10.3                            Review Procedures . Within sixty (60) days after the receipt of a denial on a claim, a claimant or his/her authorized representative may file a written request for review of such denial. Such review shall be undertaken by the Administrator and shall be a full and fair review. The claimant shall have the right to review all pertinent documents. The Administrator shall issue a decision not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of a request for review from a claimant unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require a longer period of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after receipt of the claimant’s request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific reference to any provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based and shall include an explanation the claimants right to pursue a legal action in the event the claim is denied.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

Conditions Related to Benefits

 

11.1                            Nonassignability .  The rights and benefits provided under the Plan shall not be subject to sale, alienation, assignment, transfer, pledge or hypothecation by the Participant or any Beneficiary and any attempt to sell, alienate, assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate an Account balance or Plan benefits including, without limitation, any assignment or alienation in connection with a separation, divorce, child support or similar arrangement shall be null and void and not binding on the Company or the Plan.  The Deferred Stock and Plan benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors or other claimants of the Participant or Beneficiary and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or executions to the fullest extent allowed by law.

 

11.2                            No Right to Company Assets .  The Deferred Stock paid under the Plan shall be paid from treasury shares of the Company, shares acquired at the time of distribution by the Company for such purposes or shares held in a trust maintained by the Company, and the Participant and any Beneficiary shall be no more than an unsecured general creditor of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets or shares of the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder. At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more grantor trusts for the purpose of providing for payment of benefits under the Plan. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors in accordance with the terms of the trusts.  Benefits paid to the Participant from any

 

13


 

such trust or trusts shall be considered paid by the Company for purposes of meeting the obligations of the Company under the Plan.

 

11.3                            Securities Law Compliance .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to honor any election or make any distribution under this Plan or to sell, issue or effect any transfer of any Common Stock unless such distribution, sale, issuance or transfer is at such time effectively (i) registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and (ii) qualified or exempt from qualification under the applicable state securities laws. As a condition to make any election or receive any distribution under this Plan, the Participant or other payee shall make such representations as may be deemed appropriate by counsel to the Company for the Company to use any available exemption from registration under the Act or qualification under any applicable state securities law.

 

11.4                            Withholding . The Participant shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company for satisfaction of any federal, state or local income tax withholding requirements and Social Security or other employee tax requirements applicable to the deferral and distribution of shares under the Plan. If no other arrangements are made, the Company may provide, at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as may be required, including, without limitation, by the reduction of other amounts payable to the Participant.

 

11.5                            Assumptions and Methodology . To the extent required, the Administrator shall establish the assumptions and method of calculation used in determining the value of Common Stock, benefits, payments, fees, expenses or any other amounts required to be calculated under the terms of the Plan. The Administrator shall also establish reasonable procedures regarding the form and timing of installment payments. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, installment payments shall be calculated by equally dividing the amount of Deferred Stock in the Participant’s Account by the number of installment payments elected and rounding down to the nearest whole share until the final installment which shall include the full balance remaining in the Participant’s Account.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

Miscellaneous

 

12.1                            Successors of the Company . The rights and obligations of the Company under the Plan shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

12.2                            Employment/Service Not Guaranteed . Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or for services or as giving any Participant any right to continued employment with or performance of services for the Company, nor as a limitation on the right of the Company to terminate the employment or services of any Participant at any time.

 

12.3                            Gender, Singular and Plural . All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.

 

14


 

12.4                            Captions . The captions of the articles, paragraphs and sections of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

12.5                            Validity . In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provisions of the Plan.

 

12.6                            Waiver of Breach . The waiver by the Company of any breach of any provision of the Plan shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by that Participant or any other Participant.

 

12.7                            Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or the Participant under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, in the case of the Company, to the principal office of the Company, directed to the attention of the Administrator, and in the case of the Participant, to the last known address of the Participant indicated on the employment records of the Company. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Notices to the Company may be permitted by electronic communication according to specifications established by the Administrator.

 

12.8                            Errors in Benefit Statement or Distributions . In the event an error is made in a benefit statement, such error shall be corrected as soon as practical following the date such error is discovered. In the event of an error in a distribution, the Participant’s Account shall, as soon as practical after the discovery of such error, be adjusted to reflect such under or over payment and, if possible, the next distribution shall be adjusted upward or downward to correct such prior error. If the remaining balance of a Participant’s Account is insufficient to cover an erroneous overpayment, the Company may, at its discretion, offset other amounts payable to the Participant from the Company (including but not limited to salary, bonuses, expense reimbursements, severance benefits or other compensation or benefit arrangements, to the extent allowed by law) to recoup the amount of such overpayment(s).

 

12.9                            ERISA Plan . The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of ERISA and therefore to be exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

 

12.10                      Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by ERISA and, in the event any provision of, or legal issue relating to, this Plan is not fully preempted by ERISA, such issue or provision shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia (without regard to conflict of law provisions).

 

12.11                      Compliance With Section 409A .  The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A and any regulations or guidance that may be adopted thereunder from time to time, including any transition relief available under applicable guidance related to Section 409A.  The Plan may be amended or interpreted by the Company as it determines necessary or appropriate in accordance with Section 409A and to avoid a plan failure under Section 409A(1).

 

15


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed as of the        day of March, 2008.

 

 

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

16


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

EQUIFAX

DIRECTOR AND EXECUTIVE STOCK DEFERRAL PLAN

(As Amended And Restated Effective As Of January 1, 2005)

 

THIS AMENDMENT made as of the          day of                             , 2008, by EQUIFAX INC. (the “Company”);

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Equifax Director and Executive Stock Deferral Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2005, except where otherwise noted and subject to the transition rules of Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to comply with certain provisions of the final regulations under Section 409A and for certain other purposes;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.

 

Section 1.22 is hereby amended by deleting the present section in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“1.22 Retirement Eligibility Date shall mean the date on which the Participant has both attained age 55 and completed at least five (5) Years of Vesting Service.”

 

2.

 

Section 3.1 is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence of the present section and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“Solely for recordkeeping purposes, separate Accounts (a Retirement Account and any Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts) shall be maintained for each Participant and shall be credited with the Participant’s deferrals directed by the Participant to each Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.”

 

3.

 

Article 6 is hereby amended by deleting the present Article in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

 

“ARTICLE 6

 

Scheduled Withdrawal

 

6.1  Election .  The Participant may make an election on the Participant Election Form at the time of making a deferral to establish a Scheduled Withdrawal Account for payment of Deferred Stock from the Account.  The Participant may elect to receive a Scheduled Withdrawal in any Plan Year on or after the third Plan Year following the enrollment period in which such Scheduled Withdrawal Account is first established and may elect to have the Scheduled Withdrawal distributed in a single lump sum or

 

17


 

in annual installments of Deferred Stock over a period of up to five (5) years.  The Participant may elect to make additional deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account on subsequent Participant Election Forms, provided that any subsequent deferrals into such Scheduled Withdrawal Account must be made not later than the end of the Plan Year ending at least 2 years prior to the date the Scheduled Withdrawal is to commence.  The Participant may establish separate Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts with different Scheduled Withdrawal dates, provided that the Administrator in its sole discretion may elect to limit the number of Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts.  The Scheduled Withdrawal date and form of payout elected for a Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall be irrevocable, except that (a) with respect to amounts that are credited to the Pre-Section 409A Account, a Participant may petition the Administrator once no less than thirteen (13) months prior to the date originally elected for the Scheduled Withdrawal to defer (but not accelerate) the Scheduled Withdrawal date and/or to change the form of payout of the Scheduled Withdrawal to an alternative payout period then available for Scheduled Withdrawals under the Plan, and (b) with respect to amounts credited to the Section 409A Account, a Participant may, not less than twelve (12) months prior to the payment dates of any Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts he has established under this Section 6.1, elect to defer the date on which payment of any Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall commence and/or change the method of payment of such Scheduled Withdrawal Account, provided that, (i) unless the Administrator otherwise determines, after the initial election under this Section 6.1, a Participant may only make one election change with respect to a particular Scheduled Withdrawal Account (after such election change, the election shall become irrevocable); (ii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the first in-service payment with respect to such changed election must be deferred at least 5 years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made, (iii) except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the election shall not become effective for 12 months.

 

6.2  Timing of Scheduled Withdrawal .  The Scheduled Withdrawal payment shall be paid (or commence to be paid) by the Company to the Participant within 30 days following the end of the month and calendar year the Participant has elected on the Participant Election Form to receive such Scheduled Withdrawal (and if applicable, subsequent annual payments shall be made within 30 days following the end of such month of subsequent calendar years), unless preceded by the Participant’s Termination of Employment.  In the event of Termination of Employment prior to the date elected for the Scheduled Withdrawal, the amounts in the Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts shall be paid at the same time and in the form provided in Article 4 of the Plan.  In the event such Termination of Employment is as a result of the Participant’s death, the Scheduled Withdrawal shall be paid as provided in Section 5.1 of the Plan.”

 

4.

 

This Amendment No. 1 to the Plan shall be effective as of the date hereof, subject to the transition rules of Section 409A.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first written above.

 

18


 

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

19



EXHIBIT 10.17

 

EQUIFAX INC.  2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

[Director]

 

Number of Shares Subject to Award:  [Number of Shares] Shares

 

Date of Grant:  [Grant Date]

 

Pursuant to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the above-referenced non-employee member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Director”) on the Date of Grant set forth above, an award of Restricted Stock Units (the “Award”) entitling Director to receive such number of shares of Company common stock (the “Shares”) as is set forth above on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement (this “Agreement”) and the Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.    Grant of Units .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, effective as of the Grant Date set forth above, the Company hereby grants to the Director [ Number of Shares] restricted stock units (the “Shares”) under the Plan.

 

2.    Vesting .   Subject to Section 3 below, the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date set forth above (the “Vesting Date”).  Prior to the Vesting Date, the Shares shall be nontransferable and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be forfeited upon the Director’s termination of service as a director of the Company.  The Committee which administers the Plan reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce the vesting requirements.

 

3.    Termination of Service as a Director .

 

(a)    Termination by Death or for Disability .  In the event Director dies or incurs a Disability while actively serving as a director of the Company, all outstanding unvested Shares granted to Director shall immediately become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  The Company shall transfer the Shares issuable as a result of such vesting in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(b)   Termination by Retirement .  If Director’s service as a director with the Company is terminated by his or her Retirement, all outstanding unvested Shares shall immediately become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  The Company shall transfer the Shares issuable as a result of such vesting in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(c)   Other Termination .  If Director ceases to serve as director other than due to death, Disability or Retirement, all outstanding unvested Shares shall immediately expire, and Director’s right to any such Shares shall terminate immediately upon the date the Director ceases to serve as a director.

 

(d)   Change of Control .  In the event a Change of Control occurs while the Director is serving as a director of the Company, all of the Shares awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date on which the Change of Control occurs.  The Company shall transfer the Shares issuable as a result of such vesting in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

4.    Transfer of Vested Shares .   Stock certificates (or appropriate evidence of ownership) representing the unrestricted Shares will be delivered to Director (or to a party designated by the Director) as soon as practicable after (but no later than 90 days after) the Vesting Date or event set forth in Section 3; provided, however, if Director has properly elected to defer delivery of the Shares pursuant to a plan or program of the Company, the Shares shall be issued and delivered as provided in such plan or program.

 

1


 

5.    Dividends .   Directors granted the Award shall not be entitled to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends or other distributions paid with respect to the Shares, except in circumstances where the distribution is covered by Section 14 below.

 

6.    Non- Transferability of Award .   Subject to any valid deferral election, until the Shares have been issued under this Award, the Shares issuable hereunder and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by operation of law or otherwise (except as permitted by the Plan).  Any attempt to do so contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.

 

7.    Conditions to Issuance of Shares .   The Shares deliverable to Director hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.  The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the grant of the Shares as the Committee may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

8.    No Rights as Shareholder .   Except as provided in Section 5, Director shall not have voting or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares.  Upon settlement of the restricted stock units into Shares, Director will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

9.    Administration .   The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Director, the Company, and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

10.    Withholding Taxes .  The Company will not withhold any federal, state or local income taxes in connection with the Shares.  The Director will be solely responsible for any tax liability associated with the award of the Shares.

 

11.    Amendment .   This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the Company and the Director which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Committee by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to the Director, and provided that no such amendment adversely affecting the rights of the Director, hereunder may be made without the Director’s written consent.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee reserves the right to change, by written notice to the Director, the provisions of the Shares or this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to Shares which are then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

12.    Severability .   If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

13.    Construction .   The Shares are being issued pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan and are subject to the terms of the Plan.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement violates or is inconsistent with an express provision of the Plan, the Plan provision shall govern and any inconsistent provision in this Agreement shall be of no force or effect.

 

2


 

14.    Adjustments to Shares .    In the event of  a change in corporate capitalization as described in Section 18 of the Plan, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities subject to this Award.  The Committee’s adjustment shall be effective and final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.     Addresses for Notices .  Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company as follows:  Corporate Secretary, Equifax Inc., 1550 Peachtree St., N.W., Atlanta, GA 30309, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.  Any notice to be given to the Director shall be addressed to the Director at the address set forth in the Company’s records from time to time, or at such other address for the Director maintained on the books and records of the Company.

 

16.     Securities and Tax Representations .  The Director acknowledges receipt of the prospectus under the Registration Statement on Form S-8 with respect to the Plan filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Director represents and agrees that he or she will comply with all applicable laws and Company policies relating to the Plan, this Agreement and any disposition of Shares.  Director represents and warrants the he or she understands the Federal, state and local income tax consequences associated with the receipt and vesting of this Award and with respect to the deferral of any Shares otherwise issuable hereunder.

 

17.    Consent for Accumulation and Transfer of Data .   Director consents to the accumulation and transfer of data concerning him or her and the Award to and from the Company and UBS, or such other agent as may administer the Plan on behalf of the Company from time to time.  In addition, Director understands that the Company holds certain personal information about Director, including but not limited to his or her name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number, nationality, and details of all options awarded, vested, unvested, or expired (the “personal data”).  Certain personal data may also constitute “sensitive personal data” within the meaning of applicable local law.  Such data include but are not limited to information provided above and any changes thereto and other appropriate personal and financial data about Director.  Director hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data and sensitive personal data.  Director also hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data and sensitive personal data outside the country in which Director is employed, and to the United States.  The legal persons for whom such personal data are intended are the Company, UBS, and any company providing services to the Company in connection with compensation planning purposes or the administration of the Plan.

 

18.     General .   Neither the Plan nor this Agreement confers upon the Director the right to continue to serve as a director of the Company.  This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement between the Company and the Director relating to the Award and the Shares and supersede all prior agreements or understandings relating thereto.  This Agreement may only be modified, amended or cancelled as provided in the Plan.  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to conflict of law provisions.  By accepting this Award, the Director agrees that this Award is governed by this Agreement and by the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, as amended from time to time and incorporated into this Agreement by reference.  A copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus is available upon written or telephonic request from the Corporate Secretary.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Company and to any heir, distributee, executor, administrator or legal representative entitled by law to the Director’s rights hereunder.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement effective as of the Date of Grant first above written.

 

DIRECTOR

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

(Signature)

 

 Richard F. Smith

 

 

 Chairman & CEO

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This document constitutes part of a prospectus COVERING securities that have been registered under the

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

#132194 (5/19/08)

 

3


 

EQUIFAX INC.  2008 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

[Director]

 

Number of Shares Subject to Award:  [Number of Shares] Shares

 

Date of Grant:  [Grant Date]

 

Pursuant to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), Equifax Inc., a Georgia corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the above-referenced non-employee member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Director”) on the Date of Grant set forth above, an award of Restricted Stock Units (the “Award”) entitling Director to receive such number of shares of Company common stock (the “Shares”) as is set forth above on the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement (this “Agreement”) and the Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.     Grant of Units .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, effective as of the Grant Date set forth above, the Company hereby grants to the Director [ Number of Shares] restricted stock units (the “Shares”) under the Plan.

 

2.     Vesting .   Subject to Section 3 below, the Shares shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date set forth above (the “Vesting Date”).  Prior to the Vesting Date, the Shares shall be nontransferable and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be forfeited upon the Director’s termination of service as a director of the Company.  The Committee which administers the Plan reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce the vesting requirements.

 

3.     Termination of Service as a Director .

 

(a)    Termination by Death or for Disability .  In the event Director dies or incurs a Disability while actively serving as a director of the Company, all outstanding unvested Shares granted to Director shall immediately become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  The Company shall transfer the Shares issuable as a result of such vesting in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(b)    Termination by Retirement .  If Director’s service as a director with the Company is terminated by his or her Retirement, all outstanding unvested Shares shall immediately become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  The Company shall transfer the Shares issuable as a result of such vesting in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(c)    Other Termination .  If Director ceases to serve as director other than due to death, Disability or Retirement, all outstanding unvested Shares shall immediately expire, and Director’s right to any such Shares shall terminate immediately upon the date the Director ceases to serve as a director.

 

(d)    Change of Control .  In the event a Change of Control occurs while the Director is serving as a director of the Company, all of the Shares awarded pursuant to this Agreement shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the date on which the Change of Control occurs.  The Company shall transfer the Shares issuable as a result of such vesting in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

4.    Transfer of Vested Shares .   Stock certificates (or appropriate evidence of ownership) representing the unrestricted Shares will be delivered to Director (or to a party designated by the Director) as soon as practicable after (but no later than 90 days after) the Vesting Date or event set forth in Section 3; provided, however, if Director has properly elected to defer delivery of the Shares pursuant to a plan or program of the Company, the Shares shall be issued and delivered as provided in such plan or program.

 

5.    Dividends .   Directors granted the Award shall not be entitled to receive any cash dividends, stock dividends or other distributions paid with respect to the Shares, except in circumstances where the distribution is covered by Section 14 below.

 

1


 

6.    Non- Transferability of Award .   Subject to any valid deferral election, until the Shares have been issued under this Award, the Shares issuable hereunder and the rights and privileges conferred hereby may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by operation of law or otherwise (except as permitted by the Plan).  Any attempt to do so contrary to the provisions hereof shall be null and void.

 

7.    Conditions to Issuance of Shares .   The Shares deliverable to Director hereunder may be either previously authorized but unissued Shares or issued Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.  The Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Committee shall, in its discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the grant of the Shares as the Committee may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

8.    No Rights as Shareholder .   Except as provided in Section 5, Director shall not have voting or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares.  Upon settlement of the restricted stock units into Shares, Director will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

9.    Administration .   The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Director, the Company, and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

10.    Withholding Taxes .  The Company will not withhold any federal, state or local income taxes in connection with the Shares.  The Director will be solely responsible for any tax liability associated with the award of the Shares.

 

11.    Amendment .   This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the Company and the Director which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Committee by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to the Director, and provided that no such amendment adversely affecting the rights of the Director, hereunder may be made without the Director’s written consent.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee reserves the right to change, by written notice to the Director, the provisions of the Shares or this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to Shares which are then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

 

12.    Severability .   If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

13.    Construction .   The Shares are being issued pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan and are subject to the terms of the Plan.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement violates or is inconsistent with an express provision of the Plan, the Plan provision shall govern and any inconsistent provision in this Agreement shall be of no force or effect.

 

14.    Adjustments to Shares .    In the event of  a change in corporate capitalization as described in Section 18 of the Plan, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities subject to this Award.  The Committee’s adjustment shall be effective and final, binding and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

2


 

15.     Addresses for Notices .  Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company as follows:  Corporate Secretary, Equifax Inc., 1550 Peachtree St., N.W., Atlanta, GA 30309, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.  Any notice to be given to the Director shall be addressed to the Director at the address set forth in the Company’s records from time to time, or at such other address for the Director maintained on the books and records of the Company.

 

16.     Securities and Tax Representations .  The Director acknowledges receipt of the prospectus under the Registration Statement on Form S-8 with respect to the Plan filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Director represents and agrees that he or she will comply with all applicable laws and Company policies relating to the Plan, this Agreement and any disposition of Shares.  Director represents and warrants the he or she understands the Federal, state and local income tax consequences associated with the receipt and vesting of this Award and with respect to the deferral of any Shares otherwise issuable hereunder.

 

17.    Consent for Accumulation and Transfer of Data .   Director consents to the accumulation and transfer of data concerning him or her and the Award to and from the Company and UBS, or such other agent as may administer the Plan on behalf of the Company from time to time.  In addition, Director understands that the Company holds certain personal information about Director, including but not limited to his or her name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security number, nationality, and details of all options awarded, vested, unvested, or expired (the “personal data”).  Certain personal data may also constitute “sensitive personal data” within the meaning of applicable local law.  Such data include but are not limited to information provided above and any changes thereto and other appropriate personal and financial data about Director.  Director hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data and sensitive personal data.  Director also hereby provides explicit consent to the Company to transfer any such personal data and sensitive personal data outside the country in which Director is employed, and to the United States.  The legal persons for whom such personal data are intended are the Company, UBS, and any company providing services to the Company in connection with compensation planning purposes or the administration of the Plan.

 

18.     General .   Neither the Plan nor this Agreement confers upon the Director the right to continue to serve as a director of the Company.  This Agreement and the Plan contain the entire agreement between the Company and the Director relating to the Award and the Shares and supersede all prior agreements or understandings relating thereto.  This Agreement may only be modified, amended or cancelled as provided in the Plan.  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to conflict of law provisions.  By accepting this Award, the Director agrees that this Award is governed by this Agreement and by the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, as amended from time to time and incorporated into this Agreement by reference.  A copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus is available upon written or telephonic request from the Corporate Secretary.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Company and to any heir, distributee, executor, administrator or legal representative entitled by law to the Director’s rights hereunder.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement effective as of the Date of Grant first above written.

 

DIRECTOR

 

EQUIFAX INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

(Signature)

 

 Richard F. Smith

 

 

 Chairman & CEO

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This document constitutes part of a prospectus COVERING securities that have been registered under the

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

#132194 (5/19/08)

 

3



EXHIBIT 10.19

 

Description of Non-Employee Director Compensation

 

For 2008, the compensation for the non-employee directors of Equifax Inc. consisted of:

 

·                a $40,000 annual cash retainer payable quarterly in arrears to all non-employee directors; new directors received a prorated cash retainer for the quarter from the date they were elected;

·                a $7,500 committee chair fee payable quarterly in arrears and prorated for new committee chairs for the quarter from the date they were appointed;

·                a $1,500 board and committee meeting fee for non-employee directors for each Board and committee meeting attended; and

·                an annual equity grant awarded on May 9, 2008 of 3,000 restricted stock units (RSUs) for all non-employee directors (plus an initial RSU grant of 4,000 RSUs for new non-employee directors); the RSUs generally vest one year after the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting in certain events.

 

Cash retainers and equity awards may be deferred under the applicable Director deferred compensation plan.

 

The Board of Directors has a policy on stock ownership that requires each non-employee director to beneficially own at least common stock having a value which is at least four times the annual cash retainer fee, no later than the fourth anniversary of the annual meeting at which the director was first elected to the Board.   All non-employee directors of Group Inc. are in compliance with this policy.

 

Non-employee directors receive no compensation other than directors’ fees.

 

1



EXHIBIT 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

Registrant - Equifax Inc. (a Georgia corporation)

 

The Registrant owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the stock of the following subsidiaries as of January 1, 2009 (all of which are included in the consolidated financial statements), except as noted in the footnotes below:

 

 

 

State or

 

 

Country of

Name of Subsidiary

 

Incorporation

 

 

 

Acrofax Inc. (8)

 

Quebec

 

 

 

Alphafax Properties Limited Partnership

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Austin Consolidated Holdings, Inc.

 

Texas

 

 

 

Clearing de Informes S.A. (6)

 

Uruguay

 

 

 

Compliance Data Center LLC (1)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Computer Ventures, Inc.(1)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Credit Bureau Services, Inc. (1)

 

Washington

 

 

 

Decidir Brazil Ltda (20)

 

Brazil

 

 

 

EFX Holdings Ltd. (17)

 

Mauritius

 

 

 

Equifax Americas B.V. (8)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

 

Equifax Chile S.A. (7)

 

Chile

 

 

 

Equifax Canada Inc. (18)

 

Canada

 

 

 

Equifax Capital Management, Inc. (1)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Commercial Services Ltd. (4)

 

Ireland

 

 

 

Equifax Consumer Services LLC (9)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Database Services, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Equifax Decision Systems, B.V. (4)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

 

Equifax Direct Marketing Solutions LLC (9)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax do Brasil Holdings Ltda.(6)(13)

 

Brazil

 

 

 

Equifax do Brasil Ltda. (12)(13)

 

Brazil

 

 

 

Equifax Enabling Technologies LLC (9)

 

Louisiana

 

 

 

Equifax Europe LLC

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Information Services LLC

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Information Services of Puerto Rico, Inc.

 

Georgia

 

1


 

Equifax Information Technology LLC

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Investment (South America) LLC (6)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Luxembourg (No. 2) S.À R.L.

 

Luxembourg

 

 

 

Equifax Luxembourg S.À R.L.

 

Luxembourg

 

 

 

Equifax Marketing Solutions, Inc. (1)

 

Florida

 

 

 

Equifax Mexico B.V. (15)

 

The Netherlands

 

 

 

Equifax Plc(4)

 

England

 

 

 

Equifax Real Estate Mortgage Solutions, LLC (1)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Receivables Finance LLC (11)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Equifax Secure UK Ltd.(11)

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Equifax Settlement Services Holding LLC (1)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Settlement Services LLC

 

Pennsylvannia

 

 

 

Equifax Settlement Services of Alabama LLC

 

Alabama

 

 

 

Equifax South America LLC (8)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Technology Solutions LLC

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Equifax Ventures, Inc. (1)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Inversiones Equifax de Chile S.A. (6)

 

Chile

 

 

 

Management Insight Incentives, LLC (17)

 

Missouri

 

 

 

Matrix Intelligence, LLC (2)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

NAV Acquisition Inc. (10)

 

Georgia

 

 

 

Net Profit, Inc. (2)

 

South Carolina

 

 

 

Opt-Out Services LLC (1)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Performance Assessment Network, Inc. (2)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Propago S.A. (7)

 

Chile

 

 

 

Servicios Integrales de Informacion S.A. (SERVINFO) (19)

 

Peru

 

 

 

TBT Enterprises, Incorporated (2)

 

Maryland

 

 

 

TALX Confirmation Direct, Inc. (2)

 

Missouri

 

 

 

TALX Corporation

 

Missouri

 

 

 

TALX Fastime Services, Inc. (2)

 

Texas

 

 

 

TALX Tax Credits and Incentives, LLC (2)

 

Missouri

 

 

 

TALX Tax Incentive Services, LLC (14)

 

Missouri

 

 

 

TALX UCM Services, Inc. (2)

 

Missouri

 

 

 

The Infocheck Group Ltd. (5)

 

England

 

 

 

UI Advantage, Inc. (2)

 

Maryland

 

 

 

Verdad Informatica de Costa Rica, S.A.(3)

 

Costa Rica

 

2


 

NOTES :

 

Registrant’s subsidiary Equifax Europe LLC owns 85% of the stock of Equifax Iberica, S.L. (Spain), which owns 95% of the stock of ASNEF/Equifax Servicios de Informacion Sobre Solvencia y Credito S.L. (Spain); 95% of the stock of Soluciones Veraz Asnef Equifax, S.L.; 100% of the stock of Dicodi, S.A. (Spain); 100% of the stock of Informacion Tecnica Del Credito S.L. (Spain); and 50% of the stock of Credinformacoes Informacoes de Credito, LDA (Portugal), along with Equifax Decision Systems, B.V. which owns 25%.

 

Registrant’s subsidiary Equifax South America LLC owns 79% of the stock of Organizacion Veraz, S.A. (Argentina), which holds 100% of the stock of Solar Servicios On Line Argentina S.A.

 

Registrant’s subsidiary Equifax South America LLC owns 100% of the stock of Inversiones Equifax de Chile S.A. which owns 100% of the stock of Equifax Chile S.A. which owns 25% of the stock of Credit Bureau CA Burode Informacion Crediticia (Ecuador), and owns 49% of the stock of Dicom of CentroAmerica (El Salvador), along with Equifax South America LLC, which owns 2%.  Dicom of Centro America owns 16% of the stock of Equifax Peru S.A. (f/k/a InfoCorp S.A.), along with Equifax Chile S.A. which owns 35%.  Dicom of CentroAmerica (El Salvador) owns 100% of Infocom Honduras S.A. de C.V. (Honduras). Equifax Peru SA owns 100% of Acelor SA (Peru).

 

Registrant’s subsidiary Equifax Decision Systems, B.V. (the Netherlands) owns 28% of Equifax Credit Services LLC (Russia) (f/k/a Global Payments Credit Service LLC).

 

Registrant’s subsidiary Equifax Information Services LLC owns 60% of FT/E Mortgage Solutions, LLC (Delaware) and 100% of Equifax Real Estate Mortgage Solutions, LLC (Georgia), which owns 59.4% of Total Credit Services, L.P. (Delaware), along with FT/E Mortgage Solutions, LLC, which owns 1%.

 

Registrant’s subsidiary Equifax Information Services LLC owns a 33% interest in VantageScore Solutions, LLC (Delaware), 33% of New Management Services LLC, 25% of Online Data Exchange LLC (Delaware), 33% of Central Source LLC (Delaware).

 

(1)Subsidiary of Equifax Information Services LLC

(2) Subsidiary of TALX Corporation

(3)Subsidiary of Equifax Direct Marketing Solutions LLC

(4)Subsidiary of Equifax Luxembourg S.À R.L.

(5)Subsidiary of Equifax Plc

(6)Subsidiary of Equifax South America LLC

(7)Subsidiary of Inversiones Equifax de Chile S.A.

(8)Subsidiary of Equifax Information Services of Puerto Rico, Inc.

(9)Subsidiary of Equifax Database Services, Inc.

(10)Subsidiary of Equifax Marketing Solutions, Inc.

(11)Subsidiary of Equifax Capital Management, Inc.

(12)Subsidiary of Equifax do Brazil Holdings Ltda.

(13)Subsidiary of Equifax Investment (South America) LLC

 

3


 

(14)Subsidiary of TALX UCM Services, Inc.

(15)Subsidiary of Equifax Americas, B.V.

(16) Subsidiary of Equifax Decision Systems, B.V.

(17) Subsidiary of TALX Tax Credits & Incentives, LLC

(18) Subsidiary of Acrofax Inc.

(19) Subsidiary Equifax Chile SA

(20) Subsidiary of Equifax do Brazil Ltda.

 

4



EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Equifax Inc. and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated February 25, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Equifax Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Equifax Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

1.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (File No. 33-34640);

 

2.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Incentive Plan (File No. 33-58734);

 

3.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. 1995 Employees Stock Incentive Plan (File No. 33-58627);

 

4.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Incentive Plan to be funded in part through the Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Benefits Trust (File No. 33-86978);

 

5.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Incentive Plan to be funded in part through the Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Benefits Trust (File No. 33-71200);

 

6.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Global Stock Sale Program to be funded through the Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Benefits Trust (File No. 333-52203);

 

7.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Employee Special Recognition Bonus Award Plan to be funded through the Equifax Inc. Employee Stock Benefits Trust (File No. 333-52201);

 

8.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (File No. 333-68421);

 

9.           Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. 1995 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (File No. 333-68477);

 

10.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (File No. 333-48702);

 

11.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. 401(k) Plan (File No. 333-97875);

 

12.     Registration Statement on Form S-3 pertaining to the acquisition of Commercial Data Center (File No. 333-54764);

 

13.     Registration Statement on Form S-4 pertaining to the 4.95% Notes Due 2007 with an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000 (File No. 333-101701);

 

14.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Director and Executive Stock Deferral Plan (File No. 333-110411);

 

15.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (File No. 333-116185);

 

1


 

16.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. 2001 Nonqualified Stock Incentive Plan (File No. 333-116186);

 

17.     Registration Statement on Form S-3 pertaining to the registration of an offering by selling security holders of 443,337 shares of Equifax common stock (File No. 333-129123);

 

18.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan (File No. 333-140360);

 

19.     Registration Statement on Form S-4 pertaining to the acquisition of TALX Corporation (File No. 333-141389);

 

20.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the TALX Corporation 2005 Omnibus Incentive Plan, TALX Corporation Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan, and TALX Corporation Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan (File No. 333-142997);

 

21.     Registration Statement on Form S-3 pertaining to the shelf registration of Equifax Inc. debt securities (File No. 333-144009); and

 

22.     Registration Statement on Form S-8 pertaining to the Equifax Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan (File No. 333-152617).

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

 

Atlanta, Georgia

 

February 25, 2009

 

 

2



EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Richard F. Smith, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Equifax Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)                  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2009

/s/Richard F. Smith

 

Richard F. Smith

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

1



EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Lee Adrean, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Equifax Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)                  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                 Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                 Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 26, 2009

/s/Lee Adrean

 

Lee Adrean

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

1



EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
 18 U. S. C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Equifax Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard F. Smith, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 26, 2009

/s/Richard F. Smith

 

Richard F. Smith

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

1



EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U. S. C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Equifax Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Lee Adrean, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 26, 2009

/s/Lee Adrean

 

Lee Adrean

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

1